Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2020-01-15
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
We've added 12 non-merge commits during the last 9 day(s) which contain
a total of 13 files changed, 95 insertions(+), 43 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Fix refcount leak for TCP time wait and request sockets for socket lookup
related BPF helpers, from Lorenz Bauer.
2) Fix wrong verification of ARSH instruction under ALU32, from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Batch of several sockmap and related TLS fixes found while operating
more complex BPF programs with Cilium and OpenSSL, from John Fastabend.
4) Fix sockmap to read psock's ingress_msg queue before regular sk_receive_queue()
to avoid purging data upon teardown, from Lingpeng Chen.
5) Fix printing incorrect pointer in bpftool's btf_dump_ptr() in order to properly
dump a BPF map's value with BTF, from Martin KaFai Lau.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sockmap sock with TLS enabled is removed we cleanup bpf/psock state
and call tcp_update_ulp() to push updates to TLS ULP on top. However, we
don't push the write_space callback up and instead simply overwrite the
op with the psock stored previous op. This may or may not be correct so
to ensure we don't overwrite the TLS write space hook pass this field to
the ULP and have it fixup the ctx.
This completes a previous fix that pushed the ops through to the ULP
but at the time missed doing this for write_space, presumably because
write_space TLS hook was added around the same time.
Fixes: 95fa145479 ("bpf: sockmap/tls, close can race with map free")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200111061206.8028-4-john.fastabend@gmail.com
This enables passing ISO packets to the monitor socket.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These adds the HCI definitions for handling CIS connections along with
ISO data packets.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
MGMT command is added to receive the list of blocked keys from
user-space.
The list is used to:
1) Block keys from being distributed by the device during
the ke distribution phase of SMP.
2) Filter out any keys that were previously saved so
they are no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
* -O3 enablement fallout, thanks to Arnd who ran this
* fixes for a few leaks, thanks to Felix
* channel 12 regulatory fix for custom regdomains
* check for a crash reported by syzbot
(NULL function is called on drivers that don't have it)
* fix TKIP replay protection after setup with some APs
(from Jouni)
* restrict obtaining some mesh data to avoid WARN_ONs
* fix deadlocks with auto-disconnect (socket owner)
* fix radar detection events with multiple devices
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=i20C
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-net-2020-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A few fixes:
* -O3 enablement fallout, thanks to Arnd who ran this
* fixes for a few leaks, thanks to Felix
* channel 12 regulatory fix for custom regdomains
* check for a crash reported by syzbot
(NULL function is called on drivers that don't have it)
* fix TKIP replay protection after setup with some APs
(from Jouni)
* restrict obtaining some mesh data to avoid WARN_ONs
* fix deadlocks with auto-disconnect (socket owner)
* fix radar detection events with multiple devices
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is now possible to propagate BSS color settings into the subsystem. Lets
make mac80211 also handle them so that we can send them further down the
stack into the drivers. We drop the old bss_color field and change iwlwifi
to use the new he_bss_color struct.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191217141921.8114-2-john@phrozen.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the attributes, policy and parsing code to allow userland
to send the info about the BSS coloring settings to the kernel.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191217141921.8114-1-john@phrozen.org
[johannes: remove the strict policy parsing, that was a misunderstanding]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case a radar event of CAC_FINISHED or RADAR_DETECTED
happens during another phy is during CAC we might need
to cancel that CAC.
If we got a radar in a channel that another phy is now
doing CAC on then the CAC should be canceled there.
If, for example, 2 phys doing CAC on the same channels,
or on comptable channels, once on of them will finish his
CAC the other might need to cancel his CAC, since it is no
longer relevant.
To fix that the commit adds an callback and implement it in
mac80211 to end CAC.
This commit also adds a call to said callback if after a radar
event we see the CAC is no longer relevant
Signed-off-by: Orr Mazor <Orr.Mazor@tandemg.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191222145449.15792-1-Orr.Mazor@tandemg.com
[slightly reformat/reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In a similar fashion to previous patch, add "offload" and "trap"
indication to IPv6 routes.
This is done by using two unused bits in 'struct fib6_info' to hold
these indications. Capable drivers are expected to set these when
processing the various in-kernel route notifications.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When performing L3 offload, routes and nexthops are usually programmed
into two different tables in the underlying device. Therefore, the fact
that a nexthop resides in hardware does not necessarily mean that all
the associated routes also reside in hardware and vice-versa.
While the kernel can signal to user space the presence of a nexthop in
hardware (via 'RTNH_F_OFFLOAD'), it does not have a corresponding flag
for routes. In addition, the fact that a route resides in hardware does
not necessarily mean that the traffic is offloaded. For example,
unreachable routes (i.e., 'RTN_UNREACHABLE') are programmed to trap
packets to the CPU so that the kernel will be able to generate the
appropriate ICMP error packet.
This patch adds an "offload" and "trap" indications to IPv4 routes, so
that users will have better visibility into the offload process.
'struct fib_alias' is extended with two new fields that indicate if the
route resides in hardware or not and if it is offloading traffic from
the kernel or trapping packets to it. Note that the new fields are added
in the 6 bytes hole and therefore the struct still fits in a single
cache line [1].
Capable drivers are expected to invoke fib_alias_hw_flags_set() with the
route's key in order to set the flags.
The indications are dumped to user space via a new flags (i.e.,
'RTM_F_OFFLOAD' and 'RTM_F_TRAP') in the 'rtm_flags' field in the
ancillary header.
v2:
* Make use of 'struct fib_rt_info' in fib_alias_hw_flags_set()
[1]
struct fib_alias {
struct hlist_node fa_list; /* 0 16 */
struct fib_info * fa_info; /* 16 8 */
u8 fa_tos; /* 24 1 */
u8 fa_type; /* 25 1 */
u8 fa_state; /* 26 1 */
u8 fa_slen; /* 27 1 */
u32 tb_id; /* 28 4 */
s16 fa_default; /* 32 2 */
u8 offload:1; /* 34: 0 1 */
u8 trap:1; /* 34: 1 1 */
u8 unused:6; /* 34: 2 1 */
/* XXX 5 bytes hole, try to pack */
struct callback_head rcu __attribute__((__aligned__(8))); /* 40 16 */
/* size: 56, cachelines: 1, members: 12 */
/* sum members: 50, holes: 1, sum holes: 5 */
/* sum bitfield members: 8 bits (1 bytes) */
/* forced alignments: 1, forced holes: 1, sum forced holes: 5 */
/* last cacheline: 56 bytes */
} __attribute__((__aligned__(8)));
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_dump_info() is used to prepare RTM_{NEW,DEL}ROUTE netlink messages
using the passed arguments. Currently, the function takes 11 arguments,
6 of which are attributes of the route being dumped (e.g., prefix, TOS).
The next patch will need the function to also dump to user space an
indication if the route is present in hardware or not. Instead of
passing yet another argument, change the function to take a struct
containing the different route attributes.
v2:
* Name last argument of fib_dump_info()
* Move 'struct fib_rt_info' to include/net/ip_fib.h so that it could
later be passed to fib_alias_hw_flags_set()
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow to call macsec_pn_wrapped from hardware drivers to notify when a
PN rolls over. Some drivers might used an interrupt to implement this.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces MACsec ops for drivers to support offloading
MACsec operations.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the macsec_context structure. It will be used
in the kernel to exchange information between the common MACsec
implementation (macsec.c) and the MACsec hardware offloading
implementations. This structure contains pointers to MACsec specific
structures which contain the actual MACsec configuration, and to the
underlying device (phydev for now).
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves some structure, type and identifier definitions into a
MACsec specific header. This patch does not modify how the MACsec code
is running and only move things around. This is a preparation for the
future MACsec hardware offloading support, which will re-use those
definitions outside macsec.c.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function to obtain a unique snapshot id was mistakenly typo'd as
devlink_region_shapshot_id_get. Fix this typo by renaming the function
and all of its users.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Combine the documentation for devlink into a subfolder, and provide an
index.rst file that can be used to generally describe devlink.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "fw.psid" devlink info version is documented in devlink-info.rst,
and used by one driver. However, there is no associated macro for this
firmware version like there is for others. Add one now.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise we will find stray/unexpected/old extensions value on next
iteration.
On tcp_write_xmit() we can end-up splitting an already queued skb in two
parts, via tso_fragment(). The newly created skb can be allocated via
the tx cache and an upper layer will not be aware of it, so that upper
layer cannot set the ext properly.
Resetting the ext on recycle ensures that stale data is not propagated
in to packet headers or elsewhere.
An alternative would be add an additional hook in tso_fragment() or in
sk_stream_alloc_skb() to init the ext for upper layers that need it.
Co-developed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MPTCP will make use of tcp_send_mss() and tcp_push() when sending
data to specific TCP subflows.
tcp_request_sock_ipvX_ops and ipvX_specific will be referenced
during TCP subflow creation.
Co-developed-by: Peter Krystad <peter.krystad@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Krystad <peter.krystad@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Coalesce and collapse of packets carrying MPTCP extensions is allowed
when the newer packet has no extension or the extensions carried by both
packets are equal.
This allows merging of TSO packet trains and even cross-TSO packets, and
does not require any additional action when moving data into existing
SKBs.
v3 -> v4:
- allow collapsing, under mptcp_skb_can_collapse() constraint
v5 -> v6:
- clarify MPTCP skb extensions must always be cleared at allocation
time
Co-developed-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add enum value for MPTCP and update config dependencies
v5 -> v6:
- fixed '__unused' field size
Co-developed-by: Matthieu Baerts <matthieu.baerts@tessares.net>
Signed-off-by: Matthieu Baerts <matthieu.baerts@tessares.net>
Co-developed-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ULP is used on a listening socket, icsk_ulp_ops and icsk_ulp_data are
copied when the listener is cloned. Sometimes the clone is immediately
deleted, which will invoke the release op on the clone and likely
corrupt the listening socket's icsk_ulp_data.
The clone operation is invoked immediately after the clone is copied and
gives the ULP type an opportunity to set up the clone socket and its
icsk_ulp_data.
The MPTCP ULP clone will silently fallback to plain TCP on allocation
failure, so 'clone()' does not need to return an error code.
v6 -> v7:
- move and rename ulp clone helper to make it inline-friendly
v5 -> v6:
- clarified MPTCP clone usage in commit message
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP option 30 is allocated for MPTCP by the IANA.
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Match the 16-bit width of skbuff->protocol. Fills an 8-bit hole so
sizeof(struct sock) does not change.
Also take care of BPF field access for sk_type/sk_protocol. Both of them
are now outside the bitfield, so we can use load instructions without
further shifting/masking.
v5 -> v6:
- update eBPF accessors, too (Intel's kbuild test robot)
v2 -> v3:
- keep 'sk_type' 2 bytes aligned (Eric)
v1 -> v2:
- preserve sk_pacing_shift as bit field (Eric)
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: bpf@vger.kernel.org
Co-developed-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Co-developed-by: Matthieu Baerts <matthieu.baerts@tessares.net>
Signed-off-by: Matthieu Baerts <matthieu.baerts@tessares.net>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_PROTOCOL_MAX is only used in two places, for DECNet and AX.25. The
limits have more to do with the those protocol definitions than they do
with the data type of sk_protocol, so remove SK_PROTOCOL_MAX and use
U8_MAX directly.
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ungrafting from PRIO bug fixes in net, when merged into net-next,
merge cleanly but create a build failure. The resolution used here is
from Petr Machata.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes "struct tcp_congestion_ops" to be the first user
of BPF STRUCT_OPS. It allows implementing a tcp_congestion_ops
in bpf.
The BPF implemented tcp_congestion_ops can be used like
regular kernel tcp-cc through sysctl and setsockopt. e.g.
[root@arch-fb-vm1 bpf]# sysctl -a | egrep congestion
net.ipv4.tcp_allowed_congestion_control = reno cubic bpf_cubic
net.ipv4.tcp_available_congestion_control = reno bic cubic bpf_cubic
net.ipv4.tcp_congestion_control = bpf_cubic
There has been attempt to move the TCP CC to the user space
(e.g. CCP in TCP). The common arguments are faster turn around,
get away from long-tail kernel versions in production...etc,
which are legit points.
BPF has been the continuous effort to join both kernel and
userspace upsides together (e.g. XDP to gain the performance
advantage without bypassing the kernel). The recent BPF
advancements (in particular BTF-aware verifier, BPF trampoline,
BPF CO-RE...) made implementing kernel struct ops (e.g. tcp cc)
possible in BPF. It allows a faster turnaround for testing algorithm
in the production while leveraging the existing (and continue growing)
BPF feature/framework instead of building one specifically for
userspace TCP CC.
This patch allows write access to a few fields in tcp-sock
(in bpf_tcp_ca_btf_struct_access()).
The optional "get_info" is unsupported now. It can be added
later. One possible way is to output the info with a btf-id
to describe the content.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200109003508.3856115-1-kafai@fb.com
It is possible to stack multiple DSA switches in a way that they are not
part of the tree (disjoint) but the DSA master of a switch is a DSA
slave of another. When that happens switch drivers may have to know this
is the case so as to determine whether their tagging protocol has a
remove chance of working.
This is useful for specific switch drivers such as b53 where devices
have been known to be stacked in the wild without the Broadcom tag
protocol supporting that feature. This allows b53 to continue supporting
those devices by forcing the disabling of Broadcom tags on the outermost
switches if necessary.
The get_tag_protocol() function is therefore updated to gain an
additional enum dsa_tag_protocol argument which denotes the current
tagging protocol used by the DSA master we are attached to, else
DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE for the top of the dsa_switch_tree.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible that a reporter recovery completion do not finish
successfully when recovery is triggered via
devlink_health_reporter_recover as recovery could be processed in
different context. In such scenario an error is returned by driver when
recover hook is invoked and successful recovery completion is
intimated later.
Expose devlink recover done API to update recovery stats.
Signed-off-by: Vikas Gupta <vikas.gupta@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Missing netns context in arp_tables, from Florian Westphal.
2) Underflow in flowtable reference counter, from wenxu.
3) Fix incorrect ethernet destination address in flowtable offload,
from wenxu.
4) Check for status of neighbour entry, from wenxu.
5) Fix NAT port mangling, from wenxu.
6) Unbind callbacks from destroy path to cleanup hardware properly
on flowtable removal.
7) Fix missing casting statistics timestamp, add nf_flowtable_time_stamp
and use it.
8) NULL pointer exception when timeout argument is null in conntrack
dccp and sctp protocol helpers, from Florian Westphal.
9) Possible nul-dereference in ipset with IPSET_ATTR_LINENO, also from
Florian.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds nf_flowtable_time_stamp and updates the existing code to
use it.
This patch is also implicitly fixing up hardware statistic fetching via
nf_flow_offload_stats() where casting to u32 is missing. Use
nf_flow_timeout_delta() to fix this.
Fixes: c29f74e0df ("netfilter: nf_flow_table: hardware offload support")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
The DSA drivers that implement .phylink_mac_link_state should normally
register an interrupt for the PCS, from which they should call
phylink_mac_change(). However not all switches implement this, and those
who don't should set this flag in dsa_switch in the .setup callback, so
that PHYLINK will poll for a few ms until the in-band AN link timer
expires and the PCS state settles.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 3 things that are wrong with the DSA deferred xmit mechanism:
1. Its introduction has made the DSA hotpath ever so slightly more
inefficient for everybody, since DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit needs
to be initialized to false for every transmitted frame, in order to
figure out whether the driver requested deferral or not (a very rare
occasion, rare even for the only driver that does use this mechanism:
sja1105). That was necessary to avoid kfree_skb from freeing the skb.
2. Because L2 PTP is a link-local protocol like STP, it requires
management routes and deferred xmit with this switch. But as opposed
to STP, the deferred work mechanism needs to schedule the packet
rather quickly for the TX timstamp to be collected in time and sent
to user space. But there is no provision for controlling the
scheduling priority of this deferred xmit workqueue. Too bad this is
a rather specific requirement for a feature that nobody else uses
(more below).
3. Perhaps most importantly, it makes the DSA core adhere a bit too
much to the NXP company-wide policy "Innovate Where It Doesn't
Matter". The sja1105 is probably the only DSA switch that requires
some frames sent from the CPU to be routed to the slave port via an
out-of-band configuration (register write) rather than in-band (DSA
tag). And there are indeed very good reasons to not want to do that:
if that out-of-band register is at the other end of a slow bus such
as SPI, then you limit that Ethernet flow's throughput to effectively
the throughput of the SPI bus. So hardware vendors should definitely
not be encouraged to design this way. We do _not_ want more
widespread use of this mechanism.
Luckily we have a solution for each of the 3 issues:
For 1, we can just remove that variable in the skb->cb and counteract
the effect of kfree_skb with skb_get, much to the same effect. The
advantage, of course, being that anybody who doesn't use deferred xmit
doesn't need to do any extra operation in the hotpath.
For 2, we can create a kernel thread for each port's deferred xmit work.
If the user switch ports are named swp0, swp1, swp2, the kernel threads
will be named swp0_xmit, swp1_xmit, swp2_xmit (there appears to be a 15
character length limit on kernel thread names). With this, the user can
change the scheduling priority with chrt $(pidof swp2_xmit).
For 3, we can actually move the entire implementation to the sja1105
driver.
So this patch deletes the generic implementation from the DSA core and
adds a new one, more adequate to the requirements of PTP TX
timestamping, in sja1105_main.c.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This handles LE PHY Update Complete event and store both tx_phy and
rx_phy into hci_conn.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The macro is really not needed and can be replaced with either usage of
bt_err_ratelimited or bt_dev_err_ratelimited.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The macro will be used to display rate limited warning messages in the
log.
Signed-off-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add l3index to tcp_md5sig_key to represent the L3 domain of a key, and
add l3index to tcp_md5_do_add and tcp_md5_do_del to fill in the key.
With the key now based on an l3index, add the new parameter to the
lookup functions and consider the l3index when looking for a match.
The l3index comes from the skb when processing ingress packets leveraging
the helpers created for socket lookups, tcp_v4_sdif and inet_iif (and the
v6 variants). When the sdif index is set it means the packet ingressed a
device that is part of an L3 domain and inet_iif points to the VRF device.
For egress, the L3 domain is determined from the socket binding and
sk_bound_dev_if.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Revert "net/sched: cls_u32: fix refcount leak in the error path of
u32_change()", and fix the u32 refcount leak in a more generic way that
preserves the semantic of rule dumping.
On tc filters that don't support lockless insertion/removal, there is no
need to guard against concurrent insertion when a removal is in progress.
Therefore, for most of them we can avoid a full walk() when deleting, and
just decrease the refcount, like it was done on older Linux kernels.
This fixes situations where walk() was wrongly detecting a non-empty
filter, like it happened with cls_u32 in the error path of change(), thus
leading to failures in the following tdc selftests:
6aa7: (filter, u32) Add/Replace u32 with source match and invalid indev
6658: (filter, u32) Add/Replace u32 with custom hash table and invalid handle
74c2: (filter, u32) Add/Replace u32 filter with invalid hash table id
On cls_flower, and on (future) lockless filters, this check is necessary:
move all the check_empty() logic in a callback so that each filter
can have its own implementation. For cls_flower, it's sufficient to check
if no IDRs have been allocated.
This reverts commit 275c44aa19.
Changes since v1:
- document the need for delete_empty() when TCF_PROTO_OPS_DOIT_UNLOCKED
is used, thanks to Vlad Buslov
- implement delete_empty() without doing fl_walk(), thanks to Vlad Buslov
- squash revert and new fix in a single patch, to be nice with bisect
tests that run tdc on u32 filter, thanks to Dave Miller
Fixes: 275c44aa19 ("net/sched: cls_u32: fix refcount leak in the error path of u32_change()")
Fixes: 6676d5e416 ("net: sched: set dedicated tcf_walker flag when tp is empty")
Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Suggested-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-12-27
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 127 non-merge commits during the last 17 day(s) which contain
a total of 110 files changed, 6901 insertions(+), 2721 deletions(-).
There are three merge conflicts. Conflicts and resolution looks as follows:
1) Merge conflict in net/bpf/test_run.c:
There was a tree-wide cleanup c593642c8b ("treewide: Use sizeof_field() macro")
which gets in the way with b590cb5f80 ("bpf: Switch to offsetofend in
BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN"):
<<<<<<< HEAD
if (!range_is_zero(__skb, offsetof(struct __sk_buff, priority) +
sizeof_field(struct __sk_buff, priority),
=======
if (!range_is_zero(__skb, offsetofend(struct __sk_buff, priority),
>>>>>>> 7c8dce4b16
There are a few occasions that look similar to this. Always take the chunk with
offsetofend(). Note that there is one where the fields differ in here:
<<<<<<< HEAD
if (!range_is_zero(__skb, offsetof(struct __sk_buff, tstamp) +
sizeof_field(struct __sk_buff, tstamp),
=======
if (!range_is_zero(__skb, offsetofend(struct __sk_buff, gso_segs),
>>>>>>> 7c8dce4b16
Just take the one with offsetofend() /and/ gso_segs. Latter is correct due to
850a88cc40 ("bpf: Expose __sk_buff wire_len/gso_segs to BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN").
2) Merge conflict in arch/riscv/net/bpf_jit_comp.c:
(I'm keeping Bjorn in Cc here for a double-check in case I got it wrong.)
<<<<<<< HEAD
if (is_13b_check(off, insn))
return -1;
emit(rv_blt(tcc, RV_REG_ZERO, off >> 1), ctx);
=======
emit_branch(BPF_JSLT, RV_REG_T1, RV_REG_ZERO, off, ctx);
>>>>>>> 7c8dce4b16
Result should look like:
emit_branch(BPF_JSLT, tcc, RV_REG_ZERO, off, ctx);
3) Merge conflict in arch/riscv/include/asm/pgtable.h:
<<<<<<< HEAD
=======
#define VMALLOC_SIZE (KERN_VIRT_SIZE >> 1)
#define VMALLOC_END (PAGE_OFFSET - 1)
#define VMALLOC_START (PAGE_OFFSET - VMALLOC_SIZE)
#define BPF_JIT_REGION_SIZE (SZ_128M)
#define BPF_JIT_REGION_START (PAGE_OFFSET - BPF_JIT_REGION_SIZE)
#define BPF_JIT_REGION_END (VMALLOC_END)
/*
* Roughly size the vmemmap space to be large enough to fit enough
* struct pages to map half the virtual address space. Then
* position vmemmap directly below the VMALLOC region.
*/
#define VMEMMAP_SHIFT \
(CONFIG_VA_BITS - PAGE_SHIFT - 1 + STRUCT_PAGE_MAX_SHIFT)
#define VMEMMAP_SIZE BIT(VMEMMAP_SHIFT)
#define VMEMMAP_END (VMALLOC_START - 1)
#define VMEMMAP_START (VMALLOC_START - VMEMMAP_SIZE)
#define vmemmap ((struct page *)VMEMMAP_START)
>>>>>>> 7c8dce4b16
Only take the BPF_* defines from there and move them higher up in the
same file. Remove the rest from the chunk. The VMALLOC_* etc defines
got moved via 01f52e16b8 ("riscv: define vmemmap before pfn_to_page
calls"). Result:
[...]
#define __S101 PAGE_READ_EXEC
#define __S110 PAGE_SHARED_EXEC
#define __S111 PAGE_SHARED_EXEC
#define VMALLOC_SIZE (KERN_VIRT_SIZE >> 1)
#define VMALLOC_END (PAGE_OFFSET - 1)
#define VMALLOC_START (PAGE_OFFSET - VMALLOC_SIZE)
#define BPF_JIT_REGION_SIZE (SZ_128M)
#define BPF_JIT_REGION_START (PAGE_OFFSET - BPF_JIT_REGION_SIZE)
#define BPF_JIT_REGION_END (VMALLOC_END)
/*
* Roughly size the vmemmap space to be large enough to fit enough
* struct pages to map half the virtual address space. Then
* position vmemmap directly below the VMALLOC region.
*/
#define VMEMMAP_SHIFT \
(CONFIG_VA_BITS - PAGE_SHIFT - 1 + STRUCT_PAGE_MAX_SHIFT)
#define VMEMMAP_SIZE BIT(VMEMMAP_SHIFT)
#define VMEMMAP_END (VMALLOC_START - 1)
#define VMEMMAP_START (VMALLOC_START - VMEMMAP_SIZE)
[...]
Let me know if there are any other issues.
Anyway, the main changes are:
1) Extend bpftool to produce a struct (aka "skeleton") tailored and specific
to a provided BPF object file. This provides an alternative, simplified API
compared to standard libbpf interaction. Also, add libbpf extern variable
resolution for .kconfig section to import Kconfig data, from Andrii Nakryiko.
2) Add BPF dispatcher for XDP which is a mechanism to avoid indirect calls by
generating a branch funnel as discussed back in bpfconf'19 at LSF/MM. Also,
add various BPF riscv JIT improvements, from Björn Töpel.
3) Extend bpftool to allow matching BPF programs and maps by name,
from Paul Chaignon.
4) Support for replacing cgroup BPF programs attached with BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI
flag for allowing updates without service interruption, from Andrey Ignatov.
5) Cleanup and simplification of ring access functions for AF_XDP with a
bonus of 0-5% performance improvement, from Magnus Karlsson.
6) Enable BPF JITs for x86-64 and arm64 by default. Also, final version of
audit support for BPF, from Daniel Borkmann and latter with Jiri Olsa.
7) Move and extend test_select_reuseport into BPF program tests under
BPF selftests, from Jakub Sitnicki.
8) Various BPF sample improvements for xdpsock for customizing parameters
to set up and benchmark AF_XDP, from Jay Jayatheerthan.
9) Improve libbpf to provide a ulimit hint on permission denied errors.
Also change XDP sample programs to attach in driver mode by default,
from Toke Høiland-Jørgensen.
10) Extend BPF test infrastructure to allow changing skb mark from tc BPF
programs, from Nikita V. Shirokov.
11) Optimize prologue code sequence in BPF arm32 JIT, from Russell King.
12) Fix xdp_redirect_cpu BPF sample to manually attach to tracepoints after
libbpf conversion, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
13) Minor misc improvements from various others.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that mlxsw is converted to use the new FIB notifications it is
possible to delete the old ones and use the new replace / append /
delete notifications.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the purpose of route offload, when a single route is deleted, it is
only of interest if it is the first route in the node or if it is
sibling to such a route.
In the first case, distinguish between several possibilities:
1. Route is the last route in the node. Emit a delete notification
2. Route is followed by a non-multipath route. Emit a replace
notification for the non-multipath route.
3. Route is followed by a multipath route. Emit a replace notification
for the multipath route.
In the second case, only emit a delete notification to ensure the route
is no longer used as a valid nexthop.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Subsequent patches are going to simplify the IPv6 route offload API,
which will only use three events - replace, delete and append.
Introduce a temporary version of replace and delete in order to make the
conversion easier to review. Note that append does not need a temporary
version, as it is currently not used.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When do IPv6 tunnel PMTU update and calls __ip6_rt_update_pmtu() in the end,
we should not call dst_confirm_neigh() as there is no two-way communication.
So disable the neigh confirm for vxlan and geneve pmtu update.
v5: No change.
v4: No change.
v3: Do not remove dst_confirm_neigh, but add a new bool parameter in
dst_ops.update_pmtu to control whether we should do neighbor confirm.
Also split the big patch to small ones for each area.
v2: Remove dst_confirm_neigh in __ip6_rt_update_pmtu.
Fixes: a93bf0ff44 ("vxlan: update skb dst pmtu on tx path")
Fixes: 52a589d51f ("geneve: update skb dst pmtu on tx path")
Reviewed-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new function skb_dst_update_pmtu_no_confirm() for callers who need
update pmtu but should not do neighbor confirm.
v5: No change.
v4: No change.
v3: Do not remove dst_confirm_neigh, but add a new bool parameter in
dst_ops.update_pmtu to control whether we should do neighbor confirm.
Also split the big patch to small ones for each area.
v2: Remove dst_confirm_neigh in __ip6_rt_update_pmtu.
Reviewed-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MTU update code is supposed to be invoked in response to real
networking events that update the PMTU. In IPv6 PMTU update function
__ip6_rt_update_pmtu() we called dst_confirm_neigh() to update neighbor
confirmed time.
But for tunnel code, it will call pmtu before xmit, like:
- tnl_update_pmtu()
- skb_dst_update_pmtu()
- ip6_rt_update_pmtu()
- __ip6_rt_update_pmtu()
- dst_confirm_neigh()
If the tunnel remote dst mac address changed and we still do the neigh
confirm, we will not be able to update neigh cache and ping6 remote
will failed.
So for this ip_tunnel_xmit() case, _EVEN_ if the MTU is changed, we
should not be invoking dst_confirm_neigh() as we have no evidence
of successful two-way communication at this point.
On the other hand it is also important to keep the neigh reachability fresh
for TCP flows, so we cannot remove this dst_confirm_neigh() call.
To fix the issue, we have to add a new bool parameter for dst_ops.update_pmtu
to choose whether we should do neigh update or not. I will add the parameter
in this patch and set all the callers to true to comply with the previous
way, and fix the tunnel code one by one on later patches.
v5: No change.
v4: No change.
v3: Do not remove dst_confirm_neigh, but add a new bool parameter in
dst_ops.update_pmtu to control whether we should do neighbor confirm.
Also split the big patch to small ones for each area.
v2: Remove dst_confirm_neigh in __ip6_rt_update_pmtu.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Several nf_flow_table_offload fixes from Pablo Neira Ayuso,
including adding a missing ipv6 match description.
2) Several heap overflow fixes in mwifiex from qize wang and Ganapathi
Bhat.
3) Fix uninit value in bond_neigh_init(), from Eric Dumazet.
4) Fix non-ACPI probing of nxp-nci, from Stephan Gerhold.
5) Fix use after free in tipc_disc_rcv(), from Tuong Lien.
6) Enforce limit of 33 tail calls in mips and riscv JIT, from Paul
Chaignon.
7) Multicast MAC limit test is off by one in qede, from Manish Chopra.
8) Fix established socket lookup race when socket goes from
TCP_ESTABLISHED to TCP_LISTEN, because there lacks an intervening
RCU grace period. From Eric Dumazet.
9) Don't send empty SKBs from tcp_write_xmit(), also from Eric Dumazet.
10) Fix active backup transition after link failure in bonding, from
Mahesh Bandewar.
11) Avoid zero sized hash table in gtp driver, from Taehee Yoo.
12) Fix wrong interface passed to ->mac_link_up(), from Russell King.
13) Fix DSA egress flooding settings in b53, from Florian Fainelli.
14) Memory leak in gmac_setup_txqs(), from Navid Emamdoost.
15) Fix double free in dpaa2-ptp code, from Ioana Ciornei.
16) Reject invalid MTU values in stmmac, from Jose Abreu.
17) Fix refcount leak in error path of u32 classifier, from Davide
Caratti.
18) Fix regression causing iwlwifi firmware crashes on boot, from Anders
Kaseorg.
19) Fix inverted return value logic in llc2 code, from Chan Shu Tak.
20) Disable hardware GRO when XDP is attached to qede, frm Manish
Chopra.
21) Since we encode state in the low pointer bits, dst metrics must be
at least 4 byte aligned, which is not necessarily true on m68k. Add
annotations to fix this, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (160 commits)
sfc: Include XDP packet headroom in buffer step size.
sfc: fix channel allocation with brute force
net: dst: Force 4-byte alignment of dst_metrics
selftests: pmtu: fix init mtu value in description
hv_netvsc: Fix unwanted rx_table reset
net: phy: ensure that phy IDs are correctly typed
mod_devicetable: fix PHY module format
qede: Disable hardware gro when xdp prog is installed
net: ena: fix issues in setting interrupt moderation params in ethtool
net: ena: fix default tx interrupt moderation interval
net/smc: unregister ib devices in reboot_event
net: stmmac: platform: Fix MDIO init for platforms without PHY
llc2: Fix return statement of llc_stat_ev_rx_null_dsap_xid_c (and _test_c)
net: hisilicon: Fix a BUG trigered by wrong bytes_compl
net: dsa: ksz: use common define for tag len
s390/qeth: don't return -ENOTSUPP to userspace
s390/qeth: fix promiscuous mode after reset
s390/qeth: handle error due to unsupported transport mode
cxgb4: fix refcount init for TC-MQPRIO offload
tc-testing: initial tdc selftests for cls_u32
...
When storing a pointer to a dst_metrics structure in dst_entry._metrics,
two flags are added in the least significant bits of the pointer value.
Hence this assumes all pointers to dst_metrics structures have at least
4-byte alignment.
However, on m68k, the minimum alignment of 32-bit values is 2 bytes, not
4 bytes. Hence in some kernel builds, dst_default_metrics may be only
2-byte aligned, leading to obscure boot warnings like:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 7 at lib/refcount.c:28 refcount_warn_saturate+0x44/0x9a
refcount_t: underflow; use-after-free.
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 7 Comm: ksoftirqd/0 Tainted: G W 5.5.0-rc2-atari-01448-g114a1a1038af891d-dirty #261
Stack from 10835e6c:
10835e6c 0038134f 00023fa6 00394b0f 0000001c 00000009 00321560 00023fea
00394b0f 0000001c 001a70f8 00000009 00000000 10835eb4 00000001 00000000
04208040 0000000a 00394b4a 10835ed4 00043aa8 001a70f8 00394b0f 0000001c
00000009 00394b4a 0026aba8 003215a4 00000003 00000000 0026d5a8 00000001
003215a4 003a4361 003238d6 000001f0 00000000 003215a4 10aa3b00 00025e84
003ddb00 10834000 002416a8 10aa3b00 00000000 00000080 000aa038 0004854a
Call Trace: [<00023fa6>] __warn+0xb2/0xb4
[<00023fea>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x42/0x64
[<001a70f8>] refcount_warn_saturate+0x44/0x9a
[<00043aa8>] printk+0x0/0x18
[<001a70f8>] refcount_warn_saturate+0x44/0x9a
[<0026aba8>] refcount_sub_and_test.constprop.73+0x38/0x3e
[<0026d5a8>] ipv4_dst_destroy+0x5e/0x7e
[<00025e84>] __local_bh_enable_ip+0x0/0x8e
[<002416a8>] dst_destroy+0x40/0xae
Fix this by forcing 4-byte alignment of all dst_metrics structures.
Fixes: e5fd387ad5 ("ipv6: do not overwrite inetpeer metrics prematurely")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for tag format used in Atheros AR9331 built-in switch.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the name of xsk_umem_discard_addr to xsk_umem_release_addr to
better reflect the new naming of the AF_XDP queue manipulation
functions. As this functions is used by drivers implementing support
for AF_XDP zero-copy, it requires a name change to these drivers. The
function xsk_umem_release_addr_rq has also changed name in the same
fashion.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1576759171-28550-10-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Change the names of the validation functions to better reflect what
they are doing. The uppermost ones are reading entries from the rings
and only the bottom ones validate entries. So xskq_cons_read_ is a
better prefix name.
Also change the xskq_cons_read_ functions to return a bool
as the the descriptor or address is already returned by reference
in the parameters. Everyone is using the return value as a bool
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1576759171-28550-9-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
The xskmap flush list is used to track entries that need to flushed
from via the xdp_do_flush_map() function. This list used to be
per-map, but there is really no reason for that. Instead make the
flush list global for all xskmaps, which simplifies __xsk_map_flush()
and xsk_map_alloc().
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20191219061006.21980-5-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
There is currently no way for driver to reliably check that
the socket it has looked up is in fact RX offloaded. Add
a helper. This allows drivers to catch misbehaving firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add hooks at appropriate points to make it possible to offload the ETS
Qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bit about negating HW backlog left me scratching my head. Clarify the
comment.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_pacing_shift can be read and written without lock
synchronization. This patch adds annotations to
document this fact and avoid future syzbot complains.
This might also avoid unexpected false sharing
in sk_pacing_shift_update(), as the compiler
could remove the conditional check and always
write over sk->sk_pacing_shift :
if (sk->sk_pacing_shift != val)
sk->sk_pacing_shift = val;
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sparse commit 6002ded74587 ("add a flag to warn on casts to/from
bitwise pointers") introduced a check for non-direct casts from/to
restricted datatypes (when -Wbitwise-pointer is enabled).
This triggered a warning in the 64 bit optimized ipv6_addr_is_*() functions
because sparse doesn't know that the buffer already points to some data in
the correct bitwise integer format. But these were correct and can
therefore be marked with __force to signalize sparse an intended cast to a
specific bitwise type.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sparse commit 6002ded74587 ("add a flag to warn on casts to/from
bitwise pointers") introduced a check for non-direct casts from/to
restricted datatypes (when -Wbitwise-pointer is enabled).
This triggered a warning in ipv6_get_dsfield() because sparse doesn't know
that the buffer already points to some data in the correct bitwise integer
format. This was already fixed in ipv6_change_dsfield() by the __force
attribute and can be fixed here the same way.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to how tcp_sendmsg() is implemented, we can have an empty
skb at the tail of the write queue.
Most [1] tcp_write_queue_empty() callers want to know if there is
anything to send (payload and/or FIN)
Instead of checking if the sk_write_queue is empty, we need
to test if tp->write_seq == tp->snd_nxt
[1] tcp_send_fin() was the only caller that expected to
see if an skb was in the write queue, I have changed the code
to reuse the tcp_write_queue_tail() result.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Michal Kubecek and Firo Yang did a very nice analysis of crashes
happening in __inet_lookup_established().
Since a TCP socket can go from TCP_ESTABLISH to TCP_LISTEN
(via a close()/socket()/listen() cycle) without a RCU grace period,
I should not have changed listeners linkage in their hash table.
They must use the nulls protocol (Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt),
so that a lookup can detect a socket in a hash list was moved in
another one.
Since we added code in commit d296ba60d8 ("soreuseport: Resolve
merge conflict for v4/v6 ordering fix"), we have to add
hlist_nulls_add_tail_rcu() helper.
Fixes: 3b24d854cb ("tcp/dccp: do not touch listener sk_refcnt under synflood")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reported-by: Firo Yang <firo.yang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191120083919.GH27852@unicorn.suse.cz/
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
This patch adds a new transmit path for hardware that supports 802.11
encapsulation offloading. In those cases 802.3 frames get passed
directly to the driver allowing the hardware to handle the encapsulation.
Some features such as monitor mode and TKIP would break when encapsulation
offloading is enabled. If any of these get enabled, the code will alwyas
fallback to the normal sw encapsulation data path.
The patch defines a secondary netdev_ops struct that the device gets
assigned if 802.11 encap support is available and enabled. The driver
needs to enable the support on a per vif basis if it finds that all
pre-reqs are meet.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191125100438.16539-1-john@phrozen.org
[reword comments, remove SUPPORTS_80211_ENCAP HW flag, minor cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Function nl80211_validate_nested() is not specific to nl80211, it's
a counterpart to nla_validate_nested_deprecated() with strict validation.
For consistency with other validation and parse functions, rename it to
nla_validate_nested().
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unix sockets like a block box. You never know what is stored there:
there may be a file descriptor holding a mount or a block device,
or there may be whole universes with namespaces, sockets with receive
queues full of sockets etc.
The patch adds a little debug and accounts number of files (not recursive),
which is in receive queue of a unix socket. Sometimes this is useful
to determine, that socket should be investigated or which task should
be killed to put reference counter on a resourse.
v2: Pass correct argument to lockdep
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to register a transport able to handle
local communication (loopback).
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a sysctl knob "net.ipv4.tcp_no_ssthresh_metrics_save"
that disables TCP ssthresh metrics cache by default. Other parts of TCP
metrics cache, e.g. rtt, cwnd, remain unchanged.
As modern networks becoming more and more dynamic, TCP metrics cache
today often causes more harm than benefits. For example, the same IP
address is often shared by different subscribers behind NAT in residential
networks. Even if the IP address is not shared by different users,
caching the slow-start threshold of a previous short flow using loss-based
congestion control (e.g. cubic) often causes the future longer flows of
the same network path to exit slow-start prematurely with abysmal
throughput.
Caching ssthresh is very risky and can lead to terrible performance.
Therefore it makes sense to make disabling ssthresh caching by
default and opt-in for specific networks by the administrators.
This practice also has worked well for several years of deployment with
CUBIC congestion control at Google.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin(Yudong) Yang <yyd@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace all the occurrences of FIELD_SIZEOF() with sizeof_field() except
at places where these are defined. Later patches will remove the unused
definition of FIELD_SIZEOF().
This patch is generated using following script:
EXCLUDE_FILES="include/linux/stddef.h|include/linux/kernel.h"
git grep -l -e "\bFIELD_SIZEOF\b" | while read file;
do
if [[ "$file" =~ $EXCLUDE_FILES ]]; then
continue
fi
sed -i -e 's/\bFIELD_SIZEOF\b/sizeof_field/g' $file;
done
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bharadiya <pankaj.laxminarayan.bharadiya@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190924105839.110713-3-pankaj.laxminarayan.bharadiya@intel.com
Co-developed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> # for net
This is needed, because if the flag X25_ACCPT_APPRV_FLAG is not set on a
socket (manual call confirmation) and the channel is cleared by remote
before the manual call confirmation was sent, this situation needs to
be handled.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh_cleanup() has not been used for seven years, and was a wrong design.
Messing with shared pointer in bond_neigh_init() without proper
memory barriers would at least trigger syzbot complains eventually.
It is time to remove this stuff.
Fixes: b63b70d877 ("IPoIB: Use a private hash table for path lookup in xmit path")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP encapsulation of IKE and IPsec messages (RFC 8229) is implemented
as a TCP ULP, overriding in particular the sendmsg and recvmsg
operations. A Stream Parser is used to extract messages out of the TCP
stream using the first 2 bytes as length marker. Received IKE messages
are put on "ike_queue", waiting to be dequeued by the custom recvmsg
implementation. Received ESP messages are sent to XFRM, like with UDP
encapsulation.
Some of this code is taken from the original submission by Herbert
Xu. Currently, only IPv4 is supported, like for UDP encapsulation.
Co-developed-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This will be used by TCP encapsulation to write packets to the encap
socket without holding the user socket's lock. Without this reinjection,
we're already holding the lock of the user socket, and then try to lock
the encap socket as well when we enqueue the encrypted packet.
While at it, add a BUILD_BUG_ON like we usually do for skb->cb, since
it's missing for struct xfrm_trans_cb.
Co-developed-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Syncookies borrow the ->rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp field to store the
timestamp of the last synflood. Protect them with READ_ONCE() and
WRITE_ONCE() since reads and writes aren't serialised.
Use of .rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp for storing the synflood timestamp was
introduced by a0f82f64e2 ("syncookies: remove last_synq_overflow from
struct tcp_sock"). But unprotected accesses were already there when
timestamp was stored in .last_synq_overflow.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When no synflood occurs, the synflood timestamp isn't updated.
Therefore it can be so old that time_after32() can consider it to be
in the future.
That's a problem for tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow() as it may report
that a recent overflow occurred while, in fact, it's just that jiffies
has grown past 'last_overflow' + TCP_SYNCOOKIE_VALID + 2^31.
Spurious detection of recent overflows lead to extra syncookie
verification in cookie_v[46]_check(). At that point, the verification
should fail and the packet dropped. But we should have dropped the
packet earlier as we didn't even send a syncookie.
Let's refine tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow() to report a recent overflow
only if jiffies is within the
[last_overflow, last_overflow + TCP_SYNCOOKIE_VALID] interval. This
way, no spurious recent overflow is reported when jiffies wraps and
'last_overflow' becomes in the future from the point of view of
time_after32().
However, if jiffies wraps and enters the
[last_overflow, last_overflow + TCP_SYNCOOKIE_VALID] interval (with
'last_overflow' being a stale synflood timestamp), then
tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow() still erroneously reports an
overflow. In such cases, we have to rely on syncookie verification
to drop the packet. We unfortunately have no way to differentiate
between a fresh and a stale syncookie timestamp.
In practice, using last_overflow as lower bound is problematic.
If the synflood timestamp is concurrently updated between the time
we read jiffies and the moment we store the timestamp in
'last_overflow', then 'now' becomes smaller than 'last_overflow' and
tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow() returns true, potentially dropping a
valid syncookie.
Reading jiffies after loading the timestamp could fix the problem,
but that'd require a memory barrier. Let's just accommodate for
potential timestamp growth instead and extend the interval using
'last_overflow - HZ' as lower bound.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If no synflood happens for a long enough period of time, then the
synflood timestamp isn't refreshed and jiffies can advance so much
that time_after32() can't accurately compare them any more.
Therefore, we can end up in a situation where time_after32(now,
last_overflow + HZ) returns false, just because these two values are
too far apart. In that case, the synflood timestamp isn't updated as
it should be, which can trick tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow() into
rejecting valid syncookies.
For example, let's consider the following scenario on a system
with HZ=1000:
* The synflood timestamp is 0, either because that's the timestamp
of the last synflood or, more commonly, because we're working with
a freshly created socket.
* We receive a new SYN, which triggers synflood protection. Let's say
that this happens when jiffies == 2147484649 (that is,
'synflood timestamp' + HZ + 2^31 + 1).
* Then tcp_synq_overflow() doesn't update the synflood timestamp,
because time_after32(2147484649, 1000) returns false.
With:
- 2147484649: the value of jiffies, aka. 'now'.
- 1000: the value of 'last_overflow' + HZ.
* A bit later, we receive the ACK completing the 3WHS. But
cookie_v[46]_check() rejects it because tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow()
says that we're not under synflood. That's because
time_after32(2147484649, 120000) returns false.
With:
- 2147484649: the value of jiffies, aka. 'now'.
- 120000: the value of 'last_overflow' + TCP_SYNCOOKIE_VALID.
Of course, in reality jiffies would have increased a bit, but this
condition will last for the next 119 seconds, which is far enough
to accommodate for jiffie's growth.
Fix this by updating the overflow timestamp whenever jiffies isn't
within the [last_overflow, last_overflow + HZ] range. That shouldn't
have any performance impact since the update still happens at most once
per second.
Now we're guaranteed to have fresh timestamps while under synflood, so
tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow() can safely use it with time_after32() in
such situations.
Stale timestamps can still make tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow() return
the wrong verdict when not under synflood. This will be handled in the
next patch.
For 64 bits architectures, the problem was introduced with the
conversion of ->tw_ts_recent_stamp to 32 bits integer by commit
cca9bab1b7 ("tcp: use monotonic timestamps for PAWS").
The problem has always been there on 32 bits architectures.
Fixes: cca9bab1b7 ("tcp: use monotonic timestamps for PAWS")
Fixes: 1da177e4c3 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With indirect blocks, a driver can register for callbacks from a device
that is does not 'own', for example, a tunnel device. When registering to
or unregistering from a new device, a callback is triggered to generate
a bind/unbind event. This, in turn, allows the driver to receive any
existing rules or to properly clean up installed rules.
When first added, it was assumed that all indirect block registrations
would be for ingress offloads. However, the NFP driver can, in some
instances, support clsact qdisc binds for egress offload.
Change the name of the indirect block callback command in flow_offload to
remove the 'ingress' identifier from it. While this does not change
functionality, a follow up patch will implement a more more generic
callback than just those currently just supporting ingress offload.
Fixes: 4d12ba4278 ("nfp: flower: allow offloading of matches on 'internal' ports")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_stub uses the ip6_dst_lookup function to allow other modules to
perform IPv6 lookups. However, this function skips the XFRM layer
entirely.
All users of ipv6_stub->ip6_dst_lookup use ip_route_output_flow (via the
ip_route_output_key and ip_route_output helpers) for their IPv4 lookups,
which calls xfrm_lookup_route(). This patch fixes this inconsistent
behavior by switching the stub to ip6_dst_lookup_flow, which also calls
xfrm_lookup_route().
This requires some changes in all the callers, as these two functions
take different arguments and have different return types.
Fixes: 5f81bd2e5d ("ipv6: export a stub for IPv6 symbols used by vxlan")
Reported-by: Xiumei Mu <xmu@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used in the conversion of ipv6_stub to ip6_dst_lookup_flow,
as some modules currently pass a net argument without a socket to
ip6_dst_lookup. This is equivalent to commit 343d60aada ("ipv6: change
ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup to take net argument").
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent commit 5c72299fba ("net: sched: cls_flower: Classify
packets using port ranges") had added filtering based on port ranges
to tc flower. However the commit missed necessary changes in hw-offload
code, so the feature gave rise to generating incorrect offloaded flow
keys in NIC.
One more detailed example is below:
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
$ tc filter add dev eth0 ingress protocol ip flower ip_proto tcp \
dst_port 100-200 action drop
With the setup above, an exact match filter with dst_port == 0 will be
installed in NIC by hw-offload. IOW, the NIC will have a rule which is
equivalent to the following one.
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
$ tc filter add dev eth0 ingress protocol ip flower ip_proto tcp \
dst_port 0 action drop
The behavior was caused by the flow dissector which extracts packet
data into the flow key in the tc flower. More specifically, regardless
of exact match or specified port ranges, fl_init_dissector() set the
FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_PORTS flag in struct flow_dissector to extract port
numbers from skb in skb_flow_dissect() called by fl_classify(). Note
that device drivers received the same struct flow_dissector object as
used in skb_flow_dissect(). Thus, offloaded drivers could not identify
which of these is used because the FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_PORTS flag was
set to struct flow_dissector in either case.
This patch adds the new FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_PORTS_RANGE flag and the new
tp_range field in struct fl_flow_key to recognize which filters are applied
to offloaded drivers. At this point, when filters based on port ranges
passed to drivers, drivers return the EOPNOTSUPP error because they do
not support the feature (the newly created FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_PORTS_RANGE
flag).
Fixes: 5c72299fba ("net: sched: cls_flower: Classify packets using port ranges")
Signed-off-by: Yoshiki Komachi <komachi.yoshiki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Partially sent record cleanup path increments an SG entry
directly instead of using sg_next(). This should not be a
problem today, as encrypted messages should be always
allocated as arrays. But given this is a cleanup path it's
easy to miss was this ever to change. Use sg_next(), and
simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like when BPF support was added by commit d3b18ad31f
("tls: add bpf support to sk_msg handling") and
commit d829e9c411 ("tls: convert to generic sk_msg interface")
it broke/removed the support for in-place crypto as added by
commit 4e6d47206c ("tls: Add support for inplace records
encryption").
The inplace_crypto member of struct tls_rec is dead, inited
to zero, and sometimes set to zero again. It used to be
set to 1 when record was allocated, but the skmsg code doesn't
seem to have been written with the idea of in-place crypto
in mind.
Since non trivial effort is required to bring the feature back
and we don't really have the HW to measure the benefit just
remove the left over support for now to avoid confusing readers.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"This is mostly to fix the iwlwifi regression:
1) Flush GRO state properly in iwlwifi driver, from Alexander Lobakin.
2) Validate TIPC link name with properly length macro, from John
Rutherford.
3) Fix completion init and device query timeouts in ibmvnic, from
Thomas Falcon.
4) Fix SKB size calculation for netlink messages in psample, from
Nikolay Aleksandrov.
5) Similar kind of fix for OVS flow dumps, from Paolo Abeni.
6) Handle queue allocation failure unwind properly in gve driver, we
could try to release pages we didn't allocate. From Jeroen de
Borst.
7) Serialize TX queue SKB list accesses properly in mscc ocelot
driver. From Yangbo Lu"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net:
net: usb: aqc111: Use the correct style for SPDX License Identifier
net: phy: Use the correct style for SPDX License Identifier
net: wireless: intel: iwlwifi: fix GRO_NORMAL packet stalling
net: mscc: ocelot: use skb queue instead of skbs list
net: mscc: ocelot: avoid incorrect consuming in skbs list
gve: Fix the queue page list allocated pages count
net: inet_is_local_reserved_port() port arg should be unsigned short
openvswitch: fix flow command message size
net: phy: dp83869: Fix return paths to return proper values
net: psample: fix skb_over_panic
net: usbnet: Fix -Wcast-function-type
net: hso: Fix -Wcast-function-type
net: port < inet_prot_sock(net) --> inet_port_requires_bind_service(net, port)
ibmvnic: Serialize device queries
ibmvnic: Bound waits for device queries
ibmvnic: Terminate waiting device threads after loss of service
ibmvnic: Fix completion structure initialization
net-sctp: replace some sock_net(sk) with just 'net'
net: Fix a documentation bug wrt. ip_unprivileged_port_start
tipc: fix link name length check
Pull locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle were:
- A comprehensive rewrite of the robust/PI futex code's exit handling
to fix various exit races. (Thomas Gleixner et al)
- Rework the generic REFCOUNT_FULL implementation using
atomic_fetch_* operations so that the performance impact of the
cmpxchg() loops is mitigated for common refcount operations.
With these performance improvements the generic implementation of
refcount_t should be good enough for everybody - and this got
confirmed by performance testing, so remove ARCH_HAS_REFCOUNT and
REFCOUNT_FULL entirely, leaving the generic implementation enabled
unconditionally. (Will Deacon)
- Other misc changes, fixes, cleanups"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (27 commits)
lkdtm: Remove references to CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL
locking/refcount: Remove unused 'refcount_error_report()' function
locking/refcount: Consolidate implementations of refcount_t
locking/refcount: Consolidate REFCOUNT_{MAX,SATURATED} definitions
locking/refcount: Move saturation warnings out of line
locking/refcount: Improve performance of generic REFCOUNT_FULL code
locking/refcount: Move the bulk of the REFCOUNT_FULL implementation into the <linux/refcount.h> header
locking/refcount: Remove unused refcount_*_checked() variants
locking/refcount: Ensure integer operands are treated as signed
locking/refcount: Define constants for saturation and max refcount values
futex: Prevent exit livelock
futex: Provide distinct return value when owner is exiting
futex: Add mutex around futex exit
futex: Provide state handling for exec() as well
futex: Sanitize exit state handling
futex: Mark the begin of futex exit explicitly
futex: Set task::futex_state to DEAD right after handling futex exit
futex: Split futex_mm_release() for exit/exec
exit/exec: Seperate mm_release()
futex: Replace PF_EXITPIDONE with a state
...
Any argument outside of that range would result in an out of bound
memory access, since the accessed array is 65536 bits long.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that the sysctl write accessor functions guarantee that:
net->ipv4.sysctl_ip_prot_sock <= net->ipv4.ip_local_ports.range[0]
invariant is maintained, and as such the max() in selinux hooks is actually spurious.
ie. even though
if (snum < max(inet_prot_sock(sock_net(sk)), low) || snum > high) {
per logic is the same as
if ((snum < inet_prot_sock(sock_net(sk)) && snum < low) || snum > high) {
it is actually functionally equivalent to:
if (snum < low || snum > high) {
which is equivalent to:
if (snum < inet_prot_sock(sock_net(sk)) || snum < low || snum > high) {
even though the first clause is spurious.
But we want to hold on to it in case we ever want to change what what
inet_port_requires_bind_service() means (for example by changing
it from a, by default, [0..1024) range to some sort of set).
Test: builds, git 'grep inet_prot_sock' finds no other references
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Another merge window, another pull full of stuff:
1) Support alternative names for network devices, from Jiri Pirko.
2) Introduce per-netns netdev notifiers, also from Jiri Pirko.
3) Support MSG_PEEK in vsock/virtio, from Matias Ezequiel Vara
Larsen.
4) Allow compiling out the TLS TOE code, from Jakub Kicinski.
5) Add several new tracepoints to the kTLS code, also from Jakub.
6) Support set channels ethtool callback in ena driver, from Sameeh
Jubran.
7) New SCTP events SCTP_ADDR_ADDED, SCTP_ADDR_REMOVED,
SCTP_ADDR_MADE_PRIM, and SCTP_SEND_FAILED_EVENT. From Xin Long.
8) Add XDP support to mvneta driver, from Lorenzo Bianconi.
9) Lots of netfilter hw offload fixes, cleanups and enhancements,
from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
10) PTP support for aquantia chips, from Egor Pomozov.
11) Add UDP segmentation offload support to igb, ixgbe, and i40e. From
Josh Hunt.
12) Add smart nagle to tipc, from Jon Maloy.
13) Support L2 field rewrite by TC offloads in bnxt_en, from Venkat
Duvvuru.
14) Add a flow mask cache to OVS, from Tonghao Zhang.
15) Add XDP support to ice driver, from Maciej Fijalkowski.
16) Add AF_XDP support to ice driver, from Krzysztof Kazimierczak.
17) Support UDP GSO offload in atlantic driver, from Igor Russkikh.
18) Support it in stmmac driver too, from Jose Abreu.
19) Support TIPC encryption and auth, from Tuong Lien.
20) Introduce BPF trampolines, from Alexei Starovoitov.
21) Make page_pool API more numa friendly, from Saeed Mahameed.
22) Introduce route hints to ipv4 and ipv6, from Paolo Abeni.
23) Add UDP segmentation offload to cxgb4, Rahul Lakkireddy"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next: (1857 commits)
libbpf: Fix usage of u32 in userspace code
mm: Implement no-MMU variant of vmalloc_user_node_flags
slip: Fix use-after-free Read in slip_open
net: dsa: sja1105: fix sja1105_parse_rgmii_delays()
macvlan: schedule bc_work even if error
enetc: add support Credit Based Shaper(CBS) for hardware offload
net: phy: add helpers phy_(un)lock_mdio_bus
mdio_bus: don't use managed reset-controller
ax88179_178a: add ethtool_op_get_ts_info()
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Fix use of uninitialized adjacency index
mlxsw: spectrum_router: After underlay moves, demote conflicting tunnels
bpf: Simplify __bpf_arch_text_poke poke type handling
bpf: Introduce BPF_TRACE_x helper for the tracing tests
bpf: Add bpf_jit_blinding_enabled for !CONFIG_BPF_JIT
bpf, testing: Add various tail call test cases
bpf, x86: Emit patchable direct jump as tail call
bpf: Constant map key tracking for prog array pokes
bpf: Add poke dependency tracking for prog array maps
bpf: Add initial poke descriptor table for jit images
bpf: Move owner type, jited info into array auxiliary data
...
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"There are several notable changes here:
- Single thread migrating itself has been optimized so that it
doesn't need threadgroup rwsem anymore.
- Freezer optimization to avoid unnecessary frozen state changes.
- cgroup ID unification so that cgroup fs ino is the only unique ID
used for the cgroup and can be used to directly look up live
cgroups through filehandle interface on 64bit ino archs. On 32bit
archs, cgroup fs ino is still the only ID in use but it is only
unique when combined with gen.
- selftest and other changes"
* 'for-5.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (24 commits)
writeback: fix -Wformat compilation warnings
docs: cgroup: mm: Fix spelling of "list"
cgroup: fix incorrect WARN_ON_ONCE() in cgroup_setup_root()
cgroup: use cgrp->kn->id as the cgroup ID
kernfs: use 64bit inos if ino_t is 64bit
kernfs: implement custom exportfs ops and fid type
kernfs: combine ino/id lookup functions into kernfs_find_and_get_node_by_id()
kernfs: convert kernfs_node->id from union kernfs_node_id to u64
kernfs: kernfs_find_and_get_node_by_ino() should only look up activated nodes
kernfs: use dumber locking for kernfs_find_and_get_node_by_ino()
netprio: use css ID instead of cgroup ID
writeback: use ino_t for inodes in tracepoints
kernfs: fix ino wrap-around detection
kselftests: cgroup: Avoid the reuse of fd after it is deallocated
cgroup: freezer: don't change task and cgroups status unnecessarily
cgroup: use cgroup->last_bstat instead of cgroup->bstat_pending for consistency
cgroup: remove cgroup_enable_task_cg_lists() optimization
cgroup: pids: use atomic64_t for pids->limit
selftests: cgroup: Run test_core under interfering stress
selftests: cgroup: Add task migration tests
...
This patch is to fix a data-race reported by syzbot:
BUG: KCSAN: data-race in sctp_assoc_migrate / sctp_hash_obj
write to 0xffff8880b67c0020 of 8 bytes by task 18908 on cpu 1:
sctp_assoc_migrate+0x1a6/0x290 net/sctp/associola.c:1091
sctp_sock_migrate+0x8aa/0x9b0 net/sctp/socket.c:9465
sctp_accept+0x3c8/0x470 net/sctp/socket.c:4916
inet_accept+0x7f/0x360 net/ipv4/af_inet.c:734
__sys_accept4+0x224/0x430 net/socket.c:1754
__do_sys_accept net/socket.c:1795 [inline]
__se_sys_accept net/socket.c:1792 [inline]
__x64_sys_accept+0x4e/0x60 net/socket.c:1792
do_syscall_64+0xcc/0x370 arch/x86/entry/common.c:290
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
read to 0xffff8880b67c0020 of 8 bytes by task 12003 on cpu 0:
sctp_hash_obj+0x4f/0x2d0 net/sctp/input.c:894
rht_key_get_hash include/linux/rhashtable.h:133 [inline]
rht_key_hashfn include/linux/rhashtable.h:159 [inline]
rht_head_hashfn include/linux/rhashtable.h:174 [inline]
head_hashfn lib/rhashtable.c:41 [inline]
rhashtable_rehash_one lib/rhashtable.c:245 [inline]
rhashtable_rehash_chain lib/rhashtable.c:276 [inline]
rhashtable_rehash_table lib/rhashtable.c:316 [inline]
rht_deferred_worker+0x468/0xab0 lib/rhashtable.c:420
process_one_work+0x3d4/0x890 kernel/workqueue.c:2269
worker_thread+0xa0/0x800 kernel/workqueue.c:2415
kthread+0x1d4/0x200 drivers/block/aoe/aoecmd.c:1253
ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:352
It was caused by rhashtable access asoc->base.sk when sctp_assoc_migrate
is changing its value. However, what rhashtable wants is netns from asoc
base.sk, and for an asoc, its netns won't change once set. So we can
simply fix it by caching netns since created.
Fixes: d6c0256a60 ("sctp: add the rhashtable apis for sctp global transport hashtable")
Reported-by: syzbot+e3b35fe7918ff0ee474e@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Minor conflict in drivers/s390/net/qeth_l2_main.c, kept the lock
from commit c8183f5489 ("s390/qeth: fix potential deadlock on
workqueue flush"), removed the code which was removed by commit
9897d583b0 ("s390/qeth: consolidate some duplicated HW cmd code").
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
In commit a82055af59 ("netfilter: nft_payload: add VLAN offload
support"), VLAN fields in struct flow_dissector_key_vlan were unionized
with the intention of introducing another field that covered the whole TCI
header. However without a wrapping struct the subfields end up sharing the
same bits. As a result, "tc filter add ... flower vlan_id 14" specifies not
only vlan_id, but also vlan_priority.
Fix by wrapping the individual VLAN fields in a struct.
Fixes: a82055af59 ("netfilter: nft_payload: add VLAN offload support")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous commit added the ability to throttle stations when they queue
too much airtime in the hardware. This commit enables the functionality by
calculating the expected airtime usage of each packet that is dequeued from
the TXQs in mac80211, and accounting that as pending airtime.
The estimated airtime for each skb is stored in the tx_info, so we can
subtract the same amount from the running total when the skb is freed or
recycled. The throttling mechanism relies on this accounting to be
accurate (i.e., that we are not freeing skbs without subtracting any
airtime they were accounted for), so we put the subtraction into
ieee80211_report_used_skb(). As an optimisation, we also subtract the
airtime on regular TX completion, zeroing out the value stored in the
packet afterwards, to avoid having to do an expensive lookup of the station
from the packet data on every packet.
This patch does *not* include any mechanism to wake a throttled TXQ again,
on the assumption that this will happen anyway as a side effect of whatever
freed the skb (most commonly a TX completion).
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191119060610.76681-5-kyan@google.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order for the Fq_CoDel algorithm integrated in mac80211 layer to operate
effectively to control excessive queueing latency, the CoDel algorithm
requires an accurate measure of how long packets stays in the queue, AKA
sojourn time. The sojourn time measured at the mac80211 layer doesn't
include queueing latency in the lower layer (firmware/hardware) and CoDel
expects lower layer to have a short queue. However, most 802.11ac chipsets
offload tasks such TX aggregation to firmware or hardware, thus have a deep
lower layer queue.
Without a mechanism to control the lower layer queue size, packets only
stay in mac80211 layer transiently before being sent to firmware queue.
As a result, the sojourn time measured by CoDel in the mac80211 layer is
almost always lower than the CoDel latency target, hence CoDel does little
to control the latency, even when the lower layer queue causes excessive
latency.
The Byte Queue Limits (BQL) mechanism is commonly used to address the
similar issue with wired network interface. However, this method cannot be
applied directly to the wireless network interface. "Bytes" is not a
suitable measure of queue depth in the wireless network, as the data rate
can vary dramatically from station to station in the same network, from a
few Mbps to over Gbps.
This patch implements an Airtime-based Queue Limit (AQL) to make CoDel work
effectively with wireless drivers that utilized firmware/hardware
offloading. AQL allows each txq to release just enough packets to the lower
layer to form 1-2 large aggregations to keep hardware fully utilized and
retains the rest of the frames in mac80211 layer to be controlled by the
CoDel algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Kan Yan <kyan@google.com>
[ Toke: Keep API to set pending airtime internal, fix nits in commit msg ]
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191119060610.76681-4-kyan@google.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Felix recently added code to calculate airtime of packets to the mt76
driver. Import this into mac80211 so we can use it for airtime queue limit
calculations.
The airtime.c file is copied verbatim from the mt76 driver, and adjusted to
be usable in mac80211. This involves:
- Switching to mac80211 data structures.
- Adding support for 160 MHz channels and HE mode.
- Moving the symbol and duration calculations around a bit to avoid
rounding with the higher rates and longer symbol times used for HE rates.
The per-rate TX rate calculation is also split out to its own function so
it can be used directly for the AQL calculations later.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191119060610.76681-3-kyan@google.com
[fix HE_GROUP_IDX() to use 3 * bw, since there are 3 _gi values]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is alike the previous change, with some additional ipv4 specific
quirk. Even when using the route hint we still have to do perform
additional per packet checks about source address validity: a new
helper is added to wrap them.
Hints are explicitly disabled if the destination is a local broadcast,
that keeps the code simple and local broadcast are a slower path anyway.
UDP flood performances vs recvmmsg() receiver:
vanilla patched delta
Kpps Kpps %
1683 1871 +11
In the worst case scenario - each packet has a different
destination address - the performance delta is within noise
range.
v3 -> v4:
- re-enable hints for forward
v2 -> v3:
- really fix build (sic) and hint usage check
- use fib4_has_custom_rules() helpers (David A.)
- add ip_extract_route_hint() helper (Edward C.)
- use prev skb as hint instead of copying data (Willem)
v1 -> v2:
- fix build issue with !CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we can use it in the next patch.
Additionally constify the helper argument.
Suggested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a per namespace counter, increment it on successful creation
of any route using the source address, decrement it on deletion
of such routes.
This allows us to check easily if the routing decision in the
current namespace depends on the packet source. Will be used
by the next patch.
Suggested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It wraps the namespace field with the same name, to easily
access it regardless of build options.
Suggested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce the following parameters in order to add the possibility to sync
DMA memory for device before putting allocated pages in the page_pool
caches:
- PP_FLAG_DMA_SYNC_DEV: if set in page_pool_params flags, all pages that
the driver gets from page_pool will be DMA-synced-for-device according
to the length provided by the device driver. Please note DMA-sync-for-CPU
is still device driver responsibility
- offset: DMA address offset where the DMA engine starts copying rx data
- max_len: maximum DMA memory size page_pool is allowed to flush. This
is currently used in __page_pool_alloc_pages_slow routine when pages
are allocated from page allocator
These parameters are supposed to be set by device drivers.
This optimization reduces the length of the DMA-sync-for-device.
The optimization is valid because pages are initially
DMA-synced-for-device as defined via max_len. At RX time, the driver
will perform a DMA-sync-for-CPU on the memory for the packet length.
What is important is the memory occupied by packet payload, because
this is the area CPU is allowed to read and modify. As we don't track
cache-lines written into by the CPU, simply use the packet payload length
as dma_sync_size at page_pool recycle time. This also take into account
any tail-extend.
Tested-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add page_pool_update_nid() to be called by page pool consumers when they
detect numa node changes.
It will update the page pool nid value to start allocating from the new
effective numa node.
This is to mitigate page pool allocating pages from a wrong numa node,
where the pool was originally allocated, and holding on to pages that
belong to a different numa node, which causes performance degradation.
For pages that are already being consumed and could be returned to the
pool by the consumer, in next patch we will add a check per page to avoid
recycling them back to the pool and return them to the page allocator.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Match on ethertype and set up protocol dependency. Check for protocol
dependency before accessing the tci field. Allow to match on the
encapsulated ethertype too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hardware offload support at this stage assumes an ethernet device in
place. The flow dissector provides the intermediate representation to
express this selector, so extend it to allow to store the interface
type. Flower does not uses this, so skb_flow_dissect_meta() is not
extended to match on this new field.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch constifies the pointer to source register data that is passed
as an input parameter.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring back tls_sw_sendpage_locked. sk_msg redirection into a socket
with TLS_TX takes the following path:
tcp_bpf_sendmsg_redir
tcp_bpf_push_locked
tcp_bpf_push
kernel_sendpage_locked
sock->ops->sendpage_locked
Also update the flags test in tls_sw_sendpage_locked to allow flag
MSG_NO_SHARED_FRAGS. bpf_tcp_sendmsg sets this.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/CA+FuTSdaAawmZ2N8nfDDKu3XLpXBbMtcCT0q4FntDD2gn8ASUw@mail.gmail.com/T/#t
Link: https://github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/commits/icept.2
Fixes: 0608c69c9a ("bpf: sk_msg, sock{map|hash} redirect through ULP")
Fixes: f3de19af0f ("Revert \"net/tls: remove unused function tls_sw_sendpage_locked\"")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When Jonathan change the page_pool to become responsible to its
own shutdown via deferred work queue, then the disconnect_cnt
counter was removed from xdp memory model tracepoint.
This patch change the page_pool_inflight tracepoint name to
page_pool_release, because it reflects the new responsability
better. And it reintroduces a counter that reflect the number of
times page_pool_release have been tried.
The counter is also used by the code, to only empty the alloc
cache once. With a stuck work queue running every second and
counter being 64-bit, it will overrun in approx 584 billion
years. For comparison, Earth lifetime expectancy is 7.5 billion
years, before the Sun will engulf, and destroy, the Earth.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Wildcard support for the net,iface set from Kristian Evensen.
2) Offload support for matching on the input interface.
3) Simplify matching on vlan header fields.
4) Add nft_payload_rebuild_vlan_hdr() function to rebuild the vlan
header from the vlan sk_buff metadata.
5) Pass extack to nft_flow_cls_offload_setup().
6) Add C-VLAN matching support.
7) Use time64_t in xt_time to fix y2038 overflow, from Arnd Bergmann.
8) Use time_t in nft_meta to fix y2038 overflow, also from Arnd.
9) Add flow_action_entry_next() helper function to flowtable offload
infrastructure.
10) Add IPv6 support to the flowtable offload infrastructure.
11) Support for input interface matching from postrouting,
from Phil Sutter.
12) Missing check for ndo callback in flowtable offload, from wenxu.
13) Remove conntrack parameter from flow_offload_fill_dir(), from wenxu.
14) Do not pass flow_rule object for rule removal, cookie is sufficient
to achieve this.
15) Release flow_rule object in case of error from the offload commit
path.
16) Undo offload ruleset updates if transaction fails.
17) Check for error when binding flowtable callbacks, from wenxu.
18) Always unbind flowtable callbacks when unregistering hooks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The page pool keeps track of the number of pages in flight, and
it isn't safe to remove the pool until all pages are returned.
Disallow removing the pool until all pages are back, so the pool
is always available for page producers.
Make the page pool responsible for its own delayed destruction
instead of relying on XDP, so the page pool can be used without
the xdp memory model.
When all pages are returned, free the pool and notify xdp if the
pool is registered with the xdp memory system. Have the callback
perform a table walk since some drivers (cpsw) may share the pool
among multiple xdp_rxq_info.
Note that the increment of pages_state_release_cnt may result in
inflight == 0, resulting in the pool being released.
Fixes: d956a048cd ("xdp: force mem allocator removal and periodic warning")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add nf_flow_rule_route_ipv6() and use it from the IPv6 and the inet
flowtable type definitions. Rename the nf_flow_rule_route() function to
nf_flow_rule_route_ipv4().
Adjust maximum number of actions, which now becomes 16 to leave
sufficient room for the IPv6 address mangling for NAT.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
While it is entirely possible that this tagger format is in fact more
generic than just these 2 switch families, I don't have that knowledge.
The Seville switch in NXP T1040 has a similar frame format, but there
are enough differences (e.g. DEST field starts at bit 57 instead of 56)
that calling this file tag_vitesse.c is a bit of a stretch at the
moment. The frame format has been listed in a comment so that people who
add support for further Vitesse switches can rework this tagger while
keeping compatibility with Felix.
The "ocelot" name was chosen instead of "felix" because even the Ocelot
switch can act as a DSA device when it is used in NPI mode, and the Felix
tagger format is almost identical. Currently it is only used for the
Felix switch embedded in the NXP LS1028A chip.
The ABI for this tagger should be considered "not stable" at the moment.
The DSA tag is always placed before the Ethernet header and therefore,
we are using the long prefix for RX tags to avoid putting the DSA master
port in promiscuous mode. Once there will be an API in DSA for drivers
to request DSA masters to be in promiscuous mode unconditionally, we
will switch to the "no prefix" extraction frame header, which will save
16 padding bytes for each RX frame.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the ism module is unloaded return control from exit routine only,
if all link groups are freed.
If an IB device is thrown away return control from device removal only,
if all link groups belonging to this device are freed.
A counters for the total number of SMCD link groups per ISM device is
introduced. ism module unloading continues only if the total number of
SMCD link groups for all ISM devices is zero. ISM device
removal continues only it the total number of SMCD link groups per ISM
device has decreased to zero.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SMCD link group termination is called when peer signals its shutdown
of its corresponding link group. For regular shutdowns no connections
exist anymore. For abnormal shutdowns connections must be killed and
their DMBs must be unregistered immediately. That means the SMCR method
to delay the link group freeing several seconds does not fit.
This patch adds immediate termination of a link group and its SMCD
connections and makes sure all SMCD link group related cleanup steps
are finished.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds 'module' member in the 'struct vsock_transport'
in order to get/put the transport module. This prevents the
module unloading while sockets are assigned to it.
We increase the module refcnt when a socket is assigned to a
transport, and we decrease the module refcnt when the socket
is destructed.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support of multiple transports in the
VSOCK core.
With the multi-transports support, we can use vsock with nested VMs
(using also different hypervisors) loading both guest->host and
host->guest transports at the same time.
Major changes:
- vsock core module can be loaded regardless of the transports
- vsock_core_init() and vsock_core_exit() are renamed to
vsock_core_register() and vsock_core_unregister()
- vsock_core_register() has a feature parameter (H2G, G2H, DGRAM)
to identify which directions the transport can handle and if it's
support DGRAM (only vmci)
- each stream socket is assigned to a transport when the remote CID
is set (during the connect() or when we receive a connection request
on a listener socket).
The remote CID is used to decide which transport to use:
- remote CID <= VMADDR_CID_HOST will use guest->host transport;
- remote CID == local_cid (guest->host transport) will use guest->host
transport for loopback (host->guest transports don't support loopback);
- remote CID > VMADDR_CID_HOST will use host->guest transport;
- listener sockets are not bound to any transports since no transport
operations are done on it. In this way we can create a listener
socket, also if the transports are not loaded or with VMADDR_CID_ANY
to listen on all transports.
- DGRAM sockets are handled as before, since only the vmci_transport
provides this feature.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All transports call __vsock_create() with the same parameters,
most of them depending on the parent socket. In order to simplify
the VSOCK core APIs exposed to the transports, this patch adds
the vsock_create_connected() callable from transports to create
a new socket when a connection request is received.
We also unexported the __vsock_create().
Suggested-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
virtio_transport and vmci_transport handle the buffer_size
sockopts in a very similar way.
In order to support multiple transports, this patch moves this
handling in the core to allow the user to change the options
also if the socket is not yet assigned to any transport.
This patch also adds the '.notify_buffer_size' callback in the
'struct virtio_transport' in order to inform the transport,
when the buffer_size is changed by the user. It is also useful
to limit the 'buffer_size' requested (e.g. virtio transports).
Acked-by: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since now the 'struct vsock_sock' object contains a pointer to
the transport, this patch adds a parameter to the
vsock_core_get_transport() to return the right transport
assigned to the socket.
This patch modifies also the virtio_transport_get_ops(), that
uses the vsock_core_get_transport(), adding the
'struct vsock_sock *' parameter.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation to support multiple transports, this patch adds
the 'transport' member at the 'struct vsock_sock'.
This new field is initialized during the creation in the
__vsock_create() function.
This patch also renames the global 'transport' pointer to
'transport_single', since for now we're only supporting a single
transport registered at run-time.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This header file now only includes the "uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h".
We can include directly it when needed.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) New generic devlink param "enable_roce", for downstream devlink
reload support
2) Do vport ACL configuration on per vport basis when
enabling/disabling a vport. This enables to have vports enabled/disabled
outside of eswitch config for future
3) Split the code for legacy vs offloads mode and make it clear
4) Tide up vport locking and workqueue usage
5) Fix metadata enablement for ECPF
6) Make explicit use of VF property to publish IB_DEVICE_VIRTUAL_FUNCTION
7) E-Switch and flow steering core low level support and refactoring for
netfilter flowtables offload
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2019-11-13
1) Remove a unnecessary net_exit function from the xfrm interface.
From Xin Long.
2) Assign xfrm4_udp_encap_rcv to a UDP socket only if xfrm
is configured. From Alexey Dobriyan.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the dataplane hardware offload to the flowtable
infrastructure. Three new flags represent the hardware state of this
flow:
* FLOW_OFFLOAD_HW: This flow entry resides in the hardware.
* FLOW_OFFLOAD_HW_DYING: This flow entry has been scheduled to be remove
from hardware. This might be triggered by either packet path (via TCP
RST/FIN packet) or via aging.
* FLOW_OFFLOAD_HW_DEAD: This flow entry has been already removed from
the hardware, the software garbage collector can remove it from the
software flowtable.
This patch supports for:
* IPv4 only.
* Aging via FLOW_CLS_STATS, no packet and byte counter synchronization
at this stage.
This patch also adds the action callback that specifies how to convert
the flow entry into the flow_rule object that is passed to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the NFTA_FLOWTABLE_FLAGS attribute that allows users to
specify the NF_FLOWTABLE_HW_OFFLOAD flag. This patch also adds a new
setup interface for the flowtable type to perform the flowtable offload
block callback configuration.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the infrastructure to support for flow entry types.
The initial type is NF_FLOW_OFFLOAD_ROUTE that stores the routing
information into the flow entry to define a fastpath for the classic
forwarding path.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move rcu_head to struct flow_offload, then remove the flow_offload_entry
structure definition.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers do not have access to the flow_offload structure, hence remove
this union from this flow_offload object as well as the original comment
on top of it.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify this code by storing the pointer to conntrack object in the
flow_offload structure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
after commit 4097e9d250 ("net: sched: don't use tc_action->order during
action dump"), 'act->order' is initialized but then it's no more read, so
we can just remove this member of struct tc_action.
CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink supports pair output of name and value. When the value is
binary, it must be presented in an array. If the length of the binary
value exceeds fmsg limitation, break the value into chunks internally.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netprio uses cgroup ID to index the priority mapping table. This is
currently okay as cgroup IDs are allocated using idr and packed.
However, cgroup IDs will be changed to use full 64bit range and won't
be packed making this impractical. netprio doesn't care what type of
IDs it uses as long as they can identify the controller instances and
are packed. Let's switch to css IDs instead of cgroup IDs.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Namhyung Kim <namhyung@kernel.org>
New device parameter to enable/disable handling of RoCE traffic in the
device.
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
There is a race between driver code that does setup/cleanup of device
and devlink reload operation that in some drivers works with the same
code. Use after free could we easily obtained by running:
while true; do
echo "0000:00:10.0" >/sys/bus/pci/drivers/mlxsw_spectrum2/bind
devlink dev reload pci/0000:00:10.0 &
echo "0000:00:10.0" >/sys/bus/pci/drivers/mlxsw_spectrum2/unbind
done
Fix this by enabling reload only after setup of device is complete and
disabling it at the beginning of the cleanup process.
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Fixes: 2d8dc5bbf4 ("devlink: Add support for reload")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One conflict in the BPF samples Makefile, some fixes in 'net' whilst
we were converting over to Makefile.target rules in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a new feature defined in section 5 of rfc7829: "Primary Path
Switchover". By introducing a new tunable parameter:
Primary.Switchover.Max.Retrans (PSMR)
The primary path will be changed to another active path when the path
error counter on the old primary path exceeds PSMR, so that "the SCTP
sender is allowed to continue data transmission on a new working path
even when the old primary destination address becomes active again".
This patch is to add this tunable parameter, 'ps_retrans' per netns,
sock, asoc and transport. It also allows a user to change ps_retrans
per netns by sysctl, and ps_retrans per sock/asoc/transport will be
initialized with it.
The check will be done in sctp_do_8_2_transport_strike() when this
feature is enabled.
Note this feature is disabled by initializing 'ps_retrans' per netns
as 0xffff by default, and its value can't be less than 'pf_retrans'
when changing by sysctl.
v3->v4:
- add define SCTP_PS_RETRANS_MAX 0xffff, and use it on extra2 of
sysctl 'ps_retrans'.
- add a new entry for ps_retrans on ip-sysctl.txt.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As said in rfc7829, section 3, point 12:
The SCTP stack SHOULD expose the PF state of its destination
addresses to the ULP as well as provide the means to notify the
ULP of state transitions of its destination addresses from
active to PF, and vice versa. However, it is recommended that
an SCTP stack implementing SCTP-PF also allows for the ULP to be
kept ignorant of the PF state of its destinations and the
associated state transitions, thus allowing for retention of the
simpler state transition model of [RFC4960] in the ULP.
Not only does it allow to expose the PF state to ULP, but also
allow to ignore sctp-pf to ULP.
So this patch is to add pf_expose per netns, sock and asoc. And in
sctp_assoc_control_transport(), ulp_notify will be set to false if
asoc->expose is not 'enabled' in next patch.
It also allows a user to change pf_expose per netns by sysctl, and
pf_expose per sock and asoc will be initialized with it.
Note that pf_expose also works for SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDR_INFO sockopt,
to not allow a user to query the state of a sctp-pf peer address
when pf_expose is 'disabled', as said in section 7.3.
v1->v2:
- Fix a build warning noticed by Nathan Chancellor.
v2->v3:
- set pf_expose to UNUSED by default to keep compatible with old
applications.
v3->v4:
- add a new entry for pf_expose on ip-sysctl.txt, as Marcelo suggested.
- change this patch to 1/5, and move sctp_assoc_control_transport
change into 2/5, as Marcelo suggested.
- use SCTP_PF_EXPOSE_UNSET instead of SCTP_PF_EXPOSE_UNUSED, and
set SCTP_PF_EXPOSE_UNSET to 0 in enum, as Marcelo suggested.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race between driver code that does setup/cleanup of device
and devlink reload operation that in some drivers works with the same
code. Use after free could we easily obtained by running:
while true; do
echo 10 > /sys/bus/netdevsim/new_device
devlink dev reload netdevsim/netdevsim10 &
echo 10 > /sys/bus/netdevsim/del_device
done
Fix this by enabling reload only after setup of device is complete and
disabling it at the beginning of the cleanup process.
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Fixes: 2d8dc5bbf4 ("devlink: Add support for reload")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* typo fixes in docs
* APIs for station separation using VLAN tags rather
than separate wifi netdevs
* some preparations for upcoming features (802.3 offload
and airtime queue limits (AQL)
* stack reduction in ieee80211_assoc_success()
* use DEFINE_DEBUGFS_ATTRIBUTE in hwsim
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gDUI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2019-11-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some relatively small changes:
* typo fixes in docs
* APIs for station separation using VLAN tags rather
than separate wifi netdevs
* some preparations for upcoming features (802.3 offload
and airtime queue limits (AQL)
* stack reduction in ieee80211_assoc_success()
* use DEFINE_DEBUGFS_ATTRIBUTE in hwsim
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides an alternative mechanism for AP VLAN support where a
single netdev is used with VLAN tagged frames instead of separate
netdevs for each VLAN without tagged frames from the WLAN driver.
By setting NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag the driver indicates
support for a single netdev with VLAN tagged frames. Separate
VLAN-specific netdevs can be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID
similarly to Ethernet. NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys),
NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally
specify vlan_id using NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
Signed-off-by: Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan <gguru@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191031214640.5012-1-jouni@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To implement airtime queue limiting, we need to keep a running account of
the estimated airtime of all skbs queued into the device. Do to this
correctly, we need to store the airtime estimate into the skb so we can
decrease the outstanding balance when the skb is freed. This means that the
time estimate must be stored somewhere that will survive for the lifetime
of the skb.
To get this, decrease the size of the ack_frame_id field to 6 bits, and
lower the size of the ID space accordingly. This leaves 10 bits for use for
tx_time_est, which is enough to store a maximum of 4096 us, if we shift the
values so they become units of 4us.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/157182474063.150713.16132669599100802716.stgit@toke.dk
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The FQ implementation used by mac80211 allocates memory using kmalloc(),
which can fail; and Johannes reported that this actually happens in
practice.
To avoid this, switch the allocation to kvmalloc() instead; this also
brings fq_impl in line with all the FQ qdiscs.
Fixes: 557fc4a098 ("fq: add fair queuing framework")
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191105155750.547379-1-toke@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add layer 3 generic packet exception traps that can report trapped
packets and documentation of the traps.
Unlike drop traps, these exception traps also need to inject the packet
to the kernel's receive path. For example, a packet that was trapped due
to unreachable neighbour need to be injected into the kernel so that it
will trigger an ARP request or a neighbour solicitation message.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during layer
3 forwarding.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_make_synack() already uses tcp_clock_ns(), and can pass
the value to cookie_init_timestamp() to avoid another call
to ktime_get_ns() helper.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Missing register size validation in bitwise and cmp offloads.
2) Fix error code in ip_set_sockfn_get() when copy_to_user() fails,
from Dan Carpenter.
3) Oneliner to copy MAC address in IPv6 hash:ip,mac sets, from
Stefano Brivio.
4) Missing policy validation in ipset with NL_VALIDATE_STRICT,
from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
5) Fix unaligned access to private data area of nf_tables instructions,
from Lukas Wunner.
6) Relax check for object updates, reported as a regression by
Eric Garver, patch from Fernando Fernandez Mancera.
7) Crash on ebtables dnat extension when used from the output path.
From Florian Westphal.
8) Fix bogus EOPNOTSUPP when updating basechain flags.
9) Fix bogus EBUSY when updating a basechain that is already offloaded.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS TX needs to release and re-acquire the socket lock if send buffer
fills up.
TLS SW TX path currently depends on only allowing one thread to enter
the function by the abuse of sk_write_pending. If another writer is
already waiting for memory no new ones are allowed in.
This has two problems:
- writers don't wake other threads up when they leave the kernel;
meaning that this scheme works for single extra thread (second
application thread or delayed work) because memory becoming
available will send a wake up request, but as Mallesham and
Pooja report with larger number of threads it leads to threads
being put to sleep indefinitely;
- the delayed work does not get _scheduled_ but it may _run_ when
other writers are present leading to crashes as writers don't
expect state to change under their feet (same records get pushed
and freed multiple times); it's hard to reliably bail from the
work, however, because the mere presence of a writer does not
guarantee that the writer will push pending records before exiting.
Ensuring wakeups always happen will make the code basically open
code a mutex. Just use a mutex.
The TLS HW TX path does not have any locking (not even the
sk_write_pending hack), yet it uses a per-socket sg_tx_data
array to push records.
Fixes: a42055e8d2 ("net/tls: Add support for async encryption of records for performance")
Reported-by: Mallesham Jatharakonda <mallesh537@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Pooja Trivedi <poojatrivedi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_max_ack_backlog can be read without any lock being held
at least in TCP/DCCP cases.
We need to use READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE() to avoid load/store tearing
and/or potential KCSAN warnings.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_ack_backlog can be read without any lock being held.
We need to use READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE() to avoid load/store tearing
and/or potential KCSAN warnings.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are common instances of the following construct :
if (n->confirmed != now)
n->confirmed = now;
A C compiler could legally remove the conditional.
Use READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE() to avoid this problem.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a couple of READ_ONCE() and WRITE_ONCE() to prevent
load-tearing and store-tearing in sock_read_timestamp()
and sock_write_timestamp()
This might prevent another KCSAN report.
Fixes: 3a0ed3e961 ("sock: Make sock->sk_stamp thread-safe")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this change, qdisc packet counter is no longer
a 32bit quantity. We still export 32bit values to user.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gnet_stats_basic_packed was really meant to be private kernel structure.
If this proves to be a problem, we will have to rename the in-kernel
version.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add wrappers around the devlink resource API, so that DSA drivers can
register and unregister devlink resources.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new filter is added to cls_api, the function
tcf_chain_tp_insert_unique() looks up the protocol/priority/chain to
determine if the tcf_proto is duplicated in the chain's hashtable. It then
creates a new entry or continues with an existing one. In cls_flower, this
allows the function fl_ht_insert_unque to determine if a filter is a
duplicate and reject appropriately, meaning that the duplicate will not be
passed to drivers via the offload hooks. However, when a tcf_proto is
destroyed it is removed from its chain before a hardware remove hook is
hit. This can lead to a race whereby the driver has not received the
remove message but duplicate flows can be accepted. This, in turn, can
lead to the offload driver receiving incorrect duplicate flows and out of
order add/delete messages.
Prevent duplicates by utilising an approach suggested by Vlad Buslov. A
hash table per block stores each unique chain/protocol/prio being
destroyed. This entry is only removed when the full destroy (and hardware
offload) has completed. If a new flow is being added with the same
identiers as a tc_proto being detroyed, then the add request is replayed
until the destroy is complete.
Fixes: 8b64678e0a ("net: sched: refactor tp insert/delete for concurrent execution")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reported-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since de77ecd4ef ("bonding: improve link-status update in
mii-monitoring"), the bonding driver has utilized two separate variables
to indicate the next link state a particular slave should transition to.
Each is used to communicate to a different portion of the link state
change commit logic; one to the bond_miimon_commit function itself, and
another to the state transition logic.
Unfortunately, the two variables can become unsynchronized,
resulting in incorrect link state transitions within bonding. This can
cause slaves to become stuck in an incorrect link state until a
subsequent carrier state transition.
The issue occurs when a special case in bond_slave_netdev_event
sets slave->link directly to BOND_LINK_FAIL. On the next pass through
bond_miimon_inspect after the slave goes carrier up, the BOND_LINK_FAIL
case will set the proposed next state (link_new_state) to BOND_LINK_UP,
but the new_link to BOND_LINK_DOWN. The setting of the final link state
from new_link comes after that from link_new_state, and so the slave
will end up incorrectly in _DOWN state.
Resolve this by combining the two variables into one.
Reported-by: Aleksei Zakharov <zakharov.a.g@yandex.ru>
Reported-by: Sha Zhang <zhangsha.zhang@huawei.com>
Cc: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Fixes: de77ecd4ef ("bonding: improve link-status update in mii-monitoring")
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Invoking the following commands on a 32-bit architecture with strict
alignment requirements (such as an ARMv7-based Raspberry Pi) results
in an alignment exception:
# nft add table ip test-ip4
# nft add chain ip test-ip4 output { type filter hook output priority 0; }
# nft add rule ip test-ip4 output quota 1025 bytes
Alignment trap: not handling instruction e1b26f9f at [<7f4473f8>]
Unhandled fault: alignment exception (0x001) at 0xb832e824
Internal error: : 1 [#1] PREEMPT SMP ARM
Hardware name: BCM2835
[<7f4473fc>] (nft_quota_do_init [nft_quota])
[<7f447448>] (nft_quota_init [nft_quota])
[<7f4260d0>] (nf_tables_newrule [nf_tables])
[<7f4168dc>] (nfnetlink_rcv_batch [nfnetlink])
[<7f416bd0>] (nfnetlink_rcv [nfnetlink])
[<8078b334>] (netlink_unicast)
[<8078b664>] (netlink_sendmsg)
[<8071b47c>] (sock_sendmsg)
[<8071bd18>] (___sys_sendmsg)
[<8071ce3c>] (__sys_sendmsg)
[<8071ce94>] (sys_sendmsg)
The reason is that nft_quota_do_init() calls atomic64_set() on an
atomic64_t which is only aligned to 32-bit, not 64-bit, because it
succeeds struct nft_expr in memory which only contains a 32-bit pointer.
Fix by aligning the nft_expr private data to 64-bit.
Fixes: 96518518cc ("netfilter: add nftables")
Signed-off-by: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v3.13+
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-11-02
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 30 non-merge commits during the last 7 day(s) which contain
a total of 41 files changed, 1864 insertions(+), 474 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Fix long standing user vs kernel access issue by introducing
bpf_probe_read_user() and bpf_probe_read_kernel() helpers, from Daniel.
2) Accelerated xskmap lookup, from Björn and Maciej.
3) Support for automatic map pinning in libbpf, from Toke.
4) Cleanup of BTF-enabled raw tracepoints, from Alexei.
5) Various fixes to libbpf and selftests.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only slightly tricky merge conflict was the netdevsim because the
mutex locking fix overlapped a lot of driver reload reorganization.
The rest were (relatively) trivial in nature.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this commit the XSKMAP entry lookup function used by the XDP
redirect code is moved from the xskmap.c file to the xdp_sock.h
header, so the lookup can be inlined from, e.g., the
bpf_xdp_redirect_map() function.
Further the __xsk_map_redirect() and __xsk_map_flush() is moved to the
xsk.c, which lets the compiler inline the xsk_rcv() and xsk_flush()
functions.
Finally, all the XDP socket functions were moved from linux/bpf.h to
net/xdp_sock.h, where most of the XDP sockets functions are anyway.
This yields a ~2% performance boost for the xdpsock "rx_drop"
scenario.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20191101110346.15004-4-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
Now that the DSA ports are listed in the switch fabric, there is
no need to store the dsa_switch structures from the drivers in the
fabric anymore. So get rid of the dst->ds static array.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers do not use the ds->rtable static arrays anymore, get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a new list of DSA links in the switch fabric itself, to
provide an alterative to the ds->rtable static arrays.
At the same time, provide a new dsa_routing_port() helper to abstract
the usage of ds->rtable in drivers. If there's no port to reach a
given device, return the first invalid port, ds->num_ports. This avoids
potential signedness errors or the need to define special values.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend struct tc_action with new "tcfa_flags" field. Set the field in
tcf_idr_create() function and provide new helper
tcf_idr_create_from_flags() that derives 'cpustats' boolean from flags
value. Update individual hardware-offloaded actions init() to pass their
"flags" argument to new helper in order to skip percpu stats allocation
when user requested it through flags.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend TCA_ACT space with nla_bitfield32 flags. Add
TCA_ACT_FLAGS_NO_PERCPU_STATS as the only allowed flag. Parse the flags in
tcf_action_init_1() and pass resulting value as additional argument to
a_o->init().
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify stats update helper functions introduced in previous patches in this
series to fallback to regular tc_action->tcfa_{b|q}stats if cpu stats are
not allocated for the action argument. If regular non-percpu allocated
counters are in use, then obtain action tcfa_lock while modifying them.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous commit introduced helper function for updating qstats and
refactored set of actions to use the helpers, instead of modifying qstats
directly. However, one of the affected action exposes its qstats to
skb_tc_reinsert(), which then modifies it.
Refactor skb_tc_reinsert() to return integer error code and don't increment
overlimit qstats in case of error, and use the returned error code in
tcf_mirred_act() to manually increment the overlimit counter with new
helper function.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract common code that increments cpu_qstats counters into standalone act
API functions. Change hardware offloaded actions that use percpu counter
allocation to use the new functions instead of accessing cpu_qstats
directly.
This commit doesn't change functionality.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract common code that increments cpu_bstats counter into standalone act
API function. Change hardware offloaded actions that use percpu counter
allocation to use the new function instead of incrementing cpu_bstats
directly.
This commit doesn't change functionality.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, all implementations of tc_action_ops->stats_update() callback
have almost exactly the same implementation of counters update
code (besides gact which also updates drop counter). In order to simplify
support for using both percpu-allocated and regular action counters
depending on run-time flag in following patches, extract action counters
update code into standalone function in act API.
This commit doesn't change functionality.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ICMP flow dissector currently parses only the Type and Code fields.
Some ICMP packets (echo, timestamp) have a 16 bit Identifier field which
is used to correlate packets.
Add such field in flow_dissector_key_icmp and replace skb_flow_get_be16()
with a more complex function which populate this field.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Documents two piece of code which can't be understood at a glance.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only smc-related reference in net/sock.h is struct smc_hashinfo.
But just its address is refered to. Thus there is no need for the
include of net/smc.h. Remove it.
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return directly from within the loop as soon as the port is found,
otherwise we won't return NULL if the end of the list is reached.
Fixes: b96ddf254b ("net: dsa: use ports list in dsa_to_port")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add plumbing to allow DSA drivers to register parameters with devlink.
To keep with the abstraction, the DSA drivers pass the ds structure to
these helpers, and the DSA core then translates that to the devlink
structure associated to the device.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_page_frag() optimizes skb_frag allocations by using per-task
skb_frag cache when it knows it's the only user. The condition is
determined by seeing whether the socket allocation mask allows
blocking - if the allocation may block, it obviously owns the task's
context and ergo exclusively owns current->task_frag.
Unfortunately, this misses recursion through memory reclaim path.
Please take a look at the following backtrace.
[2] RIP: 0010:tcp_sendmsg_locked+0xccf/0xe10
...
tcp_sendmsg+0x27/0x40
sock_sendmsg+0x30/0x40
sock_xmit.isra.24+0xa1/0x170 [nbd]
nbd_send_cmd+0x1d2/0x690 [nbd]
nbd_queue_rq+0x1b5/0x3b0 [nbd]
__blk_mq_try_issue_directly+0x108/0x1b0
blk_mq_request_issue_directly+0xbd/0xe0
blk_mq_try_issue_list_directly+0x41/0xb0
blk_mq_sched_insert_requests+0xa2/0xe0
blk_mq_flush_plug_list+0x205/0x2a0
blk_flush_plug_list+0xc3/0xf0
[1] blk_finish_plug+0x21/0x2e
_xfs_buf_ioapply+0x313/0x460
__xfs_buf_submit+0x67/0x220
xfs_buf_read_map+0x113/0x1a0
xfs_trans_read_buf_map+0xbf/0x330
xfs_btree_read_buf_block.constprop.42+0x95/0xd0
xfs_btree_lookup_get_block+0x95/0x170
xfs_btree_lookup+0xcc/0x470
xfs_bmap_del_extent_real+0x254/0x9a0
__xfs_bunmapi+0x45c/0xab0
xfs_bunmapi+0x15/0x30
xfs_itruncate_extents_flags+0xca/0x250
xfs_free_eofblocks+0x181/0x1e0
xfs_fs_destroy_inode+0xa8/0x1b0
destroy_inode+0x38/0x70
dispose_list+0x35/0x50
prune_icache_sb+0x52/0x70
super_cache_scan+0x120/0x1a0
do_shrink_slab+0x120/0x290
shrink_slab+0x216/0x2b0
shrink_node+0x1b6/0x4a0
do_try_to_free_pages+0xc6/0x370
try_to_free_mem_cgroup_pages+0xe3/0x1e0
try_charge+0x29e/0x790
mem_cgroup_charge_skmem+0x6a/0x100
__sk_mem_raise_allocated+0x18e/0x390
__sk_mem_schedule+0x2a/0x40
[0] tcp_sendmsg_locked+0x8eb/0xe10
tcp_sendmsg+0x27/0x40
sock_sendmsg+0x30/0x40
___sys_sendmsg+0x26d/0x2b0
__sys_sendmsg+0x57/0xa0
do_syscall_64+0x42/0x100
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
In [0], tcp_send_msg_locked() was using current->page_frag when it
called sk_wmem_schedule(). It already calculated how many bytes can
be fit into current->page_frag. Due to memory pressure,
sk_wmem_schedule() called into memory reclaim path which called into
xfs and then IO issue path. Because the filesystem in question is
backed by nbd, the control goes back into the tcp layer - back into
tcp_sendmsg_locked().
nbd sets sk_allocation to (GFP_NOIO | __GFP_MEMALLOC) which makes
sense - it's in the process of freeing memory and wants to be able to,
e.g., drop clean pages to make forward progress. However, this
confused sk_page_frag() called from [2]. Because it only tests
whether the allocation allows blocking which it does, it now thinks
current->page_frag can be used again although it already was being
used in [0].
After [2] used current->page_frag, the offset would be increased by
the used amount. When the control returns to [0],
current->page_frag's offset is increased and the previously calculated
number of bytes now may overrun the end of allocated memory leading to
silent memory corruptions.
Fix it by adding gfpflags_normal_context() which tests sleepable &&
!reclaim and use it to determine whether to use current->task_frag.
v2: Eric didn't like gfp flags being tested twice. Introduce a new
helper gfpflags_normal_context() and combine the two tests.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix misspellings of "disconnect", "disconnecting", "connections", and
"disconnected".
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net:
1) Fix crash on flowtable due to race between garbage collection
and insertion.
2) Restore callback unbinding in netfilter offloads.
3) Fix races on IPVS module removal, from Davide Caratti.
4) Make old_secure_tcp per-netns to fix sysbot report,
from Eric Dumazet.
5) Validate matching length in netfilter offloads, from wenxu.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next,
more specifically:
* Updates for ipset:
1) Coding style fix for ipset comment extension, from Jeremy Sowden.
2) De-inline many functions in ipset, from Jeremy Sowden.
3) Move ipset function definition from header to source file.
4) Move ip_set_put_flags() to source, export it as a symbol, remove
inline.
5) Move range_to_mask() to the source file where this is used.
6) Move ip_set_get_ip_port() to the source file where this is used.
* IPVS selftests and netns improvements:
7) Two patches to speedup ipvs netns dismantle, from Haishuang Yan.
8) Three patches to add selftest script for ipvs, also from
Haishuang Yan.
* Conntrack updates and new nf_hook_slow_list() function:
9) Document ct ecache extension, from Florian Westphal.
10) Skip ct extensions from ctnetlink dump, from Florian.
11) Free ct extension immediately, from Florian.
12) Skip access to ecache extension from nf_ct_deliver_cached_events()
this is not correct as reported by Syzbot.
13) Add and use nf_hook_slow_list(), from Florian.
* Flowtable infrastructure updates:
14) Move priority to nf_flowtable definition.
15) Dynamic allocation of per-device hooks in flowtables.
16) Allow to include netdevice only once in flowtable definitions.
17) Rise maximum number of devices per flowtable.
* Netfilter hardware offload infrastructure updates:
18) Add nft_flow_block_chain() helper function.
19) Pass callback list to nft_setup_cb_call().
20) Add nft_flow_cls_offload_setup() helper function.
21) Remove rules for the unregistered device via netdevice event.
22) Support for multiple devices in a basechain definition at the
ingress hook.
22) Add nft_chain_offload_cmd() helper function.
23) Add nft_flow_block_offload_init() helper function.
24) Rewind in case of failing to bind multiple devices to hook.
25) Typo in IPv6 tproxy module description, from Norman Rasmussen.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rtnl_net_notifyid(), we certainly can't pass a null GFP flag to
rtnl_notify(). A GFP_KERNEL flag would be fine in most circumstances,
but there are a few paths calling rtnl_net_notifyid() from atomic
context or from RCU critical sections. The later also precludes the use
of gfp_any() as it wouldn't detect the RCU case. Also, the nlmsg_new()
call is wrong too, as it uses GFP_KERNEL unconditionally.
Therefore, we need to pass the GFP flags as parameter and propagate it
through function calls until the proper flags can be determined.
In most cases, GFP_KERNEL is fine. The exceptions are:
* openvswitch: ovs_vport_cmd_get() and ovs_vport_cmd_dump()
indirectly call rtnl_net_notifyid() from RCU critical section,
* rtnetlink: rtmsg_ifinfo_build_skb() already receives GFP flags as
parameter.
Also, in ovs_vport_cmd_build_info(), let's change the GFP flags used
by nlmsg_new(). The function is allowed to sleep, so better make the
flags consistent with the ones used in the following
ovs_vport_cmd_fill_info() call.
Found by code inspection.
Fixes: 9a9634545c ("netns: notify netns id events")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_NET_HWBM is not set, then these stub functions in
<net/hwbm.h> should be declared static to avoid trying to
export them from any driver that includes this.
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
./include/net/hwbm.h:24:6: warning: symbol 'hwbm_buf_free' was not declared. Should it be static?
./include/net/hwbm.h:25:5: warning: symbol 'hwbm_pool_refill' was not declared. Should it be static?
./include/net/hwbm.h:26:5: warning: symbol 'hwbm_pool_add' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks (Codethink) <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes variables and callback these are related to the nested
device structure.
devices that can be nested have their own nest_level variable that
represents the depth of nested devices.
In the previous patch, new {lower/upper}_level variables are added and
they replace old private nest_level variable.
So, this patch removes all 'nest_level' variables.
In order to avoid lockdep warning, ->ndo_get_lock_subclass() was added
to get lockdep subclass value, which is actually lower nested depth value.
But now, they use the dynamic lockdep key to avoid lockdep warning instead
of the subclass.
So, this patch removes ->ndo_get_lock_subclass() callback.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All bonding device has same lockdep key and subclass is initialized with
nest_level.
But actual nest_level value can be changed when a lower device is attached.
And at this moment, the subclass should be updated but it seems to be
unsafe.
So this patch makes bonding use dynamic lockdep key instead of the
subclass.
Test commands:
ip link add bond0 type bond
for i in {1..5}
do
let A=$i-1
ip link add bond$i type bond
ip link set bond$i master bond$A
done
ip link set bond5 master bond0
Splat looks like:
[ 307.992912] WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
[ 307.993656] 5.4.0-rc3+ #96 Tainted: G W
[ 307.994367] --------------------------------------------
[ 307.995092] ip/761 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 307.995710] ffff8880513aac60 (&(&bond->stats_lock)->rlock#2/2){+.+.}, at: bond_get_stats+0xb8/0x500 [bonding]
[ 307.997045]
but task is already holding lock:
[ 307.997923] ffff88805fcbac60 (&(&bond->stats_lock)->rlock#2/2){+.+.}, at: bond_get_stats+0xb8/0x500 [bonding]
[ 307.999215]
other info that might help us debug this:
[ 308.000251] Possible unsafe locking scenario:
[ 308.001137] CPU0
[ 308.001533] ----
[ 308.001915] lock(&(&bond->stats_lock)->rlock#2/2);
[ 308.002609] lock(&(&bond->stats_lock)->rlock#2/2);
[ 308.003302]
*** DEADLOCK ***
[ 308.004310] May be due to missing lock nesting notation
[ 308.005319] 3 locks held by ip/761:
[ 308.005830] #0: ffffffff9fcc42b0 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}, at: rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x466/0x8a0
[ 308.006894] #1: ffff88805fcbac60 (&(&bond->stats_lock)->rlock#2/2){+.+.}, at: bond_get_stats+0xb8/0x500 [bonding]
[ 308.008243] #2: ffffffff9f9219c0 (rcu_read_lock){....}, at: bond_get_stats+0x9f/0x500 [bonding]
[ 308.009422]
stack backtrace:
[ 308.010124] CPU: 0 PID: 761 Comm: ip Tainted: G W 5.4.0-rc3+ #96
[ 308.011097] Hardware name: innotek GmbH VirtualBox/VirtualBox, BIOS VirtualBox 12/01/2006
[ 308.012179] Call Trace:
[ 308.012601] dump_stack+0x7c/0xbb
[ 308.013089] __lock_acquire+0x269d/0x3de0
[ 308.013669] ? register_lock_class+0x14d0/0x14d0
[ 308.014318] lock_acquire+0x164/0x3b0
[ 308.014858] ? bond_get_stats+0xb8/0x500 [bonding]
[ 308.015520] _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x2e/0x60
[ 308.016129] ? bond_get_stats+0xb8/0x500 [bonding]
[ 308.017215] bond_get_stats+0xb8/0x500 [bonding]
[ 308.018454] ? bond_arp_rcv+0xf10/0xf10 [bonding]
[ 308.019710] ? rcu_read_lock_held+0x90/0xa0
[ 308.020605] ? rcu_read_lock_sched_held+0xc0/0xc0
[ 308.021286] ? bond_get_stats+0x9f/0x500 [bonding]
[ 308.021953] dev_get_stats+0x1ec/0x270
[ 308.022508] bond_get_stats+0x1d1/0x500 [bonding]
Fixes: d3fff6c443 ("net: add netdev_lockdep_set_classes() helper")
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported the following issue :
BUG: KCSAN: data-race in update_defense_level / update_defense_level
read to 0xffffffff861a6260 of 4 bytes by task 3006 on cpu 1:
update_defense_level+0x621/0xb30 net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_ctl.c:177
defense_work_handler+0x3d/0xd0 net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_ctl.c:225
process_one_work+0x3d4/0x890 kernel/workqueue.c:2269
worker_thread+0xa0/0x800 kernel/workqueue.c:2415
kthread+0x1d4/0x200 drivers/block/aoe/aoecmd.c:1253
ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:352
write to 0xffffffff861a6260 of 4 bytes by task 7333 on cpu 0:
update_defense_level+0xa62/0xb30 net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_ctl.c:205
defense_work_handler+0x3d/0xd0 net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_ctl.c:225
process_one_work+0x3d4/0x890 kernel/workqueue.c:2269
worker_thread+0xa0/0x800 kernel/workqueue.c:2415
kthread+0x1d4/0x200 drivers/block/aoe/aoecmd.c:1253
ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:352
Reported by Kernel Concurrency Sanitizer on:
CPU: 0 PID: 7333 Comm: kworker/0:5 Not tainted 5.4.0-rc3+ #0
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Workqueue: events defense_work_handler
Indeed, old_secure_tcp is currently a static variable, while it
needs to be a per netns variable.
Fixes: a0840e2e16 ("IPVS: netns, ip_vs_ctl local vars moved to ipvs struct.")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
UDP IPv6 packets auto flowlabels are using a 32bit secret
(static u32 hashrnd in net/core/flow_dissector.c) and
apply jhash() over fields known by the receivers.
Attackers can easily infer the 32bit secret and use this information
to identify a device and/or user, since this 32bit secret is only
set at boot time.
Really, using jhash() to generate cookies sent on the wire
is a serious security concern.
Trying to change the rol32(hash, 16) in ip6_make_flowlabel() would be
a dead end. Trying to periodically change the secret (like in sch_sfq.c)
could change paths taken in the network for long lived flows.
Let's switch to siphash, as we did in commit df453700e8
("inet: switch IP ID generator to siphash")
Using a cryptographically strong pseudo random function will solve this
privacy issue and more generally remove other weak points in the stack.
Packet schedulers using skb_get_hash_perturb() benefit from this change.
Fixes: b56774163f ("ipv6: Enable auto flow labels by default")
Fixes: 42240901f7 ("ipv6: Implement different admin modes for automatic flow labels")
Fixes: 67800f9b1f ("ipv6: Call skb_get_hash_flowi6 to get skb->hash in ip6_make_flowlabel")
Fixes: cb1ce2ef38 ("ipv6: Implement automatic flow label generation on transmit")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Jonathan Berger <jonathann1@walla.com>
Reported-by: Amit Klein <aksecurity@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Benny Pinkas <benny@pinkas.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows you to register one netdev basechain to multiple
devices. This adds a new NFTA_HOOK_DEVS netlink attribute to specify
the list of netdevices. Basechains store a list of hooks.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Rise the maximum limit of devices per flowtable up to 256. Rename
NFT_FLOWTABLE_DEVICE_MAX to NFT_NETDEVICE_MAX in preparation to reuse
the netdev hook parser for ingress basechain.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Hardware offload needs access to the priority field, store this field in
the nf_flowtable object.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that ports are dynamically listed in the fabric, there is no need
to provide a special helper to allocate the dsa_switch structure. This
will give more flexibility to drivers to embed this structure as they
wish in their private structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Allocate the struct dsa_port the first time it is accessed with
dsa_port_touch, and remove the static dsa_port array from the
dsa_switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when setting up the default CPU port. Unassign it on teardown.
Now that we can iterate over multiple CPU ports, remove dst->cpu_dp.
At the same time, provide a better error message for CPU-less tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when setting up the switches and their ports.
At the same time, provide setup states and messages for ports and
switches as it is done for the trees.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of accessing the dsa_switch array
of ports in the dsa_to_port helper.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Add a list of switch ports within the switch fabric. This will help the
lookup of a port inside the whole fabric, and it is the first step
towards supporting multiple CPU ports, before deprecating the usage of
the unique dst->cpu_dp pointer.
In preparation for a future allocation of the dsa_port structures,
return -ENOMEM in case no structure is returned, even though this
error cannot be reached yet.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Do not let the drivers access the ds->ports static array directly
while there is a dsa_to_port helper for this purpose.
At the same time, un-const this helper since the SJA1105 driver
assigns the priv member of the returned dsa_port structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
This patch removes the iph field from the state structure, which is not
properly initialized. Instead, add a new field to make the "do we want
to set DF" be the state bit and move the code to set the DF flag from
ip_frag_next().
Joint work with Pablo and Linus.
Fixes: 19c3401a91 ("net: ipv4: place control buffer handling away from fragmentation iterators")
Reported-by: Patrick Schönthaler <patrick@notvads.ovh>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Intel test robot reported a ~7% regression on TCP_CRR tests
that they bisected to the cited commit.
Indeed, every time a new TCP socket is created or deleted,
the atomic counter net->count is touched (via get_net(net)
and put_net(net) calls)
So cpus might have to reload a contended cache line in
net_hash_mix(net) calls.
We need to reorder 'struct net' fields to move @hash_mix
in a read mostly cache line.
We move in the first cache line fields that can be
dirtied often.
We probably will have to address in a followup patch
the __randomize_layout that was added in linux-4.13,
since this might break our placement choices.
Fixes: 355b985537 ("netns: provide pure entropy for net_hash_mix()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <oliver.sang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of waiting for rcu grace period just free it directly.
This is safe because conntrack lookup doesn't consider extensions.
Other accesses happen while ct->ext can't be free'd, either because
a ct refcount was taken or because the conntrack hash bucket lock or
the dying list spinlock have been taken.
This allows to remove __krealloc in a followup patch, netfilter was the
only user.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* minstrel improvements from Felix
* a TX aggregation simplification
* some additional capabilities for hwsim
* minor cleanups & docs updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=IJ7D
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2019-10-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A few more small things, nothing really stands out:
* minstrel improvements from Felix
* a TX aggregation simplification
* some additional capabilities for hwsim
* minor cleanups & docs updates
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the sake of tcp_poll(), there are few places where we fetch
sk->sk_wmem_queued while this field can change from IRQ or other cpu.
We need to add READ_ONCE() annotations, and also make sure write
sides use corresponding WRITE_ONCE() to avoid store-tearing.
sk_wmem_queued_add() helper is added so that we can in
the future convert to ADD_ONCE() or equivalent if/when
available.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the sake of tcp_poll(), there are few places where we fetch
sk->sk_sndbuf while this field can change from IRQ or other cpu.
We need to add READ_ONCE() annotations, and also make sure write
sides use corresponding WRITE_ONCE() to avoid store-tearing.
Note that other transports probably need similar fixes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the sake of tcp_poll(), there are few places where we fetch
sk->sk_rcvbuf while this field can change from IRQ or other cpu.
We need to add READ_ONCE() annotations, and also make sure write
sides use corresponding WRITE_ONCE() to avoid store-tearing.
Note that other transports probably need similar fixes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are few places where we fetch tp->snd_nxt while
this field can change from IRQ or other cpu.
We need to add READ_ONCE() annotations, and also make
sure write sides use corresponding WRITE_ONCE() to avoid
store-tearing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are few places where we fetch tp->write_seq while
this field can change from IRQ or other cpu.
We need to add READ_ONCE() annotations, and also make
sure write sides use corresponding WRITE_ONCE() to avoid
store-tearing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During health reporter operations, driver might want to fill-up
the extack message, so propagate extack down to the health reporter ops.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_backlog.len can be written by BH handlers, and read
from process contexts in a lockless way.
Note the write side should also use WRITE_ONCE() or a variant.
We need some agreement about the best way to do this.
syzbot reported :
BUG: KCSAN: data-race in tcp_add_backlog / tcp_grow_window.isra.0
write to 0xffff88812665f32c of 4 bytes by interrupt on cpu 1:
sk_add_backlog include/net/sock.h:934 [inline]
tcp_add_backlog+0x4a0/0xcc0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1737
tcp_v4_rcv+0x1aba/0x1bf0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1925
ip_protocol_deliver_rcu+0x51/0x470 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:204
ip_local_deliver_finish+0x110/0x140 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:231
NF_HOOK include/linux/netfilter.h:305 [inline]
NF_HOOK include/linux/netfilter.h:299 [inline]
ip_local_deliver+0x133/0x210 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:252
dst_input include/net/dst.h:442 [inline]
ip_rcv_finish+0x121/0x160 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:413
NF_HOOK include/linux/netfilter.h:305 [inline]
NF_HOOK include/linux/netfilter.h:299 [inline]
ip_rcv+0x18f/0x1a0 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:523
__netif_receive_skb_one_core+0xa7/0xe0 net/core/dev.c:5004
__netif_receive_skb+0x37/0xf0 net/core/dev.c:5118
netif_receive_skb_internal+0x59/0x190 net/core/dev.c:5208
napi_skb_finish net/core/dev.c:5671 [inline]
napi_gro_receive+0x28f/0x330 net/core/dev.c:5704
receive_buf+0x284/0x30b0 drivers/net/virtio_net.c:1061
virtnet_receive drivers/net/virtio_net.c:1323 [inline]
virtnet_poll+0x436/0x7d0 drivers/net/virtio_net.c:1428
napi_poll net/core/dev.c:6352 [inline]
net_rx_action+0x3ae/0xa50 net/core/dev.c:6418
read to 0xffff88812665f32c of 4 bytes by task 7292 on cpu 0:
tcp_space include/net/tcp.h:1373 [inline]
tcp_grow_window.isra.0+0x6b/0x480 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:413
tcp_event_data_recv+0x68f/0x990 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:717
tcp_rcv_established+0xbfe/0xf50 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:5618
tcp_v4_do_rcv+0x381/0x4e0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1542
sk_backlog_rcv include/net/sock.h:945 [inline]
__release_sock+0x135/0x1e0 net/core/sock.c:2427
release_sock+0x61/0x160 net/core/sock.c:2943
tcp_recvmsg+0x63b/0x1a30 net/ipv4/tcp.c:2181
inet_recvmsg+0xbb/0x250 net/ipv4/af_inet.c:838
sock_recvmsg_nosec net/socket.c:871 [inline]
sock_recvmsg net/socket.c:889 [inline]
sock_recvmsg+0x92/0xb0 net/socket.c:885
sock_read_iter+0x15f/0x1e0 net/socket.c:967
call_read_iter include/linux/fs.h:1864 [inline]
new_sync_read+0x389/0x4f0 fs/read_write.c:414
__vfs_read+0xb1/0xc0 fs/read_write.c:427
vfs_read fs/read_write.c:461 [inline]
vfs_read+0x143/0x2c0 fs/read_write.c:446
Reported by Kernel Concurrency Sanitizer on:
CPU: 0 PID: 7292 Comm: syz-fuzzer Not tainted 5.3.0+ #0
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
sock_rcvlowat() or int_sk_rcvlowat() might be called without the socket
lock for example from tcp_poll().
Use READ_ONCE() to document the fact that other cpus might change
sk->sk_rcvlowat under us and avoid KCSAN splats.
Use WRITE_ONCE() on write sides too.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
tcp_memory_pressure is read without holding any lock,
and its value could be changed on other cpus.
Use READ_ONCE() to annotate these lockless reads.
The write side is already using atomic ops.
Fixes: b8da51ebb1 ("tcp: introduce tcp_under_memory_pressure()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
reqsk_queue_empty() is called from inet_csk_listen_poll() while
other cpus might write ->rskq_accept_head value.
Use {READ|WRITE}_ONCE() to avoid compiler tricks
and potential KCSAN splats.
Fixes: fff1f3001c ("tcp: add a spinlock to protect struct request_sock_queue")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Add a "going_away" indication to ISM devices and IB ports and
avoid creation of new connections on such disappearing devices.
And do not handle ISM events if ISM device is disappearing.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
This patch introduces separate locks for the split SMCD and SMCR
link group lists.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Currently SMCD and SMCR link groups are maintained in one list.
To facilitate abnormal termination handling they are split into
a separate list for SMCR link groups and separate lists for SMCD
link groups per SMCD device.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
This patch is to add a new event SCTP_SEND_FAILED_EVENT described in
rfc6458#section-6.1.11. It's a update of SCTP_SEND_FAILED event:
struct sctp_sndrcvinfo ssf_info is replaced with
struct sctp_sndinfo ssfe_info in struct sctp_send_failed_event.
SCTP_SEND_FAILED is being deprecated, but we don't remove it in this
patch. Both are being processed in sctp_datamsg_destroy() when the
corresp event flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
A helper sctp_ulpevent_nofity_peer_addr_change() will be extracted
to make peer_addr_change event and enqueue it, and the helper will
be called in sctp_assoc_add_peer() to send SCTP_ADDR_ADDED event.
This event is described in rfc6458#section-6.1.2:
SCTP_ADDR_ADDED: The address is now part of the association.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
This patch is to fix a NULL-ptr deref in selinux_socket_connect_helper:
[...] kasan: GPF could be caused by NULL-ptr deref or user memory access
[...] RIP: 0010:selinux_socket_connect_helper+0x94/0x460
[...] Call Trace:
[...] selinux_sctp_bind_connect+0x16a/0x1d0
[...] security_sctp_bind_connect+0x58/0x90
[...] sctp_process_asconf+0xa52/0xfd0 [sctp]
[...] sctp_sf_do_asconf+0x785/0x980 [sctp]
[...] sctp_do_sm+0x175/0x5a0 [sctp]
[...] sctp_assoc_bh_rcv+0x285/0x5b0 [sctp]
[...] sctp_backlog_rcv+0x482/0x910 [sctp]
[...] __release_sock+0x11e/0x310
[...] release_sock+0x4f/0x180
[...] sctp_accept+0x3f9/0x5a0 [sctp]
[...] inet_accept+0xe7/0x720
It was caused by that the 'newsk' sk_socket was not set before going to
security sctp hook when processing asconf chunk with SCTP_PARAM_ADD_IP
or SCTP_PARAM_SET_PRIMARY:
inet_accept()->
sctp_accept():
lock_sock():
lock listening 'sk'
do_softirq():
sctp_rcv(): <-- [1]
asconf chunk arrives and
enqueued in 'sk' backlog
sctp_sock_migrate():
set asoc's sk to 'newsk'
release_sock():
sctp_backlog_rcv():
lock 'newsk'
sctp_process_asconf() <-- [2]
unlock 'newsk'
sock_graft():
set sk_socket <-- [3]
As it shows, at [1] the asconf chunk would be put into the listening 'sk'
backlog, as accept() was holding its sock lock. Then at [2] asconf would
get processed with 'newsk' as asoc's sk had been set to 'newsk'. However,
'newsk' sk_socket is not set until [3], while selinux_sctp_bind_connect()
would deref it, then kernel crashed.
Here to fix it by adding the chunk to sk_backlog until newsk sk_socket is
set when .accept() is done.
Note that sk->sk_socket can be NULL when the sock is closed, so SOCK_DEAD
flag is also needed to check in sctp_newsk_ready().
Thanks to Ondrej for reviewing the code.
Fixes: d452930fd3 ("selinux: Add SCTP support")
Reported-by: Ying Xu <yinxu@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
If IPsec is not configured, there is no reason to delay the inevitable.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
* allow scanning when operating on radar channels in
ETSI regdomains
* accept deauth frames in IBSS - we have code to parse
and handle them, but were dropping them early
* fix an allocation failure path in hwsim
* fix a failure path memory leak in nl80211 FTM code
* fix RCU handling & locking in multi-BSSID parsing
* reject malformed SSID in mac80211 (this shouldn't
really be able to happen, but defense in depth)
* avoid userspace buffer overrun in ancient wext code
if SSID was too long
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=k685
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2019-10-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A number of fixes:
* allow scanning when operating on radar channels in
ETSI regdomains
* accept deauth frames in IBSS - we have code to parse
and handle them, but were dropping them early
* fix an allocation failure path in hwsim
* fix a failure path memory leak in nl80211 FTM code
* fix RCU handling & locking in multi-BSSID parsing
* reject malformed SSID in mac80211 (this shouldn't
really be able to happen, but defense in depth)
* avoid userspace buffer overrun in ancient wext code
if SSID was too long
====================
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
In non-ETSI regulatory domains scan is blocked when operating channel
is a DFS channel. For ETSI, however, once DFS channel is marked as
available after the CAC, this channel will remain available (for some
time) even after leaving this channel.
Therefore a scan can be done without any impact on the availability
of the DFS channel as no new CAC is required after the scan.
Enable scan in mac80211 in these cases.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Komisar <aaron.komisar@tandemg.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1570024728-17284-1-git-send-email-aaron.komisar@tandemg.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use a single bit instead of boolean to remember if packet
was already decrypted.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store async_capable on a single bit instead of a full integer
to save space.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid unnecessary pointer chasing and calculations, callers already
have most of the state tls_device_decrypted() needs.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
genl_family_attrbuf() function is no longer used by anyone, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the dumpit info struct for attrs. Instead of existing attribute
validation do parse them and save in the info struct. Caller can benefit
from this and does not have to do parse itself. In order to properly
free attrs, genl_family pointer needs to be added to dumpit info struct
as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the cb->data is taken by ops during non-parallel dumping.
Introduce a new structure genl_dumpit_info and store the ops there.
Distribute the info to both non-parallel and parallel dumping. Also add
a helper genl_dumpit_info() to easily get the info structure in the
dumpit callback from cb.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For newly allocated devlink instance allow drivers to set net struct
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a skeleton structure for adding TLS statistics.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tracing of device-related interaction to aid performance
analysis, especially around resync:
tls:tls_device_offload_set
tls:tls_device_rx_resync_send
tls:tls_device_rx_resync_nh_schedule
tls:tls_device_rx_resync_nh_delay
tls:tls_device_tx_resync_req
tls:tls_device_tx_resync_send
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tls_hw_* functions are quite confusingly named, since they
are related to the TOE-offload, not TLS_HW offload which doesn't
require TOE. Rename them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move tls_hw_* functions to a new, separate source file
to avoid confusion with normal, non-TOE offload.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename struct tls_device to struct tls_toe_device to avoid
confusion with normal, non-TOE offload.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move tls_device structure and register/unregister functions
to a new header to avoid confusion with normal, non-TOE offload.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All devlink instances are created in init_net and stay there for a
lifetime. Allow user to be able to move devlink instances into
namespaces during devlink reload operation. That ensures proper
re-instantiation of driver objects, including netdevices.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to get net struct for devlink instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since errors are propagated all the way up to the caller, propagate
possible extack of the caller all the way down to the notifier block
callback.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike events for registered notifier, during the registration, the
errors that happened for the block being registered are not propagated
up to the caller. Make sure the error is propagated for FIB rules and
entries.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently all users of FIB notifier only cares about events in init_net.
Later in this patchset, users get interested in other namespaces too.
However, for every registered block user is interested only about one
namespace. Make the FIB notifier registration per-netns and avoid
unnecessary calls of notifier block for other namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There really is no need to make drivers call the
ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() function and then
schedule the worker if all we want is to set a bit.
Add a new return value (that was previously considered
invalid) to indicate that the driver is immediately
ready for the session, and make drivers use it. The
only drivers that remain different are the Intel ones
as they need to negotiate more with the firmware.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1570007543-I152912660131cbab2e5d80b4218238c20f8a06e5@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The struct __dsa_skb_cb is supposed to span the entire 48-byte skb
control block, while the struct dsa_skb_cb only the portion of it which
is used by the DSA core (the rest is available as private data to
drivers).
The DSA_SKB_CB and __DSA_SKB_CB helpers are supposed to help retrieve
this pointer based on a skb, but it turns out there is nobody directly
interested in the struct __dsa_skb_cb in the kernel. So remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Often the code for example in drivers is interested in getting notifier
call only from certain network namespace. In addition to the existing
global netdevice notifier chain introduce per-netns chains and allow
users to register to that. Eventually this would eliminate unnecessary
overhead in case there are many netdevices in many network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Push iterations over net namespaces and netdevices from
register_netdevice_notifier() and unregister_netdevice_notifier()
into helper functions. Along with that introduce continue_reverse macros
to make the code a bit nicer allowing to get rid of "last" marks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_twsk_unique() has a hard coded assumption about ipv4 loopback
being 127/8
Lets instead use the standard ipv4_is_loopback() method,
in a new ipv6_addr_v4mapped_loopback() helper.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Add NFT_CHAIN_POLICY_UNSET to replace hardcoded -1 to
specify that the chain policy is unset. The chain policy
field is actually defined as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2) Remove always true condition reported by smatch in
chain policy check.
3) Fix element lookup on dynamic sets, from Florian Westphal.
4) Use __u8 in ebtables uapi header, from Masahiro Yamada.
5) Bogus EBUSY when removing flowtable after chain flush,
from Laura Garcia Liebana.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ctl packets sent on behalf of TIME_WAIT sockets currently
have a zero skb->priority, which can cause various problems.
In this patch we :
- add a tw_priority field in struct inet_timewait_sock.
- populate it from sk->sk_priority when a TIME_WAIT is created.
- For IPv4, change ip_send_unicast_reply() and its two
callers to propagate tw_priority correctly.
ip_send_unicast_reply() no longer changes sk->sk_priority.
- For IPv6, make sure TIME_WAIT sockets pass their tw_priority
field to tcp_v6_send_response() and tcp_v6_send_ack().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ip6_xmit() sets skb->priority based on sk->sk_priority
This is not desirable for TCP since TCP shares the same ctl socket
for a given netns. We want to be able to send RST or ACK packets
with a non zero skb->priority.
This patch has no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The deletion of a flowtable after a flush in the same transaction
results in EBUSY. This patch adds an activation and deactivation of
flowtables in order to update the _use_ counter.
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Julian noted that rt_uses_gateway has a more subtle use than 'is gateway
set':
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/alpine.LFD.2.21.1909151104060.2546@ja.home.ssi.bg/
Revert that part of the commit referenced in the Fixes tag.
Currently, there are no u8 holes in 'struct rtable'. There is a 4-byte hole
in the second cacheline which contains the gateway declaration. So move
rt_gw_family down to the gateway declarations since they are always used
together, and then re-use that u8 for rt_uses_gateway. End result is that
rtable size is unchanged.
Fixes: 1550c17193 ("ipv4: Prepare rtable for IPv6 gateway")
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Default policy is defined as a unsigned 8-bit field, do not use a
negative value to leave it unset, use this new NFT_CHAIN_POLICY_UNSET
instead.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Support IPV6 RA Captive Portal Identifier, from Maciej Żenczykowski.
2) Use bio_vec in the networking instead of custom skb_frag_t, from
Matthew Wilcox.
3) Make use of xmit_more in r8169 driver, from Heiner Kallweit.
4) Add devmap_hash to xdp, from Toke Høiland-Jørgensen.
5) Support all variants of 5750X bnxt_en chips, from Michael Chan.
6) More RTNL avoidance work in the core and mlx5 driver, from Vlad
Buslov.
7) Add TCP syn cookies bpf helper, from Petar Penkov.
8) Add 'nettest' to selftests and use it, from David Ahern.
9) Add extack support to drop_monitor, add packet alert mode and
support for HW drops, from Ido Schimmel.
10) Add VLAN offload to stmmac, from Jose Abreu.
11) Lots of devm_platform_ioremap_resource() conversions, from
YueHaibing.
12) Add IONIC driver, from Shannon Nelson.
13) Several kTLS cleanups, from Jakub Kicinski.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next: (1930 commits)
mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Add the ability to query the CPU port's shared buffer
mlxsw: spectrum: Register CPU port with devlink
mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Prevent changing CPU port's configuration
net: ena: fix incorrect update of intr_delay_resolution
net: ena: fix retrieval of nonadaptive interrupt moderation intervals
net: ena: fix update of interrupt moderation register
net: ena: remove all old adaptive rx interrupt moderation code from ena_com
net: ena: remove ena_restore_ethtool_params() and relevant fields
net: ena: remove old adaptive interrupt moderation code from ena_netdev
net: ena: remove code duplication in ena_com_update_nonadaptive_moderation_interval _*()
net: ena: enable the interrupt_moderation in driver_supported_features
net: ena: reimplement set/get_coalesce()
net: ena: switch to dim algorithm for rx adaptive interrupt moderation
net: ena: add intr_moder_rx_interval to struct ena_com_dev and use it
net: phy: adin: implement Energy Detect Powerdown mode via phy-tunable
ethtool: implement Energy Detect Powerdown support via phy-tunable
xen-netfront: do not assume sk_buff_head list is empty in error handling
s390/ctcm: Delete unnecessary checks before the macro call “dev_kfree_skb”
net: ena: don't wake up tx queue when down
drop_monitor: Better sanitize notified packets
...
Pull crypto updates from Herbert Xu:
"API:
- Add the ability to abort a skcipher walk.
Algorithms:
- Fix XTS to actually do the stealing.
- Add library helpers for AES and DES for single-block users.
- Add library helpers for SHA256.
- Add new DES key verification helper.
- Add surrounding bits for ESSIV generator.
- Add accelerations for aegis128.
- Add test vectors for lzo-rle.
Drivers:
- Add i.MX8MQ support to caam.
- Add gcm/ccm/cfb/ofb aes support in inside-secure.
- Add ofb/cfb aes support in media-tek.
- Add HiSilicon ZIP accelerator support.
Others:
- Fix potential race condition in padata.
- Use unbound workqueues in padata"
* 'linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (311 commits)
crypto: caam - Cast to long first before pointer conversion
crypto: ccree - enable CTS support in AES-XTS
crypto: inside-secure - Probe transform record cache RAM sizes
crypto: inside-secure - Base RD fetchcount on actual RD FIFO size
crypto: inside-secure - Base CD fetchcount on actual CD FIFO size
crypto: inside-secure - Enable extended algorithms on newer HW
crypto: inside-secure: Corrected configuration of EIP96_TOKEN_CTRL
crypto: inside-secure - Add EIP97/EIP197 and endianness detection
padata: remove cpu_index from the parallel_queue
padata: unbind parallel jobs from specific CPUs
padata: use separate workqueues for parallel and serial work
padata, pcrypt: take CPU hotplug lock internally in padata_alloc_possible
crypto: pcrypt - remove padata cpumask notifier
padata: make padata_do_parallel find alternate callback CPU
workqueue: require CPU hotplug read exclusion for apply_workqueue_attrs
workqueue: unconfine alloc/apply/free_workqueue_attrs()
padata: allocate workqueue internally
arm64: dts: imx8mq: Add CAAM node
random: Use wait_event_freezable() in add_hwgenerator_randomness()
crypto: ux500 - Fix COMPILE_TEST warnings
...
DSA currently handles shared block filters (for the classifier-action
qdisc) in the core due to what I believe are simply pragmatic reasons -
hiding the complexity from drivers and offerring a simple API for port
mirroring.
Extend the dsa_slave_setup_tc function by passing all other qdisc
offloads to the driver layer, where the driver may choose what it
implements and how. DSA is simply a pass-through in this case.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows taprio to offload the schedule enforcement to capable
network cards, resulting in more precise windows and less CPU usage.
The gate mask acts on traffic classes (groups of queues of same
priority), as specified in IEEE 802.1Q-2018, and following the existing
taprio and mqprio semantics.
It is up to the driver to perform conversion between tc and individual
netdev queues if for some reason it needs to make that distinction.
Full offload is requested from the network interface by specifying
"flags 2" in the tc qdisc creation command, which in turn corresponds to
the TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_FLAG_FULL_OFFLOAD bit.
The important detail here is the clockid which is implicitly /dev/ptpN
for full offload, and hence not configurable.
A reference counting API is added to support the use case where Ethernet
drivers need to keep the taprio offload structure locally (i.e. they are
a multi-port switch driver, and configuring a port depends on the
settings of other ports as well). The refcount_t variable is kept in a
private structure (__tc_taprio_qopt_offload) and not exposed to drivers.
In the future, the private structure might also be expanded with a
backpointer to taprio_sched *q, to implement the notification system
described in the patch (of when admin became oper, or an error occurred,
etc, so the offload can be monitored with 'tc qdisc show').
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When filling in hardware intermediate representation tc_setup_flow_action()
directly obtains, checks and takes reference to dev used by mirred action,
instead of using act->ops->get_dev() API created specifically for this
purpose. In order to remove code duplication, refactor flow_action infra to
use action API when obtaining mirred action target dev. Extend get_dev()
with additional argument that is used to provide dev destructor to the
user.
Fixes: 5a6ff4b13d ("net: sched: take reference to action dev before calling offloads")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With recent patch set that removed rtnl lock dependency from cls hardware
offload API rtnl lock is only taken when reading action data and can be
released after action-specific data is parsed into intermediate
representation. However, sample action psample group is passed by pointer
without obtaining reference to it first, which makes it possible to
concurrently overwrite the action and deallocate object pointed by
psample_group pointer after rtnl lock is released but before driver
finished using the pointer.
To prevent such race condition, obtain reference to psample group while it
is used by flow_action infra. Extend psample API with function
psample_group_take() that increments psample group reference counter.
Extend struct tc_action_ops with new get_psample_group() API. Implement the
API for action sample using psample_group_take() and already existing
psample_group_put() as a destructor. Use it in tc_setup_flow_action() to
take reference to psample group pointed to by entry->sample.psample_group
and release it in tc_cleanup_flow_action().
Disable bh when taking psample_groups_lock. The lock is now taken while
holding action tcf_lock that is used by data path and requires bh to be
disabled, so doing the same for psample_groups_lock is necessary to
preserve SOFTIRQ-irq-safety.
Fixes: 918190f50e ("net: sched: flower: don't take rtnl lock for cls hw offloads API")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generalize flow_action_entry cleanup by extending the structure with
pointer to destructor function. Set the destructor in
tc_setup_flow_action(). Refactor tc_cleanup_flow_action() to call
entry->destructor() instead of using switch that dispatches by entry->id
and manually executes cleanup.
This refactoring is necessary for following patches in this series that
require destructor to use tc_action->ops callbacks that can't be easily
obtained in tc_cleanup_flow_action().
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP reuseport groups can hold a mix unconnected and connected sockets.
Ensure that connections only receive all traffic to their 4-tuple.
Fast reuseport returns on the first reuseport match on the assumption
that all matches are equal. Only if connections are present, return to
the previous behavior of scoring all sockets.
Record if connections are present and if so (1) treat such connected
sockets as an independent match from the group, (2) only return
2-tuple matches from reuseport and (3) do not return on the first
2-tuple reuseport match to allow for a higher scoring match later.
New field has_conns is set without locks. No other fields in the
bitmap are modified at runtime and the field is only ever set
unconditionally, so an RMW cannot miss a change.
Fixes: e32ea7e747 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport UDP socket selection")
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+FuTSfRP09aJNYRt04SS6qj22ViiOEWaWmLAwX0psk8-PGNxw@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The test implemented by some_qdisc_is_busy() is somewhat loosy for
NOLOCK qdisc, as we may hit the following scenario:
CPU1 CPU2
// in net_tx_action()
clear_bit(__QDISC_STATE_SCHED...);
// in some_qdisc_is_busy()
val = (qdisc_is_running(q) ||
test_bit(__QDISC_STATE_SCHED,
&q->state));
// here val is 0 but...
qdisc_run(q)
// ... CPU1 is going to run the qdisc next
As a conseguence qdisc_run() in net_tx_action() can race with qdisc_reset()
in dev_qdisc_reset(). Such race is not possible for !NOLOCK qdisc as
both the above bit operations are under the root qdisc lock().
After commit 021a17ed79 ("pfifo_fast: drop unneeded additional lock on dequeue")
the race can cause use after free and/or null ptr dereference, but the root
cause is likely older.
This patch addresses the issue explicitly checking for deactivation under
the seqlock for NOLOCK qdisc, so that the qdisc_run() in the critical
scenario becomes a no-op.
Note that the enqueue() op can still execute concurrently with dev_qdisc_reset(),
but that is safe due to the skb_array() locking, and we can't avoid that
for NOLOCK qdiscs.
Fixes: 021a17ed79 ("pfifo_fast: drop unneeded additional lock on dequeue")
Reported-by: Li Shuang <shuali@redhat.com>
Reported-and-tested-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the fact that devlink reload failed is stored in drivers.
Move this flag into devlink core. Also, expose it to the user.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to properly implement failure indication during reload,
split the reload op into two ops, one for down phase and one for
up phase.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable setting skb->mark for UDP and RAW sockets using cmsg.
This is analogous to existing support for TOS, TTL, txtime, etc.
Packet sockets already support this as of commit c7d39e3263
("packet: support per-packet fwmark for af_packet sendmsg").
Similar to other fields, implement by
1. initialize the sockcm_cookie.mark from socket option sk_mark
2. optionally overwrite this in ip_cmsg_send/ip6_datagram_send_ctl
3. initialize inet_cork.mark from sockcm_cookie.mark
4. initialize each (usually just one) skb->mark from inet_cork.mark
Step 1 is handled in one location for most protocols by ipcm_init_sk
as of commit 351782067b ("ipv4: ipcm_cookie initializers").
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Fix error path of nf_tables_updobj(), from Dan Carpenter.
2) Move large structure away from stack in the nf_tables offload
infrastructure, from Arnd Bergmann.
3) Move indirect flow_block logic to nf_tables_offload.
4) Support for synproxy objects, from Fernando Fernandez Mancera.
5) Support for fwd and dup offload.
6) Add __nft_offload_get_chain() helper, this implicitly fixes missing
mutex and check for offload flags in the indirect block support,
patch from wenxu.
7) Remove rules on device unregistration, from wenxu. This includes
two preparation patches to reuse nft_flow_offload_chain() and
nft_flow_offload_rule().
Large batch from Jeremy Sowden to make a second pass to the
CONFIG_HEADER_TEST support and a bit of housekeeping:
8) Missing include guard in conntrack label header, from Jeremy Sowden.
9) A few coding style errors: trailing whitespace, incorrect indent in
Kconfig, and semicolons at the end of function definitions.
10) Remove unused ipt_init() and ip6t_init() declarations.
11) Inline xt_hashlimit, ebt_802_3 and xt_physdev headers. They are
only used once.
12) Update include directive in several netfilter files.
13) Remove unused include/net/netfilter/ipv6/nf_conntrack_icmpv6.h.
14) Move nf_ip6_ext_hdr() to include/linux/netfilter_ipv6.h
15) Move several synproxy structure definitions to nf_synproxy.h
16) Move nf_bridge_frag_data structure to include/linux/netfilter_bridge.h
17) Clean up static inline definitions in nf_conntrack_ecache.h.
18) Replace defined(CONFIG...) || defined(CONFIG...MODULE) with IS_ENABLED(CONFIG...).
19) Missing inline function conditional definitions based on Kconfig
preferences in synproxy and nf_conntrack_timeout.
20) Update br_nf_pre_routing_ipv6() definition.
21) Move conntrack code in linux/skbuff.h to nf_conntrack headers.
22) Several patches to remove superfluous CONFIG_NETFILTER and
CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK checks in headers, coming from the initial batch
support for CONFIG_HEADER_TEST for netfilter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two inline functions defined in nf_conntrack_timestamp.h,
`nf_ct_tstamp_enabled` and `nf_ct_set_tstamp`, are not called anywhere.
Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack_zones.h was wrapped in a CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK check in order
to fix compilation failures:
37ee3d5b3e ("netfilter: nf_defrag_ipv4: fix compilation error with NF_CONNTRACK=n")
Subsequent changes mean that these failures will no longer occur and the
check is unnecessary. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
`struct nf_hook_ops`, `struct nf_hook_state` and the `nf_hookfn`
function typedef appear in function and struct declarations and
definitions in a number of netfilter headers. The structs and typedef
themselves are defined by linux/netfilter.h but only when
CONFIG_NETFILTER is enabled. Define them unconditionally and add
forward declarations in order to remove CONFIG_NETFILTER conditionals
from the other headers.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is a superfluous `#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK)` check
wrapping some function declarations. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move some `struct nf_conntrack` code from linux/skbuff.h to
linux/nf_conntrack_common.h. Together with a couple of helpers for
getting and setting skb->_nfct, it allows us to remove
CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK checks from net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The real br_nf_pre_routing_ipv6 function, defined when CONFIG_IPV6 is
enabled, expects `void *priv`, not `const struct nf_hook_ops *ops`.
Update the stub br_nf_pre_routing_ipv6, defined when CONFIG_IPV6 is
disabled, to match.
Fixes: 06198b34a3 ("netfilter: Pass priv instead of nf_hook_ops to netfilter hooks")
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack_synproxy.h contains three inline functions. The contents
of two of them are wrapped in CONFIG_NETFILTER_SYNPROXY checks and just
return NULL if it is not enabled. The third does nothing if they return
NULL, so wrap its contents as well.
nf_ct_timeout_data is only called if CONFIG_NETFILTER_TIMEOUT is
enabled. Wrap its contents in a CONFIG_NETFILTER_TIMEOUT check like the
other inline functions in nf_conntrack_timeout.h.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A few headers contain instances of:
#if defined(CONFIG_XXX) or defined(CONFIG_XXX_MODULE)
Replace them with:
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_XXX)
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The header contains some inline functions defined as:
static inline f (...)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS
...
#else
...
#endif
}
and a few others as:
#ifdef CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS
static inline f (...)
{
...
}
#else
static inline f (...)
{
...
}
#endif
Prefer the former style, which is more numerous.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is a struct definition function in nf_conntrack_bridge.h which is
not specific to conntrack and is used elswhere in netfilter. Move it
into netfilter_bridge.h.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is some non-conntrack code in the nf_conntrack_synproxy.h header.
Move it to the nf_synproxy.h header.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack_icmpv6.h contains two object macros which duplicate macros
in linux/icmpv6.h. The latter definitions are also visible wherever it
is included, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Include some headers in files which require them, and remove others
which are not required.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Several header-files, Kconfig files and Makefiles have trailing
white-space. Remove it.
In netfilter/Kconfig, indent the type of CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_ACCT
correctly.
There are semicolons at the end of two function definitions in
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_acct.h and
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h. Remove them.
Fix indentation in nf_conntrack_l4proto.h.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack_labels.h has no include guard. Add it.
The comment following the #endif in the nf_flow_table.h include guard
referred to the wrong macro. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If the net_device unregisters, clean up the offload rules before the
chain is destroy.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* a fix in the new 6 GHz channel support
* a fix for recent minstrel (rate control) updates
for an infinite loop
* handle interface type changes better wrt. management frame
registrations (for management frames sent to userspace)
* add in-BSS RX time to survey information
* handle HW rfkill properly if !CONFIG_RFKILL
* send deauth on IBSS station expiry, to avoid state mismatches
* handle deferred crypto tailroom updates in mac80211 better
when device restart happens
* fix a spectre-v1 - really a continuation of a previous patch
* advertise NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES as supported if so
* add some missing parsing in VHT extended NSS support
* support HE in mac80211_hwsim
* let mac80211 drivers determine the max MTU themselves
along with the usual cleanups etc.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=HAuT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2019-09-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have a number of changes, but things are settling down:
* a fix in the new 6 GHz channel support
* a fix for recent minstrel (rate control) updates
for an infinite loop
* handle interface type changes better wrt. management frame
registrations (for management frames sent to userspace)
* add in-BSS RX time to survey information
* handle HW rfkill properly if !CONFIG_RFKILL
* send deauth on IBSS station expiry, to avoid state mismatches
* handle deferred crypto tailroom updates in mac80211 better
when device restart happens
* fix a spectre-v1 - really a continuation of a previous patch
* advertise NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES as supported if so
* add some missing parsing in VHT extended NSS support
* support HE in mac80211_hwsim
* let mac80211 drivers determine the max MTU themselves
along with the usual cleanups etc.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it possibly for drivers to adjust the default max_mtu
by storing it in the hardware struct and using that value
for all interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1567738137-31748-1-git-send-email-wgong@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds support for packet mirroring and redirection. The
nft_fwd_dup_netdev_offload() function configures the flow_action object
for the fwd and the dup actions.
Extend nft_flow_rule_destroy() to release the net_device object when the
flow_rule object is released, since nft_fwd_dup_netdev_offload() bumps
the net_device reference counter.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Add the 'reset_dev_on_drv_probe' devlink parameter, controlling the
device reset policy on driver probe.
This parameter is useful in conjunction with the existing
'fw_load_policy' parameter.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add nft_offload_init() and nft_offload_exit() function to deal with the
init and the exit path of the offload infrastructure.
Rename nft_indr_block_get_and_ing_cmd() to nft_indr_block_cb().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2019-09-06
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 5.4 kernel.
- Cleanups & fixes to btrtl driver
- Fixes for Realtek devices in btusb, e.g. for suspend handling
- Firmware loading support for BCM4345C5
- hidp_send_message() return value handling fixes
- Added support for utilizing Fast Advertising Interval
- Various other minor cleanups & fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need for fib_notifier_ops to be in struct net. It is used only by
fib_notifier as a private data. Use net_generic to introduce per-net
fib_notifier struct and move fib_notifier_ops there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Add nft_reg_store64() and nft_reg_load64() helpers, from Ander Juaristi.
2) Time matching support, also from Ander Juaristi.
3) VLAN support for nfnetlink_log, from Michael Braun.
4) Support for set element deletions from the packet path, also from Ander.
5) Remove __read_mostly from conntrack spinlock, from Li RongQing.
6) Support for updating stateful objects, this also includes the initial
client for this infrastructure: the quota extension. A follow up fix
for the control plane also comes in this batch. Patches from
Fernando Fernandez Mancera.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add the ability to use unaligned chunks in the AF_XDP umem. By
relaxing where the chunks can be placed, it allows to use an
arbitrary buffer size and place whenever there is a free
address in the umem. Helps more seamless DPDK AF_XDP driver
integration. Support for i40e, ixgbe and mlx5e, from Kevin and
Maxim.
2) Addition of a wakeup flag for AF_XDP tx and fill rings so the
application can wake up the kernel for rx/tx processing which
avoids busy-spinning of the latter, useful when app and driver
is located on the same core. Support for i40e, ixgbe and mlx5e,
from Magnus and Maxim.
3) bpftool fixes for printf()-like functions so compiler can actually
enforce checks, bpftool build system improvements for custom output
directories, and addition of 'bpftool map freeze' command, from Quentin.
4) Support attaching/detaching XDP programs from 'bpftool net' command,
from Daniel.
5) Automatic xskmap cleanup when AF_XDP socket is released, and several
barrier/{read,write}_once fixes in AF_XDP code, from Björn.
6) Relicense of bpf_helpers.h/bpf_endian.h for future libbpf
inclusion as well as libbpf versioning improvements, from Andrii.
7) Several new BPF kselftests for verifier precision tracking, from Alexei.
8) Several BPF kselftest fixes wrt endianess to run on s390x, from Ilya.
9) And more BPF kselftest improvements all over the place, from Stanislav.
10) Add simple BPF map op cache for nfp driver to batch dumps, from Jakub.
11) AF_XDP socket umem mapping improvements for 32bit archs, from Ivan.
12) Add BPF-to-BPF call and BTF line info support for s390x JIT, from Yauheni.
13) Small optimization in arm64 JIT to spare 1 insns for BPF_MOD, from Jerin.
14) Fix an error check in bpf_tcp_gen_syncookie() helper, from Petar.
15) Various minor fixes and cleanups, from Nathan, Masahiro, Masanari,
Peter, Wei, Yue.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2019-09-05
1) Several xfrm interface fixes from Nicolas Dichtel:
- Avoid an interface ID corruption on changelink.
- Fix wrong intterface names in the logs.
- Fix a list corruption when changing network namespaces.
- Fix unregistation of the underying phydev.
2) Fix a potential warning when merging xfrm_plocy nodes.
From Florian Westphal.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes made to add support for fast advertising interval
as per core 4.1 specification, section 9.3.11.2.
A peripheral device entering any of the following GAP modes and
sending either non-connectable advertising events or scannable
undirected advertising events should use adv_fast_interval2
(100ms - 150ms) for adv_fast_period(30s).
- Non-Discoverable Mode
- Non-Connectable Mode
- Limited Discoverable Mode
- General Discoverable Mode
Signed-off-by: Spoorthi Ravishankar Koppad <spoorthix.k@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When creating a v4 route that uses a v6 nexthop from a nexthop group.
Allow the kernel to properly send the nexthop as v6 via the RTA_VIA
attribute.
Broken behavior:
$ ip nexthop add via fe80::9 dev eth0
$ ip nexthop show
id 1 via fe80::9 dev eth0 scope link
$ ip route add 4.5.6.7/32 nhid 1
$ ip route show
default via 10.0.2.2 dev eth0
4.5.6.7 nhid 1 via 254.128.0.0 dev eth0
10.0.2.0/24 dev eth0 proto kernel scope link src 10.0.2.15
$
Fixed behavior:
$ ip nexthop add via fe80::9 dev eth0
$ ip nexthop show
id 1 via fe80::9 dev eth0 scope link
$ ip route add 4.5.6.7/32 nhid 1
$ ip route show
default via 10.0.2.2 dev eth0
4.5.6.7 nhid 1 via inet6 fe80::9 dev eth0
10.0.2.0/24 dev eth0 proto kernel scope link src 10.0.2.15
$
v2, v3: Addresses code review comments from David Ahern
Fixes: dcb1ecb50e (“ipv4: Prepare for fib6_nh from a nexthop object”)
Signed-off-by: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEEmvEkXzgOfc881GuFWsYho5HknSAFAl1vrJITHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRBaxiGjkeSdIC8BB/98XcWiaInD+SM6UjD2dVd1r0zhPKJS
WBK58G81+op3YP4DY8Iy+C24uZBlSlutVGoD/PIrZF39xXsnOtJuMVHC4LvtdADC
30uI/61JQNEjuX2AiTFudqDvYjZZKZ28HLqEnO2pWk3dMVL3+fkS3i7VQR7KJ/Gr
BYM6EzCdkbuWW/zsAVbKLJ8NswVmcdjP7eSK+exKppoWMtgCglZw1X6iP5YXDnbK
h3dGs687u8RfUra7j7vgnJzyQU4draMPsabaLDT5qw1PgYQ3k8MTVMBlULR0+HHO
qkBqumRwfOxay0z0XOgRuWrICKTH/b0SRLp3H53ZyfDo6+4TC9KGHRgX
=gwfZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-5.4-20190904' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2019-09-04 j1939
this is a pull request for net-next/master consisting of 21 patches.
the first 12 patches are by me and target the CAN core infrastructure.
They clean up the names of variables , structs and struct members,
convert can_rx_register() to use max() instead of open coding it and
remove unneeded code from the can_pernet_exit() callback.
The next three patches are also by me and they introduce and make use of
the CAN midlayer private structure. It is used to hold protocol specific
per device data structures.
The next patch is by Oleksij Rempel, switches the
&net->can.rcvlists_lock from a spin_lock() to a spin_lock_bh(), so that
it can be used from NAPI (soft IRQ) context.
The next 4 patches are by Kurt Van Dijck, he first updates his email
address via mailmap and then extends sockaddr_can to include j1939
members.
The final patch is the collective effort of many entities (The j1939
authors: Oliver Hartkopp, Bastian Stender, Elenita Hinds, kbuild test
robot, Kurt Van Dijck, Maxime Jayat, Robin van der Gracht, Oleksij
Rempel, Marc Kleine-Budde). It adds support of SAE J1939 protocol to the
CAN networking stack.
SAE J1939 is the vehicle bus recommended practice used for communication
and diagnostics among vehicle components. Originating in the car and
heavy-duty truck industry in the United States, it is now widely used in
other parts of the world.
P.S.: This pull request doesn't invalidate my last pull request:
"pull-request: can-next 2019-09-03".
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS code has a number of #ifdefs which make the code a little
harder to follow. Recent fixes removed the ifdef around the
TLS_HW define, so we can switch to the often used pattern
of defining tls_device functions as empty static inlines
in the header when CONFIG_TLS_DEVICE=n.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we already have the pointer to the full original sk_proto
stored use that instead of storing all individual callback
pointers as well.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IN_MULTICAST's primary intent is as a uapi macro.
Elsewhere in the kernel we use ipv4_is_multicast consistently.
This patch unifies linux's multicast checks to use that function
rather than this macro.
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current tag set is still rather small and needs a couple
more tags to help with ASIC identification and to have a
more generic FW version.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves the code reability by removing the redundant "can_"
prefix from the members of struct netns_can (as the struct netns_can itself
is the member "can" of the struct net.)
The conversion is done with:
sed -i \
-e "s/struct can_dev_rcv_lists \*can_rx_alldev_list;/struct can_dev_rcv_lists *rx_alldev_list;/" \
-e "s/spinlock_t can_rcvlists_lock;/spinlock_t rcvlists_lock;/" \
-e "s/struct timer_list can_stattimer;/struct timer_list stattimer; /" \
-e "s/can\.can_rx_alldev_list/can.rx_alldev_list/g" \
-e "s/can\.can_rcvlists_lock/can.rcvlists_lock/g" \
-e "s/can\.can_stattimer/can.stattimer/g" \
include/net/netns/can.h \
net/can/*.[ch]
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch gives the members of the struct netns_can that are holding
the statistics a sensible name, by renaming struct netns_can::can_stats
into struct netns_can::pkg_stats and struct netns_can::can_pstats into
struct netns_can::rcv_lists_stats.
The conversion is done with:
sed -i \
-e "s:\(struct[^*]*\*\)can_stats;.*:\1pkg_stats;:" \
-e "s:\(struct[^*]*\*\)can_pstats;.*:\1rcv_lists_stats;:" \
-e "s/can\.can_stats/can.pkg_stats/g" \
-e "s/can\.can_pstats/can.rcv_lists_stats/g" \
net/can/*.[ch] \
include/net/netns/can.h
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch renames both "struct s_stats" and "struct s_pstats", to
"struct can_pkg_stats" and "struct can_rcv_lists_stats" to better
reflect their meaning and improve code readability.
The conversion is done with:
sed -i \
-e "s/struct s_stats/struct can_pkg_stats/g" \
-e "s/struct s_pstats/struct can_rcv_lists_stats/g" \
net/can/*.[ch] \
include/net/netns/can.h
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds the infrastructure needed for the stateful object update
support.
Signed-off-by: Fernando Fernandez Mancera <ffmancera@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Devlink port index attribute is returned to users as u32 through
netlink response.
Change index data type from 'unsigned' to 'unsigned int' to avoid
below checkpatch.pl warning.
WARNING: Prefer 'unsigned int' to bare use of 'unsigned'
81: FILE: include/net/devlink.h:81:
+ unsigned index;
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an application configures kernel TLS on top of a TCP socket, it's
now possible for inet_diag_handler() to collect information regarding the
protocol version, the cipher type and TX / RX configuration, in case
INET_DIAG_INFO is requested.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
currently, only getsockopt(TCP_ULP) can be invoked to know if a ULP is on
top of a TCP socket. Extend idiag_get_aux() and idiag_get_aux_size(),
introduced by commit b37e88407c ("inet_diag: allow protocols to provide
additional data"), to report the ULP name and other information that can
be made available by the ULP through optional functions.
Users having CAP_NET_ADMIN privileges will then be able to retrieve this
information through inet_diag_handler, if they specify INET_DIAG_INFO in
the request.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to make sure context does not get freed while diag
code is interrogating it. Free struct tls_context with
kfree_rcu().
We add the __rcu annotation directly in icsk, and cast it
away in the datapath accessor. Presumably all ULPs will
do a similar thing.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"unlikely(IS_ERR_OR_NULL(x))" is excessive. IS_ERR_OR_NULL() already uses
unlikely() internally.
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, addresses are chunk size aligned. This means, we are very
restricted in terms of where we can place chunk within the umem. For
example, if we have a chunk size of 2k, then our chunks can only be placed
at 0,2k,4k,6k,8k... and so on (ie. every 2k starting from 0).
This patch introduces the ability to use unaligned chunks. With these
changes, we are no longer bound to having to place chunks at a 2k (or
whatever your chunk size is) interval. Since we are no longer dealing with
aligned chunks, they can now cross page boundaries. Checks for page
contiguity have been added in order to keep track of which pages are
followed by a physically contiguous page.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Laatz <kevin.laatz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Richardson <bruce.richardson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This is useful for checking how much airtime is being used up by other
transmissions on the channel, e.g. by calculating (time_rx - time_bss_rx)
or (time_busy - time_bss_rx - time_tx)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190828102042.58016-1-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Action sample doesn't properly handle psample_group pointer in overwrite
case. Following issues need to be fixed:
- In tcf_sample_init() function RCU_INIT_POINTER() is used to set
s->psample_group, even though we neither setting the pointer to NULL, nor
preventing concurrent readers from accessing the pointer in some way.
Use rcu_swap_protected() instead to safely reset the pointer.
- Old value of s->psample_group is not released or deallocated in any way,
which results resource leak. Use psample_group_put() on non-NULL value
obtained with rcu_swap_protected().
- The function psample_group_put() that released reference to struct
psample_group pointed by rcu-pointer s->psample_group doesn't respect rcu
grace period when deallocating it. Extend struct psample_group with rcu
head and use kfree_rcu when freeing it.
Fixes: 5c5670fae4 ("net/sched: Introduce sample tc action")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove two holes on 64bit arches, to bring the size
to one cache line exactly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add ecn flag for both netns_sctp and sctp_endpoint,
net->sctp.ecn_enable is set 1 by default, and ep->ecn_enable will
be initialized with net->sctp.ecn_enable.
asoc->peer.ecn_capable will be set during negotiation only when
ep->ecn_enable is set on both sides.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bitmap operations were introduced to simplify the switch drivers
in the future, since most of them could implement the common VLAN and
MDB operations (add, del, dump) with simple functions taking all target
ports at once, and thus limiting the number of hardware accesses.
Programming an MDB or VLAN this way in a single operation would clearly
simplify the drivers a lot but would require a new get-set interface
in DSA. The usage of such bitmap from the stack also raised concerned
in the past, leading to the dynamic allocation of a new ds->_bitmap
member in the dsa_switch structure. So let's get rid of them for now.
This commit nicely wraps the ds->ops->port_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add}
switch operations into new dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add}
variants not using any bitmap argument anymore.
New dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_match helpers have been introduced to make
clear which local port of a switch must be programmed with the target
object. While the targeted user port is an obvious candidate, the
DSA links must also be programmed, as well as the CPU port for VLANs.
While at it, also remove local variables that are only used once.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net pointer in struct xt_tgdtor_param is not explicitly
initialized therefore is still NULL when dereferencing it.
So we have to find a way to pass the correct net pointer to
ipt_destroy_target().
The best way I find is just saving the net pointer inside the per
netns struct tcf_idrinfo, which could make this patch smaller.
Fixes: 0c66dc1ea3 ("netfilter: conntrack: register hooks in netns when needed by ruleset")
Reported-and-tested-by: itugrok@yahoo.com
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the delete operation from the ruleset.
It implements a new delete() function in nft_set_rhash. It is simpler
to use than the already existing remove(), because it only takes the set
and the key as arguments, whereas remove() expects a full
nft_set_elem structure.
Signed-off-by: Ander Juaristi <a@juaristi.eus>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock, modify tc_setup_flow_action()
to copy tunnel info, instead of just saving pointer to tunnel_key action
tunnel info. This is necessary to prevent concurrent action overwrite from
releasing tunnel info while it is being used by rtnl-unlocked driver.
Implement helper tcf_tunnel_info_copy() that is used to copy tunnel info
with all its options to dynamically allocated memory block. Modify
tc_cleanup_flow_action() to free dynamically allocated tunnel info.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock when calling hardware offload
API, take reference to action mirred dev when initializing flow_action
structure in tc_setup_flow_action(). Implement function
tc_cleanup_flow_action(), use it to release the device after hardware
offload API is done using it.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow using new flow_action infrastructure from unlocked
classifiers, modify tc_setup_flow_action() to accept new 'rtnl_held'
argument. Take rtnl lock before accessing tc_action data. This is necessary
to protect from concurrent action replace.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend struct flow_block_offload with "unlocked_driver_cb" flag to allow
registering and unregistering block hardware offload callbacks that do not
require caller to hold rtnl lock. Extend tcf_block with additional
lockeddevcnt counter that is incremented for each non-unlocked driver
callback attached to device. This counter is necessary to conditionally
obtain rtnl lock before calling hardware callbacks in following patches.
Register mlx5 tc block offload callbacks as "unlocked".
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To remove dependency on rtnl lock, extend classifier ops with new
ops->hw_add() and ops->hw_del() callbacks. Call them from cls API while
holding cb_lock every time filter if successfully added to or deleted from
hardware.
Implement the new API in flower classifier. Use it to manage hw_filters
list under cb_lock protection, instead of relying on rtnl lock to
synchronize with concurrent fl_reoffload() call.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without rtnl lock protection filters can no longer safely manage block
offloads counter themselves. Refactor cls API to protect block offloadcnt
with tcf_block->cb_lock that is already used to protect driver callback
list and nooffloaddevcnt counter. The counter can be modified by concurrent
tasks by new functions that execute block callbacks (which is safe with
previous patch that changed its type to atomic_t), however, block
bind/unbind code that checks the counter value takes cb_lock in write mode
to exclude any concurrent modifications. This approach prevents race
conditions between bind/unbind and callback execution code but allows for
concurrency for tc rule update path.
Move block offload counter, filter in hardware counter and filter flags
management from classifiers into cls hardware offloads API. Make functions
tcf_block_offload_{inc|dec}() and tc_cls_offload_cnt_update() to be cls API
private. Implement following new cls API to be used instead:
tc_setup_cb_add() - non-destructive filter add. If filter that wasn't
already in hardware is successfully offloaded, increment block offloads
counter, set filter in hardware counter and flag. On failure, previously
offloaded filter is considered to be intact and offloads counter is not
decremented.
tc_setup_cb_replace() - destructive filter replace. Release existing
filter block offload counter and reset its in hardware counter and flag.
Set new filter in hardware counter and flag. On failure, previously
offloaded filter is considered to be destroyed and offload counter is
decremented.
tc_setup_cb_destroy() - filter destroy. Unconditionally decrement block
offloads counter.
tc_setup_cb_reoffload() - reoffload filter to single cb. Execute cb() and
call tc_cls_offload_cnt_update() if cb() didn't return an error.
Refactor all offload-capable classifiers to atomically offload filters to
hardware, change block offload counter, and set filter in hardware counter
and flag by means of the new cls API functions.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for running proto ops functions without rtnl lock, change
offload counter type to atomic. This is necessary to allow updating the
counter by multiple concurrent users when offloading filters to hardware
from unlocked classifiers.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock, extend tcf_block with 'cb_lock'
rwsem and use it to protect flow_block->cb_list and related counters from
concurrent modification. The lock is taken in read mode for read-only
traversal of cb_list in tc_setup_cb_call() and write mode in all other
cases. This approach ensures that:
- cb_list is not changed concurrently while filters is being offloaded on
block.
- block->nooffloaddevcnt is checked while holding the lock in read mode,
but is only changed by bind/unbind code when holding the cb_lock in write
mode to prevent concurrent modification.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new helper functions to load/store 64-bit values onto/from
registers:
- nft_reg_store64
- nft_reg_load64
This commit also re-orders all these helpers from smallest to largest
target bit size.
Signed-off-by: Ander Juaristi <a@juaristi.eus>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Donald reported this sequence:
ip next add id 1 blackhole
ip next add id 2 blackhole
ip ro add 1.1.1.1/32 nhid 1
ip ro add 1.1.1.2/32 nhid 2
would cause a crash. Backtrace is:
[ 151.302790] general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC KASAN PTI
[ 151.304043] CPU: 1 PID: 277 Comm: ip Not tainted 5.3.0-rc5+ #37
[ 151.305078] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.11.1-1 04/01/2014
[ 151.306526] RIP: 0010:fib_add_nexthop+0x8b/0x2aa
[ 151.307343] Code: 35 f7 81 48 8d 14 01 c7 02 f1 f1 f1 f1 c7 42 04 01 f4 f4 f4 48 89 f2 48 c1 ea 03 65 48 8b 0c 25 28 00 00 00 48 89 4d d0 31 c9 <80> 3c 02 00 74 08 48 89 f7 e8 1a e8 53 ff be 08 00 00 00 4c 89 e7
[ 151.310549] RSP: 0018:ffff888116c27340 EFLAGS: 00010246
[ 151.311469] RAX: dffffc0000000000 RBX: ffff8881154ece00 RCX: 0000000000000000
[ 151.312713] RDX: 0000000000000004 RSI: 0000000000000020 RDI: ffff888115649b40
[ 151.313968] RBP: ffff888116c273d8 R08: ffffed10221e3757 R09: ffff888110f1bab8
[ 151.315212] R10: 0000000000000001 R11: ffff888110f1bab3 R12: ffff888115649b40
[ 151.316456] R13: 0000000000000020 R14: ffff888116c273b0 R15: ffff888115649b40
[ 151.317707] FS: 00007f60b4d8d800(0000) GS:ffff88811ac00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[ 151.319113] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[ 151.320119] CR2: 0000555671ffdc00 CR3: 00000001136ba005 CR4: 0000000000020ee0
[ 151.321367] Call Trace:
[ 151.321820] ? fib_nexthop_info+0x635/0x635
[ 151.322572] fib_dump_info+0xaa4/0xde0
[ 151.323247] ? fib_create_info+0x2431/0x2431
[ 151.324008] ? napi_alloc_frag+0x2a/0x2a
[ 151.324711] rtmsg_fib+0x2c4/0x3be
[ 151.325339] fib_table_insert+0xe2f/0xeee
...
fib_dump_info incorrectly has nhs = 0 for blackhole nexthops, so it
believes the nexthop object is a multipath group (nhs != 1) and ends
up down the nexthop_mpath_fill_node() path which is wrong for a
blackhole.
The blackhole check in nexthop_num_path is leftover from early days
of the blackhole implementation which did not initialize the device.
In the end the design was simpler (fewer special case checks) to set
the device to loopback in nh_info, so the check in nexthop_num_path
should have been removed.
Fixes: 430a049190 ("nexthop: Add support for nexthop groups")
Reported-by: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An excerpt from netlink(7) man page,
In multipart messages (multiple nlmsghdr headers with associated payload
in one byte stream) the first and all following headers have the
NLM_F_MULTI flag set, except for the last header which has the type
NLMSG_DONE.
but, after (ee28906) there is a missing NLM_F_MULTI flag in the middle of a
FIB dump. The result is user space applications following above man page
excerpt may get confused and may stop parsing msg believing something went
wrong.
In the golang netlink lib [0] the library logic stops parsing believing the
message is not a multipart message. Found this running Cilium[1] against
net-next while adding a feature to auto-detect routes. I noticed with
multiple route tables we no longer could detect the default routes on net
tree kernels because the library logic was not returning them.
Fix this by handling the fib_dump_info_fnhe() case the same way the
fib_dump_info() handles it by passing the flags argument through the
call chain and adding a flags argument to rt_fill_info().
Tested with Cilium stack and auto-detection of routes works again. Also
annotated libs to dump netlink msgs and inspected NLM_F_MULTI and
NLMSG_DONE flags look correct after this.
Note: In inet_rtm_getroute() pass rt_fill_info() '0' for flags the same
as is done for fib_dump_info() so this looks correct to me.
[0] https://github.com/vishvananda/netlink/
[1] https://github.com/cilium/
Fixes: ee28906fd7 ("ipv4: Dump route exceptions if requested")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace 'decided' with 'decide' so that comment would be
/* To decide when the network namespace should be freed. */
Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
802.11ay specification defines Enhanced Directional Multi-Gigabit
(EDMG) STA and AP which allow channel bonding of 2 channels and more.
Introduce new NL attributes that are needed for enabling and
configuring EDMG support.
Two new attributes are used by kernel to publish driver's EDMG
capabilities to the userspace:
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS - bitmap field that indicates the 2.16
GHz channel(s) that are supported by the driver.
When this attribute is not set it means driver does not support EDMG.
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG - represent the channel bandwidth
configurations supported by the driver.
Additional two new attributes are used by the userspace for connect
command and for AP configuration:
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG
New rate info flag - RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG, can be reported from driver
and used for bitrate calculation that will take into account EDMG
according to the 802.11ay specification.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1566138918-3823-2-git-send-email-ailizaro@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch is to factor out sctp_auth_init and sctp_auth_free
functions, and sctp_auth_init will also be used in the next
patch for SCTP_AUTH_SUPPORTED sockopt.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to make addip/asconf flag per endpoint,
and its value is initialized by the per netns flag,
net->sctp.addip_enable.
It also replaces the checks of net->sctp.addip_enable
with ep->asconf_enable in some places.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ba5ea61462 ("bridge: simplify ip_mc_check_igmp() and
ipv6_mc_check_mld() calls") replaces direct calls to pskb_may_pull()
in br_ipv6_multicast_mld2_report() with calls to ipv6_mc_may_pull(),
that returns -EINVAL on buffers too short to be valid IPv6 packets,
while maintaining the previous handling of the return code.
This leads to the direct opposite of the intended effect: if the
packet is malformed, -EINVAL evaluates as true, and we'll happily
proceed with the processing.
Return 0 if the packet is too short, in the same way as this was
fixed for IPv4 by commit 083b78a9ed ("ip: fix ip_mc_may_pull()
return value").
I don't have a reproducer for this, unlike the one referred to by
the IPv4 commit, but this is clearly broken.
Fixes: ba5ea61462 ("bridge: simplify ip_mc_check_igmp() and ipv6_mc_check_mld() calls")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds initial support for offloading basechains using the
priority range from 1 to 65535. This is restricting the netfilter
priority range to 16-bit integer since this is what most drivers assume
so far from tc. It should be possible to extend this range of supported
priorities later on once drivers are updated to support for 32-bit
integer priorities.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc transparently maps the software priority number to hardware. Update
it to pass the major priority which is what most drivers expect. Update
drivers too so they do not need to lshift the priority field of the
flow_cls_common_offload object. The stmmac driver is an exception, since
this code assumes the tc software priority is fine, therefore, lshift it
just to be conservative.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an AF_XDP socket is released/closed the XSKMAP still holds a
reference to the socket in a "released" state. The socket will still
use the netdev queue resource, and block newly created sockets from
attaching to that queue, but no user application can access the
fill/complete/rx/tx queues. This results in that all applications need
to explicitly clear the map entry from the old "zombie state"
socket. This should be done automatically.
In this patch, the sockets tracks, and have a reference to, which maps
it resides in. When the socket is released, it will remove itself from
all maps.
Suggested-by: Bruce Richardson <bruce.richardson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add new helper bpf_sk_storage_clone which optionally clones sk storage
and call it from sk_clone_lock.
Cc: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This commit adds support for a new flag called need_wakeup in the
AF_XDP Tx and fill rings. When this flag is set, it means that the
application has to explicitly wake up the kernel Rx (for the bit in
the fill ring) or kernel Tx (for bit in the Tx ring) processing by
issuing a syscall. Poll() can wake up both depending on the flags
submitted and sendto() will wake up tx processing only.
The main reason for introducing this new flag is to be able to
efficiently support the case when application and driver is executing
on the same core. Previously, the driver was just busy-spinning on the
fill ring if it ran out of buffers in the HW and there were none on
the fill ring. This approach works when the application is running on
another core as it can replenish the fill ring while the driver is
busy-spinning. Though, this is a lousy approach if both of them are
running on the same core as the probability of the fill ring getting
more entries when the driver is busy-spinning is zero. With this new
feature the driver now sets the need_wakeup flag and returns to the
application. The application can then replenish the fill queue and
then explicitly wake up the Rx processing in the kernel using the
syscall poll(). For Tx, the flag is only set to one if the driver has
no outstanding Tx completion interrupts. If it has some, the flag is
zero as it will be woken up by a completion interrupt anyway.
As a nice side effect, this new flag also improves the performance of
the case where application and driver are running on two different
cores as it reduces the number of syscalls to the kernel. The kernel
tells user space if it needs to be woken up by a syscall, and this
eliminates many of the syscalls.
This flag needs some simple driver support. If the driver does not
support this, the Rx flag is always zero and the Tx flag is always
one. This makes any application relying on this feature default to the
old behaviour of not requiring any syscalls in the Rx path and always
having to call sendto() in the Tx path.
For backwards compatibility reasons, this feature has to be explicitly
turned on using a new bind flag (XDP_USE_NEED_WAKEUP). I recommend
that you always turn it on as it so far always have had a positive
performance impact.
The name and inspiration of the flag has been taken from io_uring by
Jens Axboe. Details about this feature in io_uring can be found in
http://kernel.dk/io_uring.pdf, section 8.3.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add initial documentation of the devlink-trap mechanism, explaining the
background, motivation and the semantics of the interface.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as
well as exceptions such as TTL error.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to
register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink.
Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each
supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata
types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The
currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will
be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class.
Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In
addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap
statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be
extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit
the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU.
Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also
expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant
metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each
packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its
metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel.
The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set
the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported:
'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide
the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink.
When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not
send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added,
such as 'mirror'.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export a function that can be invoked in order to report packets that
were dropped by the underlying hardware along with metadata.
Subsequent patches will add support for the different alert modes.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2019-08-17
Here's a set of Bluetooth fixes for the 5.3-rc series:
- Multiple fixes for Qualcomm (btqca & hci_qca) drivers
- Minimum encryption key size debugfs setting (this is required for
Bluetooth Qualification)
- Fix hidp_send_message() to have a meaningful return value
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For testing and qualification purposes it is useful to allow changing
the minimum encryption key size value that the host stack is going to
enforce. This adds a new debugfs setting min_encrypt_key_size to achieve
this functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
This patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Extend selftest to cover flowtable with ipsec, from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix interaction of ipsec with flowtable, also from Florian.
3) User-after-free with bound set to rule that fails to load.
4) Adjust state and timeout for flows that expire.
5) Timeout update race with flows in teardown state.
6) Ensure conntrack id hash calculation use invariants as input,
from Dirk Morris.
7) Do not push flows into flowtable for TCP fin/rst packets.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric reported a syzbot warning:
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in nh_valid_get_del_req+0x6f1/0x8c0 net/ipv4/nexthop.c:1510
CPU: 0 PID: 11812 Comm: syz-executor444 Not tainted 5.3.0-rc3+ #17
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:77 [inline]
dump_stack+0x191/0x1f0 lib/dump_stack.c:113
kmsan_report+0x162/0x2d0 mm/kmsan/kmsan_report.c:109
__msan_warning+0x75/0xe0 mm/kmsan/kmsan_instr.c:294
nh_valid_get_del_req+0x6f1/0x8c0 net/ipv4/nexthop.c:1510
rtm_del_nexthop+0x1b1/0x610 net/ipv4/nexthop.c:1543
rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x115a/0x1580 net/core/rtnetlink.c:5223
netlink_rcv_skb+0x431/0x620 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2477
rtnetlink_rcv+0x50/0x60 net/core/rtnetlink.c:5241
netlink_unicast_kernel net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1302 [inline]
netlink_unicast+0xf6c/0x1050 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1328
netlink_sendmsg+0x110f/0x1330 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1917
sock_sendmsg_nosec net/socket.c:637 [inline]
sock_sendmsg net/socket.c:657 [inline]
___sys_sendmsg+0x14ff/0x1590 net/socket.c:2311
__sys_sendmmsg+0x53a/0xae0 net/socket.c:2413
__do_sys_sendmmsg net/socket.c:2442 [inline]
__se_sys_sendmmsg+0xbd/0xe0 net/socket.c:2439
__x64_sys_sendmmsg+0x56/0x70 net/socket.c:2439
do_syscall_64+0xbc/0xf0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:297
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x63/0xe7
The root cause is nlmsg_parse calling __nla_parse which means the
header struct size is not checked.
nlmsg_parse should be a wrapper around __nlmsg_parse with
NL_VALIDATE_STRICT for the validate argument very much like
nlmsg_parse_deprecated is for NL_VALIDATE_LIBERAL.
Fixes: 3de6440354 ("netlink: re-add parse/validate functions in strict mode")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next:
1) Rename mss field to mss_option field in synproxy, from Fernando Mancera.
2) Use SYSCTL_{ZERO,ONE} definitions in conntrack, from Matteo Croce.
3) More strict validation of IPVS sysctl values, from Junwei Hu.
4) Remove unnecessary spaces after on the right hand side of assignments,
from yangxingwu.
5) Add offload support for bitwise operation.
6) Extend the nft_offload_reg structure to store immediate date.
7) Collapse several ip_set header files into ip_set.h, from
Jeremy Sowden.
8) Make netfilter headers compile with CONFIG_KERNEL_HEADER_TEST=y,
from Jeremy Sowden.
9) Fix several sparse warnings due to missing prototypes, from
Valdis Kletnieks.
10) Use static lock initialiser to ensure connlabel spinlock is
initialized on boot time to fix sched/act_ct.c, patch
from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
There is a small merge conflict in libbpf (Cc Andrii so he's in the loop
as well):
for (i = 1; i <= btf__get_nr_types(btf); i++) {
t = (struct btf_type *)btf__type_by_id(btf, i);
if (!has_datasec && btf_is_var(t)) {
/* replace VAR with INT */
t->info = BTF_INFO_ENC(BTF_KIND_INT, 0, 0);
<<<<<<< HEAD
/*
* using size = 1 is the safest choice, 4 will be too
* big and cause kernel BTF validation failure if
* original variable took less than 4 bytes
*/
t->size = 1;
*(int *)(t+1) = BTF_INT_ENC(0, 0, 8);
} else if (!has_datasec && kind == BTF_KIND_DATASEC) {
=======
t->size = sizeof(int);
*(int *)(t + 1) = BTF_INT_ENC(0, 0, 32);
} else if (!has_datasec && btf_is_datasec(t)) {
>>>>>>> 72ef80b5ee
/* replace DATASEC with STRUCT */
Conflict is between the two commits 1d4126c4e1 ("libbpf: sanitize VAR to
conservative 1-byte INT") and b03bc6853c ("libbpf: convert libbpf code to
use new btf helpers"), so we need to pick the sanitation fixup as well as
use the new btf_is_datasec() helper and the whitespace cleanup. Looks like
the following:
[...]
if (!has_datasec && btf_is_var(t)) {
/* replace VAR with INT */
t->info = BTF_INFO_ENC(BTF_KIND_INT, 0, 0);
/*
* using size = 1 is the safest choice, 4 will be too
* big and cause kernel BTF validation failure if
* original variable took less than 4 bytes
*/
t->size = 1;
*(int *)(t + 1) = BTF_INT_ENC(0, 0, 8);
} else if (!has_datasec && btf_is_datasec(t)) {
/* replace DATASEC with STRUCT */
[...]
The main changes are:
1) Addition of core parts of compile once - run everywhere (co-re) effort,
that is, relocation of fields offsets in libbpf as well as exposure of
kernel's own BTF via sysfs and loading through libbpf, from Andrii.
More info on co-re: http://vger.kernel.org/bpfconf2019.html#session-2
and http://vger.kernel.org/lpc-bpf2018.html#session-2
2) Enable passing input flags to the BPF flow dissector to customize parsing
and allowing it to stop early similar to the C based one, from Stanislav.
3) Add a BPF helper function that allows generating SYN cookies from XDP and
tc BPF, from Petar.
4) Add devmap hash-based map type for more flexibility in device lookup for
redirects, from Toke.
5) Improvements to XDP forwarding sample code now utilizing recently enabled
devmap lookups, from Jesper.
6) Add support for reporting the effective cgroup progs in bpftool, from Jakub
and Takshak.
7) Fix reading kernel config from bpftool via /proc/config.gz, from Peter.
8) Fix AF_XDP umem pages mapping for 32 bit architectures, from Ivan.
9) Follow-up to add two more BPF loop tests for the selftest suite, from Alexei.
10) Add perf event output helper also for other skb-based program types, from Allan.
11) Fix a co-re related compilation error in selftests, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
linux/netfilter.h defines a number of struct and inline function
definitions which are only available is CONFIG_NETFILTER is enabled.
These structs and functions are used in declarations and definitions in
other header-files. Added preprocessor checks to make sure these
headers will compile if CONFIG_NETFILTER is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
struct nf_conn contains a "struct nf_conntrack ct_general" member and
struct net contains a "struct netns_ct ct" member which are both only
defined in CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK is enabled. These members are used in a
number of inline functions defined in other header-files. Added
preprocessor checks to make sure the headers will compile if
CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_tables.h defines an API comprising several inline functions and
macros that depend on the nft member of struct net. However, this is
only defined is CONFIG_NF_TABLES is enabled. Added preprocessor checks
to ensure that nf_tables.h will compile if CONFIG_NF_TABLES is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
br_netfilter.h defines inline functions that use an enum constant and
struct member that are only defined if CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER is
enabled. Added preprocessor checks to ensure br_netfilter.h will
compile if CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A number of netfilter header-files used declarations and definitions
from other headers without including them. Added include directives to
make those declarations and definitions available.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Store immediate data into offload context register. This allows follow
up instructions to take it from the corresponding source register.
This patch is required to support for payload mangling, although other
instructions that take data from source register will benefit from this
too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Generating and retrieving socket cookies are a useful feature that is
exposed to BPF for various program types through bpf_get_socket_cookie()
helper.
The fact that the cookie counter is per netns is quite a limitation
for BPF in practice in particular for programs in host namespace that
use socket cookies as part of a map lookup key since they will be
causing socket cookie collisions e.g. when attached to BPF cgroup hooks
or cls_bpf on tc egress in host namespace handling container traffic
from veth or ipvlan devices with peer in different netns. Change the
counter to be global instead.
Socket cookie consumers must assume the value as opqaue in any case.
Not every socket must have a cookie generated and knowledge of the
counter value itself does not provide much value either way hence
conversion to global is fine.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Martynas Pumputis <m@lambda.lt>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_BASE_MSS is used as the default initial MSS value when MTU probing is
enabled. Update the comment to reflect this.
Suggested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementation of TCP MTU probing can considerably
underestimate the MTU on lossy connections allowing the MSS to get down to
48. We have found that in almost all of these cases on our networks these
paths can handle much larger MTUs meaning the connections are being
artificially limited. Even though TCP MTU probing can raise the MSS back up
we have seen this not to be the case causing connections to be "stuck" with
an MSS of 48 when heavy loss is present.
Prior to pushing out this change we could not keep TCP MTU probing enabled
b/c of the above reasons. Now with a reasonble floor set we've had it
enabled for the past 6 months.
The new sysctl will still default to TCP_MIN_SND_MSS (48), but gives
administrators the ability to control the floor of MSS probing.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of the snapshot has to be the same as the size of the region,
therefore no need to pass it again during snapshot creation. Remove the
arg and use region->size instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a rule that has already a bound anonymous set fails to be added, the
preparation phase releases the rule and the bound set. However, the
transaction object from the abort path still has a reference to the set
object that is stale, leading to a use-after-free when checking for the
set->bound field. Add a new field to the transaction that specifies if
the set is bound, so the abort path can skip releasing it since the rule
command owns it and it takes care of releasing it. After this update,
the set->bound field is removed.
[ 24.649883] Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 0000000000040434
[ 24.657858] Mem abort info:
[ 24.660686] ESR = 0x96000004
[ 24.663769] Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[ 24.669725] SET = 0, FnV = 0
[ 24.672804] EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[ 24.675975] Data abort info:
[ 24.678880] ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000004
[ 24.682743] CM = 0, WnR = 0
[ 24.685723] user pgtable: 4k pages, 48-bit VAs, pgdp=0000000428952000
[ 24.692207] [0000000000040434] pgd=0000000000000000
[ 24.697119] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] SMP
[...]
[ 24.889414] Call trace:
[ 24.891870] __nf_tables_abort+0x3f0/0x7a0
[ 24.895984] nf_tables_abort+0x20/0x40
[ 24.899750] nfnetlink_rcv_batch+0x17c/0x588
[ 24.904037] nfnetlink_rcv+0x13c/0x190
[ 24.907803] netlink_unicast+0x18c/0x208
[ 24.911742] netlink_sendmsg+0x1b0/0x350
[ 24.915682] sock_sendmsg+0x4c/0x68
[ 24.919185] ___sys_sendmsg+0x288/0x2c8
[ 24.923037] __sys_sendmsg+0x7c/0xd0
[ 24.926628] __arm64_sys_sendmsg+0x2c/0x38
[ 24.930744] el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x94/0x158
[ 24.935556] el0_svc_handler+0x34/0x90
[ 24.939322] el0_svc+0x8/0xc
[ 24.942216] Code: 37280300 f9404023 91014262 aa1703e0 (f9401863)
[ 24.948336] ---[ end trace cebbb9dcbed3b56f ]---
Fixes: f6ac858589 ("netfilter: nf_tables: unbind set in rule from commit path")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
sk_validate_xmit_skb() and drivers depend on the sk member of
struct sk_buff to identify segments requiring encryption.
Any operation which removes or does not preserve the original TLS
socket such as skb_orphan() or skb_clone() will cause clear text
leaks.
Make the TCP socket underlying an offloaded TLS connection
mark all skbs as decrypted, if TLS TX is in offload mode.
Then in sk_validate_xmit_skb() catch skbs which have no socket
(or a socket with no validation) and decrypted flag set.
Note that CONFIG_SOCK_VALIDATE_XMIT, CONFIG_TLS_DEVICE and
sk->sk_validate_xmit_skb are slightly interchangeable right now,
they all imply TLS offload. The new checks are guarded by
CONFIG_TLS_DEVICE because that's the option guarding the
sk_buff->decrypted member.
Second, smaller issue with orphaning is that it breaks
the guarantee that packets will be delivered to device
queues in-order. All TLS offload drivers depend on that
scheduling property. This means skb_orphan_partial()'s
trick of preserving partial socket references will cause
issues in the drivers. We need a full orphan, and as a
result netem delay/throttling will cause all TLS offload
skbs to be dropped.
Reusing the sk_buff->decrypted flag also protects from
leaking clear text when incoming, decrypted skb is redirected
(e.g. by TC).
See commit 0608c69c9a ("bpf: sk_msg, sock{map|hash} redirect
through ULP") for justification why the internal flag is safe.
The only location which could leak the flag in is tcp_bpf_sendmsg(),
which is taken care of by clearing the previously unused bit.
v2:
- remove superfluous decrypted mark copy (Willem);
- remove the stale doc entry (Boris);
- rely entirely on EOR marking to prevent coalescing (Boris);
- use an internal sendpages flag instead of marking the socket
(Boris).
v3 (Willem):
- reorganize the can_skb_orphan_partial() condition;
- fix the flag leak-in through tcp_bpf_sendmsg.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It provide a callback list to find the blocks of tc
and nft subsystems
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move tc indirect block to flow_offload and rename
it to flow indirect block.The nf_tables can use the
indr block architecture.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before commit d4289fcc9b ("net: IP6 defrag: use rbtrees for IPv6
defrag"), a netperf UDP_STREAM test[0] using big IPv6 datagrams (thus
generating many fragments) and running over an IPsec tunnel, reported
more than 6Gbps throughput. After that patch, the same test gets only
9Mbps when receiving on a be2net nic (driver can make a big difference
here, for example, ixgbe doesn't seem to be affected).
By reusing the IPv4 defragmentation code, IPv6 lost fragment coalescing
(IPv4 fragment coalescing was dropped by commit 14fe22e334 ("Revert
"ipv4: use skb coalescing in defragmentation"")).
Without fragment coalescing, be2net runs out of Rx ring entries and
starts to drop frames (ethtool reports rx_drops_no_frags errors). Since
the netperf traffic is only composed of UDP fragments, any lost packet
prevents reassembly of the full datagram. Therefore, fragments which
have no possibility to ever get reassembled pile up in the reassembly
queue, until the memory accounting exeeds the threshold. At that point
no fragment is accepted anymore, which effectively discards all
netperf traffic.
When reassembly timeout expires, some stale fragments are removed from
the reassembly queue, so a few packets can be received, reassembled
and delivered to the netperf receiver. But the nic still drops frames
and soon the reassembly queue gets filled again with stale fragments.
These long time frames where no datagram can be received explain why
the performance drop is so significant.
Re-introducing fragment coalescing is enough to get the initial
performances again (6.6Gbps with be2net): driver doesn't drop frames
anymore (no more rx_drops_no_frags errors) and the reassembly engine
works at full speed.
This patch is quite conservative and only coalesces skbs for local
IPv4 and IPv6 delivery (in order to avoid changing skb geometry when
forwarding). Coalescing could be extended in the future if need be, as
more scenarios would probably benefit from it.
[0]: Test configuration
Sender:
ip xfrm policy flush
ip xfrm state flush
ip xfrm state add src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 proto esp spi 0x1000 aead 'rfc4106(gcm(aes))' 0x0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b 96 mode transport sel src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1
ip xfrm policy add src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 dir in tmpl src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 proto esp mode transport action allow
ip xfrm state add src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 proto esp spi 0x1001 aead 'rfc4106(gcm(aes))' 0x0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b 96 mode transport sel src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1
ip xfrm policy add src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 dir out tmpl src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 proto esp mode transport action allow
netserver -D -L fc00:2::1
Receiver:
ip xfrm policy flush
ip xfrm state flush
ip xfrm state add src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 proto esp spi 0x1001 aead 'rfc4106(gcm(aes))' 0x0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b 96 mode transport sel src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1
ip xfrm policy add src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 dir in tmpl src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 proto esp mode transport action allow
ip xfrm state add src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 proto esp spi 0x1000 aead 'rfc4106(gcm(aes))' 0x0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b 96 mode transport sel src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1
ip xfrm policy add src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 dir out tmpl src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 proto esp mode transport action allow
netperf -H fc00:2::1 -f k -P 0 -L fc00:1::1 -l 60 -t UDP_STREAM -I 99,5 -i 5,5 -T5,5 -6
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC mirred actions (redirect and mirred) can send to egress or ingress of a
device. Currently only egress is used for hw offload rules.
Modify the intermediate representation for hw offload to include mirred
actions that go to ingress. This gives drivers access to such rules and
can decide whether or not to offload them.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC mirred actions can send to egress or ingress on a given netdev. Helpers
exist to detect actions that are mirred to egress. Extend the header file
to include helpers to detect ingress mirred actions.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC rules can impliment skbedit actions. Currently actions that modify the
skb mark are passed to offloading drivers via the hardware intermediate
representation in the flow_offload API.
Extend this to include skbedit actions that modify the packet type of the
skb. Such actions may be used to set the ptype to HOST when redirecting a
packet to ingress.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tc_act header file contains an inline function that checks if an
action is changing the skb mark of a packet and a further function to
extract the mark.
Add similar functions to check for and get skbedit actions that modify
the packet type of the skb.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like we were slightly overzealous with the shutdown()
cleanup. Even though the sock->sk_state can reach CLOSED again,
socket->state will not got back to SS_UNCONNECTED once
connections is ESTABLISHED. Meaning we will see EISCONN if
we try to reconnect, and EINVAL if we try to listen.
Only listen sockets can be shutdown() and reused, but since
ESTABLISHED sockets can never be re-connected() or used for
listen() we don't need to try to clean up the ULP state early.
Fixes: 32857cf57f ("net/tls: fix transition through disconnect with close")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After introduce "mss_encode" field in the synproxy_options struct the field
"mss" is a little confusing. It has been renamed to "mss_option".
Signed-off-by: Fernando Fernandez Mancera <ffmancera@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* lots more HE (802.11ax) support, particularly things
relevant for the the AP side, but also mesh support
* debugfs cleanups from Greg
* some more work on extended key ID
* start using genl parallel_ops, as preparation for
weaning ourselves off RTNL and getting parallelism
* various other changes all over
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=eUnh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2019-07-31' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have a reasonably large number of changes:
* lots more HE (802.11ax) support, particularly things
relevant for the the AP side, but also mesh support
* debugfs cleanups from Greg
* some more work on extended key ID
* start using genl parallel_ops, as preparation for
weaning ourselves off RTNL and getting parallelism
* various other changes all over
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* revert NETIF_F_LLTX usage as it caused problems
* avoid warning on WMM parameters from AP that are too short
* fix possible null-ptr dereference in hwsim
* fix interface combinations with 4-addr and crypto control
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=rE1e
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2019-07-31' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Just a few fixes:
* revert NETIF_F_LLTX usage as it caused problems
* avoid warning on WMM parameters from AP that are too short
* fix possible null-ptr dereference in hwsim
* fix interface combinations with 4-addr and crypto control
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store the OBSS PD parameters inside bss_conf when bringing up an AP and/or
when a station connects to an AP. This allows the driver to configure the
HW accordingly.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190730163701.18836-3-john@phrozen.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the data structure, policy and parsing code allowing userland to send
the OBSS PD information into the kernel.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190730163701.18836-2-john@phrozen.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch allows generation of a SYN cookie before an SKB has been
allocated, as is the case at XDP.
Signed-off-by: Petar Penkov <ppenkov@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Add DSA tag code for Microchip KSZ8795 switch. The switch is simpler
and the tag is only 1 byte, instead of 2 as is the case with KSZ9477.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon a successful assoc a station shall store the content of the HE
operation element inside bss_conf so that the driver can setup the
hardware accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190729102342.8659-2-john@phrozen.org
[use struct copy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE flag to ieee80211_key_flags in order
to allow the driver to notify mac80211 to generate MMIE and that it
requires sequence number generation only.
This is a preliminary patch to add BIP_CMAC_128 hw support to mt7615
driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/dfe275f9aa0f1cc6b33085f9efd5d8447f68ad13.1563228405.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, NETLINK_CRYPTO works only in the init network namespace. It
doesn't make much sense to cut it out of the other network namespaces,
so do the minor plumbing work necessary to make it work in any network
namespace. Code inspired by net/core/sock_diag.c.
Tested using kcapi-dgst from libkcapi [1]:
Before:
# unshare -n kcapi-dgst -c sha256 </dev/null | wc -c
libkcapi - Error: Netlink error: sendmsg failed
libkcapi - Error: Netlink error: sendmsg failed
libkcapi - Error: NETLINK_CRYPTO: cannot obtain cipher information for hmac(sha512) (is required crypto_user.c patch missing? see documentation)
0
After:
# unshare -n kcapi-dgst -c sha256 </dev/null | wc -c
32
[1] https://github.com/smuellerDD/libkcapi
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Mosnacek <omosnace@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Commit 33d915d9e8 ("{nl,mac}80211: allow 4addr AP operation on
crypto controlled devices") has introduced a change which allows
4addr operation on crypto controlled devices (ex: ath10k). This
change has inadvertently impacted the interface combinations logic
on such devices.
General rule is that software interfaces like AP/VLAN should not be
listed under supported interface combinations and should not be
considered during validation of these combinations; because of the
aforementioned change, AP/VLAN interfaces(if present) will be checked
against interfaces supported by the device and blocks valid interface
combinations.
Consider a case where an AP and AP/VLAN are up and running; when a
second AP device is brought up on the same physical device, this AP
will be checked against the AP/VLAN interface (which will not be
part of supported interface combinations of the device) and blocks
second AP to come up.
Add a new API cfg80211_iftype_allowed() to fix the problem, this
API works for all devices with/without SW crypto control.
Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org>
Fixes: 33d915d9e8 ("{nl,mac}80211: allow 4addr AP operation on crypto controlled devices")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1563779690-9716-1-git-send-email-mpubbise@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Right now struct ieee80211_tx_rate cannot hold HE rates. Lets use
struct ieee80211_tx_status instead. This will also make the code
future-proof for when we have EHT.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190714154419.11854-2-john@phrozen.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extended Key ID allows A-MPDU sessions while rekeying as long as each
A-MPDU aggregates only MPDUs with one keyid together.
Drivers able to segregate MPDUs accordingly can tell mac80211 to not
stop A-MPDU sessions when rekeying by setting the new flag
IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190629195015.19680-3-alexander@wetzel-home.de
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
1) Drop IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE and let drivers directly set
the NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID flag.
2) Drop IEEE80211_HW_NO_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT and simply assume all
drivers are unable to handle A-MPDU key borders.
The new Extended Key ID API now requires all mac80211 drivers to set
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID when they implement set_key() and can
handle Extended Key ID. For drivers not providing set_key() mac80211
itself enables Extended Key ID support, using the internal SW crypto
services.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190629195015.19680-2-alexander@wetzel-home.de
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since ieee80211_tx_dequeue() must not be called with softirqs enabled
(i.e. from process context without proper disable of bottom halves),
we add a wrapper that disables bottom halves before calling
ieee80211_tx_dequeue()
The new function is named ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() just as all other
from-process-context versions found in mac80211.
The documentation of ieee80211_tx_dequeue() is also updated so it
mentions that the function should not be called from process context.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190617200140.6189-1-erik.stromdahl@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The remove_sta_debugfs callback in struct rate_control_ops is no longer
used by any driver, as there is no need for it (the debugfs directory is
already removed recursivly by the mac80211 core.) Because no one needs
it, just remove it to keep anyone else from accidentally using it in the
future.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190612142658.12792-5-gregkh@linuxfoundation.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This low level driver can find it useful to get the vif
when a remain on channel session is cancelled.
iwlwifi will need this soon.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190723180001.5828-1-emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2019-07-25
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) fix segfault in libbpf, from Andrii.
2) fix gso_segs access, from Eric.
3) tls/sockmap fixes, from Jakub and John.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent addition to TC actions is the ability to manipulate the MPLS
headers on packets.
In preparation to offload such actions to hardware, update the IR code to
accept and prepare the new actions.
Note that no driver currently impliments the MPLS dec_ttl action so this
is not included.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is trivial since we already have support for the entirely
identical (from the kernel's point of view) RDNSS and DNSSL that
also contain opaque data that needs to be passed down to userspace.
As specified in RFC7710, Captive Portal option contains a URL.
8-bit identifier of the option type as assigned by the IANA is 37.
This option should also be treated as userland.
Hence, treat ND option 37 as userland (Captive Portal support)
See:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7710https://www.iana.org/assignments/icmpv6-parameters/icmpv6-parameters.xhtml
Fixes: e35f30c131
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: Remin Nguyen Van <reminv@google.com>
Cc: Alexey I. Froloff <raorn@raorn.name>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a map free is called and in parallel a socket is closed we
have two paths that can potentially reset the socket prot ops, the
bpf close() path and the map free path. This creates a problem
with which prot ops should be used from the socket closed side.
If the map_free side completes first then we want to call the
original lowest level ops. However, if the tls path runs first
we want to call the sockmap ops. Additionally there was no locking
around prot updates in TLS code paths so the prot ops could
be changed multiple times once from TLS path and again from sockmap
side potentially leaving ops pointed at either TLS or sockmap
when psock and/or tls context have already been destroyed.
To fix this race first only update ops inside callback lock
so that TLS, sockmap and lowest level all agree on prot state.
Second and a ULP callback update() so that lower layers can
inform the upper layer when they are being removed allowing the
upper layer to reset prot ops.
This gets us close to allowing sockmap and tls to be stacked
in arbitrary order but will save that patch for *next trees.
v4:
- make sure we don't free things for device;
- remove the checks which swap the callbacks back
only if TLS is at the top.
Reported-by: syzbot+06537213db7ba2745c4a@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: 02c558b2d5 ("bpf: sockmap, support for msg_peek in sk_msg with redirect ingress")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
It is possible (via shutdown()) for TCP socks to go through TCP_CLOSE
state via tcp_disconnect() without actually calling tcp_close which
would then call the tls close callback. Because of this a user could
disconnect a socket then put it in a LISTEN state which would break
our assumptions about sockets always being ESTABLISHED state.
More directly because close() can call unhash() and unhash is
implemented by sockmap if a sockmap socket has TLS enabled we can
incorrectly destroy the psock from unhash() and then call its close
handler again. But because the psock (sockmap socket representation)
is already destroyed we call close handler in sk->prot. However,
in some cases (TLS BASE/BASE case) this will still point at the
sockmap close handler resulting in a circular call and crash reported
by syzbot.
To fix both above issues implement the unhash() routine for TLS.
v4:
- add note about tls offload still needing the fix;
- move sk_proto to the cold cache line;
- split TX context free into "release" and "free",
otherwise the GC work itself is in already freed
memory;
- more TX before RX for consistency;
- reuse tls_ctx_free();
- schedule the GC work after we're done with context
to avoid UAF;
- don't set the unhash in all modes, all modes "inherit"
TLS_BASE's callbacks anyway;
- disable the unhash hook for TLS_HW.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ("tls: kernel TLS support")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The tls close() callback currently drops the sock lock to call
strp_done(). Split up the RX cleanup into stopping the strparser
and releasing most resources, syncing strparser and finally
freeing the context.
To avoid the need for a strp_done() call on the cleanup path
of device offload make sure we don't arm the strparser until
we are sure init will be successful.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The tls close() callback currently drops the sock lock, makes a
cancel_delayed_work_sync() call, and then relocks the sock.
By restructuring the code we can avoid droping lock and then
reclaiming it. To simplify this we do the following,
tls_sk_proto_close
set_bit(CLOSING)
set_bit(SCHEDULE)
cancel_delay_work_sync() <- cancel workqueue
lock_sock(sk)
...
release_sock(sk)
strp_done()
Setting the CLOSING bit prevents the SCHEDULE bit from being
cleared by any workqueue items e.g. if one happens to be
scheduled and run between when we set SCHEDULE bit and cancel
work. Then because SCHEDULE bit is set now no new work will
be scheduled.
Tested with net selftests and bpf selftests.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
In tls_set_device_offload_rx() we prepare the software context
for RX fallback and proceed to add the connection to the device.
Unfortunately, software context prep includes arming strparser
so in case of a later error we have to release the socket lock
to call strp_done().
In preparation for not releasing the socket lock half way through
callbacks move arming strparser into a separate function.
Following patches will make use of that.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Some applications set tiny SO_SNDBUF values and expect
TCP to just work. Recent patches to address CVE-2019-11478
broke them in case of losses, since retransmits might
be prevented.
We should allow these flows to make progress.
This patch allows the first and last skb in retransmit queue
to be split even if memory limits are hit.
It also adds the some room due to the fact that tcp_sendmsg()
and tcp_sendpage() might overshoot sk_wmem_queued by about one full
TSO skb (64KB size). Note this allowance was already present
in stable backports for kernels < 4.15
Note for < 4.15 backports :
tcp_rtx_queue_tail() will probably look like :
static inline struct sk_buff *tcp_rtx_queue_tail(const struct sock *sk)
{
struct sk_buff *skb = tcp_send_head(sk);
return skb ? tcp_write_queue_prev(sk, skb) : tcp_write_queue_tail(sk);
}
Fixes: f070ef2ac6 ("tcp: tcp_fragment() should apply sane memory limits")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andrew Prout <aprout@ll.mit.edu>
Tested-by: Andrew Prout <aprout@ll.mit.edu>
Tested-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Cc: Jonathan Looney <jtl@netflix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ERR_PTR() is an inline, not a macro, just open-code it
here so it's usable as an initializer, fixing the build in
brcmfmac.
Reported-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Fixes: 901bb98918 ("nl80211: require and validate vendor command policy")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This object stores the flow block callbacks that are attached to this
block. Update flow_block_cb_lookup() to take this new object.
This patch restores the block sharing feature.
Fixes: da3eeb904f ("net: flow_offload: add list handling functions")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename this type definition and adapt users.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to annotate the netns on the flow block callback object,
flow_block_cb_is_busy() already checks for used blocks.
Fixes: d63db30c85 ("net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_alloc() and flow_block_cb_free()")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Fix a deadlock when module is requested via netlink_bind()
in nfnetlink, from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix ipt_rpfilter and ip6t_rpfilter with VRF, from Miaohe Lin.
3) Skip master comparison in SIP helper to fix expectation clash
under two valid scenarios, from xiao ruizhu.
4) Remove obsolete comments in nf_conntrack codebase, from
Yonatan Goldschmidt.
5) Fix redirect extension module autoload, from Christian Hesse.
6) Fix incorrect mssg option sent to client in synproxy,
from Fernando Fernandez.
7) Fix incorrect window calculations in TCP conntrack, from
Florian Westphal.
8) Don't bail out when updating basechain policy due to recent
offload works, also from Florian.
9) Allow symhash to use modulus 1 as other hash extensions do,
from Laura.Garcia.
10) Missing NAT chain module autoload for the inet family,
from Phil Sutter.
11) Fix missing adjustment of TCP RST packet in synproxy,
from Fernando Fernandez.
12) Skip EAGAIN path when nft_meta_bridge is built-in or
not selected.
13) Conntrack bridge does not depend on nf_tables_bridge.
14) Turn NF_TABLES_BRIDGE into tristate to fix possible
link break of nft_meta_bridge, from Arnd Bergmann.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Neal reported incorrect use of ns_capable() from bpf hook.
bpf_setsockopt(...TCP_CONGESTION...)
-> tcp_set_congestion_control()
-> ns_capable(sock_net(sk)->user_ns, CAP_NET_ADMIN)
-> ns_capable_common()
-> current_cred()
-> rcu_dereference_protected(current->cred, 1)
Accessing 'current' in bpf context makes no sense, since packets
are processed from softirq context.
As Neal stated : The capability check in tcp_set_congestion_control()
was written assuming a system call context, and then was reused from
a BPF call site.
The fix is to add a new parameter to tcp_set_congestion_control(),
so that the ns_capable() call is only performed under the right
context.
Fixes: 91b5b21c7c ("bpf: Add support for changing congestion control")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Reported-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the current implementation, phydev cannot be removed:
$ ip link add dummy type dummy
$ ip link add xfrm1 type xfrm dev dummy if_id 1
$ ip l d dummy
kernel:[77938.465445] unregister_netdevice: waiting for dummy to become free. Usage count = 1
Manage it like in ip tunnels, ie just keep the ifindex. Not that the side
effect, is that the phydev is now optional.
Fixes: f203b76d78 ("xfrm: Add virtual xfrm interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Julien Floret <julien.floret@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The ifname is copied when the interface is created, but is never updated
later. In fact, this property is used only in one error message, where the
netdevice pointer is available, thus let's use it.
Fixes: f203b76d78 ("xfrm: Add virtual xfrm interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Now synproxy sends the mss value set by the user on client syn-ack packet
instead of the mss value that client announced.
Fixes: 48b1de4c11 ("netfilter: add SYNPROXY core/target")
Signed-off-by: Fernando Fernandez Mancera <ffmancera@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When conntracks change during a dialog, SDP messages may be sent from
different conntracks to establish expects with identical tuples. In this
case expects conflict may be detected for the 2nd SDP message and end up
with a process failure.
The fixing here is to reuse an existing expect who has the same tuple for a
different conntrack if any.
Here are two scenarios for the case.
1)
SERVER CPE
| INVITE SDP |
5060 |<----------------------|5060
| 100 Trying |
5060 |---------------------->|5060
| 183 SDP |
5060 |---------------------->|5060 ===> Conntrack 1
| PRACK |
50601 |<----------------------|5060
| 200 OK (PRACK) |
50601 |---------------------->|5060
| 200 OK (INVITE) |
5060 |---------------------->|5060
| ACK |
50601 |<----------------------|5060
| |
|<--- RTP stream ------>|
| |
| INVITE SDP (t38) |
50601 |---------------------->|5060 ===> Conntrack 2
With a certain configuration in the CPE, SIP messages "183 with SDP" and
"re-INVITE with SDP t38" will go through the sip helper to create
expects for RTP and RTCP.
It is okay to create RTP and RTCP expects for "183", whose master
connection source port is 5060, and destination port is 5060.
In the "183" message, port in Contact header changes to 50601 (from the
original 5060). So the following requests e.g. PRACK and ACK are sent to
port 50601. It is a different conntrack (let call Conntrack 2) from the
original INVITE (let call Conntrack 1) due to the port difference.
In this example, after the call is established, there is RTP stream but no
RTCP stream for Conntrack 1, so the RTP expect created upon "183" is
cleared, and RTCP expect created for Conntrack 1 retains.
When "re-INVITE with SDP t38" arrives to create RTP&RTCP expects, current
ALG implementation will call nf_ct_expect_related() for RTP and RTCP. The
expects tuples are identical to those for Conntrack 1. RTP expect for
Conntrack 2 succeeds in creation as the one for Conntrack 1 has been
removed. RTCP expect for Conntrack 2 fails in creation because it has
idential tuples and 'conflict' with the one retained for Conntrack 1. And
then result in a failure in processing of the re-INVITE.
2)
SERVER A CPE
| REGISTER |
5060 |<------------------| 5060 ==> CT1
| 200 |
5060 |------------------>| 5060
| |
| INVITE SDP(1) |
5060 |<------------------| 5060
| 300(multi choice) |
5060 |------------------>| 5060 SERVER B
| ACK |
5060 |<------------------| 5060
| INVITE SDP(2) |
5060 |-------------------->| 5060 ==> CT2
| 100 |
5060 |<--------------------| 5060
| 200(contact changes)|
5060 |<--------------------| 5060
| ACK |
5060 |-------------------->| 50601 ==> CT3
| |
|<--- RTP stream ---->|
| |
| BYE |
5060 |<--------------------| 50601
| 200 |
5060 |-------------------->| 50601
| INVITE SDP(3) |
5060 |<------------------| 5060 ==> CT1
CPE sends an INVITE request(1) to Server A, and creates a RTP&RTCP expect
pair for this Conntrack 1 (CT1). Server A responds 300 to redirect to
Server B. The RTP&RTCP expect pairs created on CT1 are removed upon 300
response.
CPE sends the INVITE request(2) to Server B, and creates an expect pair
for the new conntrack (due to destination address difference), let call
CT2. Server B changes the port to 50601 in 200 OK response, and the
following requests ACK and BYE from CPE are sent to 50601. The call is
established. There is RTP stream and no RTCP stream. So RTP expect is
removed and RTCP expect for CT2 retains.
As BYE request is sent from port 50601, it is another conntrack, let call
CT3, different from CT2 due to the port difference. So the BYE request will
not remove the RTCP expect for CT2.
Then another outgoing call is made, with the same RTP port being used (not
definitely but possibly). CPE firstly sends the INVITE request(3) to Server
A, and tries to create a RTP&RTCP expect pairs for this CT1. In current ALG
implementation, the RTCP expect for CT1 fails in creation because it
'conflicts' with the residual one for CT2. As a result the INVITE request
fails to send.
Signed-off-by: xiao ruizhu <katrina.xiaorz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Rules matching on loopback iif do not need early flow dissection as the
packet originates from the host. Stop counting such rules in
fib_rule_requires_fldissect
Signed-off-by: Petar Penkov <ppenkov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Some highlights from this development cycle:
1) Big refactoring of ipv6 route and neigh handling to support
nexthop objects configurable as units from userspace. From David
Ahern.
2) Convert explored_states in BPF verifier into a hash table,
significantly decreased state held for programs with bpf2bpf
calls, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Implement bpf_send_signal() helper, from Yonghong Song.
4) Various classifier enhancements to mvpp2 driver, from Maxime
Chevallier.
5) Add aRFS support to hns3 driver, from Jian Shen.
6) Fix use after free in inet frags by allocating fqdirs dynamically
and reworking how rhashtable dismantle occurs, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add act_ctinfo packet classifier action, from Kevin
Darbyshire-Bryant.
8) Add TFO key backup infrastructure, from Jason Baron.
9) Remove several old and unused ISDN drivers, from Arnd Bergmann.
10) Add devlink notifications for flash update status to mlxsw driver,
from Jiri Pirko.
11) Lots of kTLS offload infrastructure fixes, from Jakub Kicinski.
12) Add support for mv88e6250 DSA chips, from Rasmus Villemoes.
13) Various enhancements to ipv6 flow label handling, from Eric
Dumazet and Willem de Bruijn.
14) Support TLS offload in nfp driver, from Jakub Kicinski, Dirk van
der Merwe, and others.
15) Various improvements to axienet driver including converting it to
phylink, from Robert Hancock.
16) Add PTP support to sja1105 DSA driver, from Vladimir Oltean.
17) Add mqprio qdisc offload support to dpaa2-eth, from Ioana
Radulescu.
18) Add devlink health reporting to mlx5, from Moshe Shemesh.
19) Convert stmmac over to phylink, from Jose Abreu.
20) Add PTP PHC (Physical Hardware Clock) support to mlxsw, from
Shalom Toledo.
21) Add nftables SYNPROXY support, from Fernando Fernandez Mancera.
22) Convert tcp_fastopen over to use SipHash, from Ard Biesheuvel.
23) Track spill/fill of constants in BPF verifier, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
24) Support bounded loops in BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
25) Various page_pool API fixes and improvements, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
26) Just like ipv4, support ref-countless ipv6 route handling. From
Wei Wang.
27) Support VLAN offloading in aquantia driver, from Igor Russkikh.
28) Add AF_XDP zero-copy support to mlx5, from Maxim Mikityanskiy.
29) Add flower GRE encap/decap support to nfp driver, from Pieter
Jansen van Vuuren.
30) Protect against stack overflow when using act_mirred, from John
Hurley.
31) Allow devmap map lookups from eBPF, from Toke Høiland-Jørgensen.
32) Use page_pool API in netsec driver, Ilias Apalodimas.
33) Add Google gve network driver, from Catherine Sullivan.
34) More indirect call avoidance, from Paolo Abeni.
35) Add kTLS TX HW offload support to mlx5, from Tariq Toukan.
36) Add XDP_REDIRECT support to bnxt_en, from Andy Gospodarek.
37) Add MPLS manipulation actions to TC, from John Hurley.
38) Add sending a packet to connection tracking from TC actions, and
then allow flower classifier matching on conntrack state. From
Paul Blakey.
39) Netfilter hw offload support, from Pablo Neira Ayuso"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2080 commits)
net/mlx5e: Return in default case statement in tx_post_resync_params
mlx5: Return -EINVAL when WARN_ON_ONCE triggers in mlx5e_tls_resync().
net: dsa: add support for BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute
pkt_sched: Include const.h
net: netsec: remove static declaration for netsec_set_tx_de()
net: netsec: remove superfluous if statement
netfilter: nf_tables: add hardware offload support
net: flow_offload: rename tc_cls_flower_offload to flow_cls_offload
net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_is_busy() and use it
net: sched: remove tcf block API
drivers: net: use flow block API
net: sched: use flow block API
net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_{priv, incref, decref}()
net: flow_offload: add list handling functions
net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_alloc() and flow_block_cb_free()
net: flow_offload: rename TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_*
net: flow_offload: rename TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND
net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_setup_simple()
net: hisilicon: Add an tx_desc to adapt HI13X1_GMAC
net: hisilicon: Add an rx_desc to adapt HI13X1_GMAC
...
This patch adds hardware offload support for nftables through the
existing netdev_ops->ndo_setup_tc() interface, the TC_SETUP_CLSFLOWER
classifier and the flow rule API. This hardware offload support is
available for the NFPROTO_NETDEV family and the ingress hook.
Each nftables expression has a new ->offload interface, that is used to
populate the flow rule object that is attached to the transaction
object.
There is a new per-table NFT_TABLE_F_HW flag, that is set on to offload
an entire table, including all of its chains.
This patch supports for basic metadata (layer 3 and 4 protocol numbers),
5-tuple payload matching and the accept/drop actions; this also includes
basechain hardware offload only.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And any other existing fields in this structure that refer to tc.
Specifically:
* tc_cls_flower_offload_flow_rule() to flow_cls_offload_flow_rule().
* TC_CLSFLOWER_* to FLOW_CLS_*.
* tc_cls_common_offload to tc_cls_common_offload.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a function to check if flow block callback is already in
use. Call this new function from flow_block_cb_setup_simple() and from
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API.
Several drivers are also adjusted to use it.
This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for
blocks that are already in use.
Remove tc_block_offload alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch completes the flow block API to introduce:
* flow_block_cb_priv() to access callback private data.
* flow_block_cb_incref() to bump reference counter on this flow block.
* flow_block_cb_decref() to decrement the reference counter.
These functions are taken from the existing tcf_block_cb_priv(),
tcf_block_cb_incref() and tcf_block_cb_decref().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the list handling functions for the flow block API:
* flow_block_cb_lookup() allows drivers to look up for existing flow blocks.
* flow_block_cb_add() adds a flow block to the per driver list to be registered
by the core.
* flow_block_cb_remove() to remove a flow block from the list of existing
flow blocks per driver and to request the core to unregister this.
The flow block API also annotates the netns this flow block belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new helper function to allocate flow_block_cb objects.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename from TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* and
remove temporary tcf_block_binder_type alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename from TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND and remove
temporary tc_block_command alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most drivers do the same thing to set up the flow block callbacks, this
patch adds a helper function to do this.
This preparation patch reduces the number of changes to adapt the
existing drivers to use the flow block callback API.
This new helper function takes a flow block list per-driver, which is
set to NULL until this driver list is used.
This patch also introduces the flow_block_command and
flow_block_binder_type enumerations, which are renamed to use
FLOW_BLOCK_* in follow up patches.
There are three definitions (aliases) in order to reduce the number of
updates in this patch, which go away once drivers are fully adapted to
use this flow block API.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Retreives connection tracking zone, mark, label, and state from
a SKB.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow sending a packet to conntrack module for connection tracking.
The packet will be marked with conntrack connection's state, and
any metadata such as conntrack mark and label. This state metadata
can later be matched against with tc classifers, for example with the
flower classifier as below.
In addition to committing new connections the user can optionally
specific a zone to track within, set a mark/label and configure nat
with an address range and port range.
Usage is as follows:
$ tc qdisc add dev ens1f0_0 ingress
$ tc qdisc add dev ens1f0_1 ingress
$ tc filter add dev ens1f0_0 ingress \
prio 1 chain 0 proto ip \
flower ip_proto tcp ct_state -trk \
action ct zone 2 pipe \
action goto chain 2
$ tc filter add dev ens1f0_0 ingress \
prio 1 chain 2 proto ip \
flower ct_state +trk+new \
action ct zone 2 commit mark 0xbb nat src addr 5.5.5.7 pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev ens1f0_1
$ tc filter add dev ens1f0_0 ingress \
prio 1 chain 2 proto ip \
flower ct_zone 2 ct_mark 0xbb ct_state +trk+est \
action ct nat pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev ens1f0_1
$ tc filter add dev ens1f0_1 ingress \
prio 1 chain 0 proto ip \
flower ip_proto tcp ct_state -trk \
action ct zone 2 pipe \
action goto chain 1
$ tc filter add dev ens1f0_1 ingress \
prio 1 chain 1 proto ip \
flower ct_zone 2 ct_mark 0xbb ct_state +trk+est \
action ct nat pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev ens1f0_0
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yossi Kuperman <yossiku@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Changelog:
V5->V6:
Added CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV6 in handle fragments ipv6 case
V4->V5:
Reordered nf_conntrack_put() in tcf_ct_skb_nfct_cached()
V3->V4:
Added strict_start_type for act_ct policy
V2->V3:
Fixed david's comments: Removed extra newline after rcu in tcf_ct_params , and indent of break in act_ct.c
V1->V2:
Fixed parsing of ranges TCA_CT_NAT_IPV6_MAX as 'else' case overwritten ipv4 max
Refactored NAT_PORT_MIN_MAX range handling as well
Added ipv4/ipv6 defragmentation
Removed extra skb pull push of nw offset in exectute nat
Refactored tcf_ct_skb_network_trim after pull
Removed TCA_ACT_CT define
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using
a representor netdevice.
To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF,
and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour.
When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of
the port.
Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best
effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme.
$ devlink port show
pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0
pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0
pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented
using a representor netdevice.
To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with
PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port
flavour and port attriute.
When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the
port.
Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis.
So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme.
$ devlink port show
pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common
and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a
different structure.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a return code for the tls_dev_resync callback.
When the driver TX resync fails, kernel can retry the resync again
until it succeeds. This prevents drivers from attempting to offload
TLS packets if the connection is known to be out of sync.
We don't worry about the RX resync since they will be retried naturally
as more encrypted records get received.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like other endpoint features, strm_interleave should be moved to
sctp_endpoint and renamed to intl_enable.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To keep consistent with other asoc features, we move intl_enable
to peer.intl_capable in asoc.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like reconf_enable, prsctp_enable should also be removed from asoc,
as asoc->peer.prsctp_capable has taken its job.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
asoc's reconf support is actually decided by the 4-shakehand negotiation,
not something that users can set by sockopt. asoc->peer.reconf_capable is
working for this. So remove it from asoc.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, TC offers the ability to match on the MPLS fields of a packet
through the use of the flow_dissector_key_mpls struct. However, as yet, TC
actions do not allow the modification or manipulation of such fields.
Add a new module that registers TC action ops to allow manipulation of
MPLS. This includes the ability to push and pop headers as well as modify
the contents of new or existing headers. A further action to decrement the
TTL field of an MPLS header is also provided with a new helper added to
support this.
Examples of the usage of the new action with flower rules to push and pop
MPLS labels are:
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent ffff: flower \
action mpls push protocol mpls_uc label 123 \
action mirred egress redirect dev eth1
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol mpls_uc parent ffff: flower \
action mpls pop protocol ipv4 \
action mirred egress redirect dev eth1
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Processes can request ipv6 flowlabels with cmsg IPV6_FLOWINFO.
If not set, by default an autogenerated flowlabel is selected.
Explicit flowlabels require a control operation per label plus a
datapath check on every connection (every datagram if unconnected).
This is particularly expensive on unconnected sockets multiplexing
many flows, such as QUIC.
In the common case, where no lease is exclusive, the check can be
safely elided, as both lease request and check trivially succeed.
Indeed, autoflowlabel does the same even with exclusive leases.
Elide the check if no process has requested an exclusive lease.
fl6_sock_lookup previously returns either a reference to a lease or
NULL to denote failure. Modify to return a real error and update
all callers. On return NULL, they can use the label and will elide
the atomic_dec in fl6_sock_release.
This is an optimization. Robust applications still have to revert to
requesting leases if the fast path fails due to an exclusive lease.
Changes RFC->v1:
- use static_key_false_deferred to rate limit jump label operations
- call static_key_deferred_flush to stop timers on exit
- move decrement out of RCU context
- defer optimization also if opt data is associated with a lease
- updated all fp6_sock_lookup callers, not just udp
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Push
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'keys-namespace-20190627' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
Pull keyring namespacing from David Howells:
"These patches help make keys and keyrings more namespace aware.
Firstly some miscellaneous patches to make the process easier:
- Simplify key index_key handling so that the word-sized chunks
assoc_array requires don't have to be shifted about, making it
easier to add more bits into the key.
- Cache the hash value in the key so that we don't have to calculate
on every key we examine during a search (it involves a bunch of
multiplications).
- Allow keying_search() to search non-recursively.
Then the main patches:
- Make it so that keyring names are per-user_namespace from the point
of view of KEYCTL_JOIN_SESSION_KEYRING so that they're not
accessible cross-user_namespace.
keyctl_capabilities() shows KEYCTL_CAPS1_NS_KEYRING_NAME for this.
- Move the user and user-session keyrings to the user_namespace
rather than the user_struct. This prevents them propagating
directly across user_namespaces boundaries (ie. the KEY_SPEC_*
flags will only pick from the current user_namespace).
- Make it possible to include the target namespace in which the key
shall operate in the index_key. This will allow the possibility of
multiple keys with the same description, but different target
domains to be held in the same keyring.
keyctl_capabilities() shows KEYCTL_CAPS1_NS_KEY_TAG for this.
- Make it so that keys are implicitly invalidated by removal of a
domain tag, causing them to be garbage collected.
- Institute a network namespace domain tag that allows keys to be
differentiated by the network namespace in which they operate. New
keys that are of a type marked 'KEY_TYPE_NET_DOMAIN' are assigned
the network domain in force when they are created.
- Make it so that the desired network namespace can be handed down
into the request_key() mechanism. This allows AFS, NFS, etc. to
request keys specific to the network namespace of the superblock.
This also means that the keys in the DNS record cache are
thenceforth namespaced, provided network filesystems pass the
appropriate network namespace down into dns_query().
For DNS, AFS and NFS are good, whilst CIFS and Ceph are not. Other
cache keyrings, such as idmapper keyrings, also need to set the
domain tag - for which they need access to the network namespace of
the superblock"
* tag 'keys-namespace-20190627' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs:
keys: Pass the network namespace into request_key mechanism
keys: Network namespace domain tag
keys: Garbage collect keys for which the domain has been removed
keys: Include target namespace in match criteria
keys: Move the user and user-session keyrings to the user_namespace
keys: Namespace keyring names
keys: Add a 'recurse' flag for keyring searches
keys: Cache the hash value to avoid lots of recalculation
keys: Simplify key description management
socket->wq is assign-once, set when we are initializing both
struct socket it's in and struct socket_wq it points to. As the
matter of fact, the only reason for separate allocation was the
ability to RCU-delay freeing of socket_wq. RCU-delaying the
freeing of socket itself gets rid of that need, so we can just
fold struct socket_wq into the end of struct socket and simplify
the life both for sock_alloc_inode() (one allocation instead of
two) and for tun/tap oddballs, where we used to embed struct socket
and struct socket_wq into the same structure (now - embedding just
the struct socket).
Note that reference to struct socket_wq in struct sock does remain
a reference - that's unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-07-09
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Lots of libbpf improvements: i) addition of new APIs to attach BPF
programs to tracing entities such as {k,u}probes or tracepoints,
ii) improve specification of BTF-defined maps by eliminating the
need for data initialization for some of the members, iii) addition
of a high-level API for setting up and polling perf buffers for
BPF event output helpers, all from Andrii.
2) Add "prog run" subcommand to bpftool in order to test-run programs
through the kernel testing infrastructure of BPF, from Quentin.
3) Improve verifier for BPF sockaddr programs to support 8-byte stores
for user_ip6 and msg_src_ip6 members given clang tends to generate
such stores, from Stanislav.
4) Enable the new BPF JIT zero-extension optimization for further
riscv64 ALU ops, from Luke.
5) Fix a bpftool json JIT dump crash on powerpc, from Jiri.
6) Fix an AF_XDP race in generic XDP's receive path, from Ilya.
7) Various smaller fixes from Ilya, Yue and Arnd.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike driver mode, generic xdp receive could be triggered
by different threads on different CPU cores at the same time
leading to the fill and rx queue breakage. For example, this
could happen while sending packets from two processes to the
first interface of veth pair while the second part of it is
open with AF_XDP socket.
Need to take a lock for each generic receive to avoid race.
Fixes: c497176cb2 ("xsk: add Rx receive functions and poll support")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Maximets <i.maximets@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Tested-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Jesper recently removed page_pool_destroy() (from driver invocation)
and moved shutdown and free of page_pool into xdp_rxq_info_unreg(),
in-order to handle in-flight packets/pages. This created an asymmetry
in drivers create/destroy pairs.
This patch reintroduce page_pool_destroy and add page_pool user
refcnt. This serves the purpose to simplify drivers error handling as
driver now drivers always calls page_pool_destroy() and don't need to
track if xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model() was unsuccessful.
This could be used for a special cases where a single RX-queue (with a
single page_pool) provides packets for two net_device'es, and thus
needs to register the same page_pool twice with two xdp_rxq_info
structures.
This patch is primarily to ease API usage for drivers. The recently
merged netsec driver, actually have a bug in this area, which is
solved by this API change.
This patch is a modified version of Ivan Khoronzhuk's original patch.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20190625175948.24771-2-ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org/
Fixes: 5c67bf0ec4 ("net: netsec: Use page_pool API")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next:
1) Move bridge keys in nft_meta to nft_meta_bridge, from wenxu.
2) Support for bridge pvid matching, from wenxu.
3) Support for bridge vlan protocol matching, also from wenxu.
4) Add br_vlan_get_pvid_rcu(), to fetch the bridge port pvid
from packet path.
5) Prefer specific family extension in nf_tables.
6) Autoload specific family extension in case it is missing.
7) Add synproxy support to nf_tables, from Fernando Fernandez Mancera.
8) Support for GRE encapsulation in IPVS, from Vadim Fedorenko.
9) ICMP handling for GRE encapsulation, from Julian Anastasov.
10) Remove unused parameter in nf_queue, from Florian Westphal.
11) Replace seq_printf() by seq_puts() in nf_log, from Markus Elfring.
12) Rename nf_SYNPROXY.h => nf_synproxy.h before this header becomes
public.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"The timer and timekeeping departement delivers:
Core:
- The consolidation of the VDSO code into a generic library including
the conversion of x86 and ARM64. Conversion of ARM and MIPS are en
route through the relevant maintainer trees and should end up in
5.4.
This gets rid of the unnecessary different copies of the same code
and brings all architectures on the same level of VDSO
functionality.
- Make the NTP user space interface more robust by restricting the
TAI offset to prevent undefined behaviour. Includes a selftest.
- Validate user input in the compat settimeofday() syscall to catch
invalid values which would be turned into valid values by a
multiplication overflow
- Consolidate the time accessors
- Small fixes, improvements and cleanups all over the place
Drivers:
- Support for the NXP system counter, TI davinci timer
- Move the Microsoft HyperV clocksource/events code into the
drivers/clocksource directory so it can be shared between x86 and
ARM64.
- Overhaul of the Tegra driver
- Delay timer support for IXP4xx
- Small fixes, improvements and cleanups as usual"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (71 commits)
time: Validate user input in compat_settimeofday()
timer: Document TIMER_PINNED
clocksource/drivers: Continue making Hyper-V clocksource ISA agnostic
clocksource/drivers: Make Hyper-V clocksource ISA agnostic
MAINTAINERS: Fix Andy's surname and the directory entries of VDSO
hrtimer: Use a bullet for the returns bullet list
arm64: vdso: Fix compilation with clang older than 8
arm64: compat: Fix __arch_get_hw_counter() implementation
arm64: Fix __arch_get_hw_counter() implementation
lib/vdso: Make delta calculation work correctly
MAINTAINERS: Add entry for the generic VDSO library
arm64: compat: No need for pre-ARMv7 barriers on an ARMv8 system
arm64: vdso: Remove unnecessary asm-offsets.c definitions
vdso: Remove superfluous #ifdef __KERNEL__ in vdso/datapage.h
clocksource/drivers/davinci: Add support for clocksource
clocksource/drivers/davinci: Add support for clockevents
clocksource/drivers/tegra: Set up maximum-ticks limit properly
clocksource/drivers/tegra: Cycles can't be 0
clocksource/drivers/tegra: Restore base address before cleanup
clocksource/drivers/tegra: Add verbose definition for 1MHz constant
...
When CONFIG_BPF is disabled, we get a warning for an unused
variable:
In file included from drivers/target/target_core_device.c:26:
include/net/tcp.h:2226:19: error: unused variable 'tp' [-Werror,-Wunused-variable]
struct tcp_sock *tp = tcp_sk(sk);
The variable is only used in one place, so it can be
replaced with its value there to avoid the warning.
Fixes: 23729ff231 ("bpf: add BPF_CGROUP_SOCK_OPS callback that is executed on every RTT")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Changes made to add HCI Write Authenticated Payload timeout
command for LE Ping feature.
As per the Core Specification 5.0 Volume 2 Part E Section 7.3.94,
the following code changes implements
HCI Write Authenticated Payload timeout command for LE Ping feature.
Signed-off-by: Spoorthi Ravishankar Koppad <spoorthix.k@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2019-07-05
1) A lot of work to remove indirections from the xfrm code.
From Florian Westphal.
2) Fix a WARN_ON with ipv6 that triggered because of a
forgotten break statement. From Florian Westphal.
3) Remove xfrmi_init_net, it is not needed.
From Li RongQing.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate bridge meta key from nft_meta to meta_bridge to avoid a
dependency between the bridge module and nft_meta when using the bridge
API available through include/linux/if_bridge.h
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add synproxy support for nf_tables. This behaves like the iptables
synproxy target but it is structured in a way that allows us to propose
improvements in the future.
Signed-off-by: Fernando Fernandez Mancera <ffmancera@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-07-03
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
There is a minor merge conflict in mlx5 due to 8960b38932 ("linux/dim:
Rename externally used net_dim members") which has been pulled into your
tree in the meantime, but resolution seems not that bad ... getting current
bpf-next out now before there's coming more on mlx5. ;) I'm Cc'ing Saeed
just so he's aware of the resolution below:
** First conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c:
<<<<<<< HEAD
static int mlx5e_open_cq(struct mlx5e_channel *c,
struct dim_cq_moder moder,
struct mlx5e_cq_param *param,
struct mlx5e_cq *cq)
=======
int mlx5e_open_cq(struct mlx5e_channel *c, struct net_dim_cq_moder moder,
struct mlx5e_cq_param *param, struct mlx5e_cq *cq)
>>>>>>> e5a3e259ef
Resolution is to take the second chunk and rename net_dim_cq_moder into
dim_cq_moder. Also the signature for mlx5e_open_cq() in ...
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h +977
... and in mlx5e_open_xsk() ...
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en/xsk/setup.c +64
... needs the same rename from net_dim_cq_moder into dim_cq_moder.
** Second conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c:
<<<<<<< HEAD
int cpu = cpumask_first(mlx5_comp_irq_get_affinity_mask(priv->mdev, ix));
struct dim_cq_moder icocq_moder = {0, 0};
struct net_device *netdev = priv->netdev;
struct mlx5e_channel *c;
unsigned int irq;
=======
struct net_dim_cq_moder icocq_moder = {0, 0};
>>>>>>> e5a3e259ef
Take the second chunk and rename net_dim_cq_moder into dim_cq_moder
as well.
Let me know if you run into any issues. Anyway, the main changes are:
1) Long-awaited AF_XDP support for mlx5e driver, from Maxim.
2) Addition of two new per-cgroup BPF hooks for getsockopt and
setsockopt along with a new sockopt program type which allows more
fine-grained pass/reject settings for containers. Also add a sock_ops
callback that can be selectively enabled on a per-socket basis and is
executed for every RTT to help tracking TCP statistics, both features
from Stanislav.
3) Follow-up fix from loops in precision tracking which was not propagating
precision marks and as a result verifier assumed that some branches were
not taken and therefore wrongly removed as dead code, from Alexei.
4) Fix BPF cgroup release synchronization race which could lead to a
double-free if a leaf's cgroup_bpf object is released and a new BPF
program is attached to the one of ancestor cgroups in parallel, from Roman.
5) Support for bulking XDP_TX on veth devices which improves performance
in some cases by around 9%, from Toshiaki.
6) Allow for lookups into BPF devmap and improve feedback when calling into
bpf_redirect_map() as lookup is now performed right away in the helper
itself, from Toke.
7) Add support for fq's Earliest Departure Time to the Host Bandwidth
Manager (HBM) sample BPF program, from Lawrence.
8) Various cleanups and minor fixes all over the place from many others.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, gratuitous ARP/ND packets are sent every `miimon'
milliseconds. This commit allows a user to specify a custom delay
through a new option, `peer_notif_delay'.
Like for `updelay' and `downdelay', this delay should be a multiple of
`miimon' to avoid managing an additional work queue. The configuration
logic is copied from `updelay' and `downdelay'. However, the default
value cannot be set using a module parameter: Netlink or sysfs should
be used to configure this feature.
When setting `miimon' to 100 and `peer_notif_delay' to 500, we can
observe the 500 ms delay is respected:
20:30:19.354693 ARP, Request who-has 203.0.113.10 tell 203.0.113.10, length 28
20:30:19.874892 ARP, Request who-has 203.0.113.10 tell 203.0.113.10, length 28
20:30:20.394919 ARP, Request who-has 203.0.113.10 tell 203.0.113.10, length 28
20:30:20.914963 ARP, Request who-has 203.0.113.10 tell 203.0.113.10, length 28
In bond_mii_monitor(), I have tried to keep the lock logic readable.
The change is due to the fact we cannot rely on a notification to
lower the value of `bond->send_peer_notif' as `NETDEV_NOTIFY_PEERS' is
only triggered once every N times, while we need to decrement the
counter each time.
iproute2 also needs to be updated to be able to specify this new
attribute through `ip link'.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same code is replicated verbatim in multiple places, and the next
patches will introduce an additional user for it. Factor out a
helper and use it where appropriate. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2019-07-03
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Fix the interpreter to properly handle BPF_ALU32 | BPF_ARSH
on BE architectures, from Jiong.
2) Fix several bugs in the x32 BPF JIT for handling shifts by 0,
from Luke and Xi.
3) Fix NULL pointer deref in btf_type_is_resolve_source_only(),
from Stanislav.
4) Properly handle the check that forwarding is enabled on the device
in bpf_ipv6_fib_lookup() helper code, from Anton.
5) Fix UAPI bpf_prog_info fields alignment for archs that have 16 bit
alignment such as m68k, from Baruch.
6) Fix kernel hanging in unregister_netdevice loop while unregistering
device bound to XDP socket, from Ilya.
7) Properly terminate tail update in xskq_produce_flush_desc(), from Nathan.
8) Fix broken always_inline handling in test_lwt_seg6local, from Jiri.
9) Fix bpftool to use correct argument in cgroup errors, from Jakub.
10) Fix detaching dummy prog in XDP redirect sample code, from Prashant.
11) Add Jonathan to AF_XDP reviewers, from Björn.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Performance impact should be minimal because it's under a new
BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTT_CB_FLAG flag that has to be explicitly enabled.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Device that bound to XDP socket will not have zero refcount until the
userspace application will not close it. This leads to hang inside
'netdev_wait_allrefs()' if device unregistering requested:
# ip link del p1
< hang on recvmsg on netlink socket >
# ps -x | grep ip
5126 pts/0 D+ 0:00 ip link del p1
# journalctl -b
Jun 05 07:19:16 kernel:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for p1 to become free. Usage count = 1
Jun 05 07:19:27 kernel:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for p1 to become free. Usage count = 1
...
Fix that by implementing NETDEV_UNREGISTER event notification handler
to properly clean up all the resources and unref device.
This should also allow socket killing via ss(8) utility.
Fixes: 965a990984 ("xsk: add support for bind for Rx")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Maximets <i.maximets@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Since the dma direction is stored in page pool params, offer an API
helper for driver that choose not to keep track of it locally
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 86029d10af ("tls: zero the crypto information from tls_context
before freeing") added memzero_explicit() calls to clear the key material
before freeing struct tls_context, but it missed tls_device.c has its
own way of freeing this structure. Replace the missing free.
Fixes: 86029d10af ("tls: zero the crypto information from tls_context before freeing")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix GUE_PFLAG_REMCSUM to use "U" cast to avoid shifting signed
32-bit value by 31 bits problem.
Signed-off-by: Vandana BN <bnvandana@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend flowlabel_reflect bitmask to allow conditional
reflection of incoming flowlabels in echo replies.
Note this has precedence against auto flowlabels.
Add flowlabel_reflect enum to replace hard coded
values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix DST_FEATURE_ECN_CA to use "U" cast to avoid shifting signed
32-bit value by 31 bits problem.
Signed-off-by: Vandana BN <bnvandana@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
esp4_get_mtu and esp6_get_mtu are exactly the same, the only difference
is a single sizeof() (ipv4 vs. ipv6 header).
Merge both into xfrm_state_mtu() and remove the indirection.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This series adds some misc updates for mlx5e driver
1) Allow adding the same mac more than once in MPFS table
2) Move to HW checksumming advertising
3) Report netdevice MPLS features
4) Correct physical port name of the PF representor
5) Reduce stack usage in mlx5_eswitch_termtbl_create
6) Refresh TIR improvement for representors
7) Expose same physical switch_id for all representors
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl0WnOAACgkQSD+KveBX
+j6xQwgAuarc5NCi8jg9m+yXFXj/kr1cPwZ6Pxadi8hAd3NbEMGtutdFZIXsIXZZ
y0uYxzkrCqXUUh2ZnpE09YlBISLyVSt3WGdqgJn1wel//O33gS6GpYXwVGOfgL7n
+d9FCYvrun6v6aOHM5ZGxQ+qxHzupz5k4F0r7fz2Gsd+JEgL58nwc8ERSbOTbZMO
TLO1pcxlXWwGSqd5uc4AHi8hZTvuzWl/Fm5hOTP9gx/Sl3UaYWa3WiTgj5uOD5Zt
956Xqk0LLwSaiKVAsFjIa7HHWOaDLnVmbmTUzhv82hharqmvPW1CIWlx1gv01KoP
wMWoyyoy7cTyyrWNozWEed/14LyEVA==
=S4bJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2019-06-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2019-06-28
This series adds some misc updates for mlx5e driver
1) Allow adding the same mac more than once in MPFS table
2) Move to HW checksumming advertising
3) Report netdevice MPLS features
4) Correct physical port name of the PF representor
5) Reduce stack usage in mlx5_eswitch_termtbl_create
6) Refresh TIR improvement for representors
7) Expose same physical switch_id for all representors
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netfilter did not expect that skb_dst_force() can cause skb to lose its
dst entry.
I got a bug report with a skb->dst NULL dereference in netfilter
output path. The backtrace contains nf_reinject(), so the dst might have
been cleared when skb got queued to userspace.
Other users were fixed via
if (skb_dst(skb)) {
skb_dst_force(skb);
if (!skb_dst(skb))
goto handle_err;
}
But I think its preferable to make the 'dst might be cleared' part
of the function explicit.
In netfilter case, skb with a null dst is expected when queueing in
prerouting hook, so drop skb for the other hooks.
v2:
v1 of this patch returned true in case skb had no dst entry.
Eric said:
Say if we have two skb_dst_force() calls for some reason
on the same skb, only the first one will return false.
This now returns false even when skb had no dst, as per Erics
suggestion, so callers might need to check skb_dst() first before
skb_dst_force().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Misc updates from mlx5-next branch:
1) E-Switch vport metadata support for source vport matching
2) Convert mkey_table to XArray
3) Shared IRQs and to use single IRQ for all async EQs
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The TC_ACT_REINSERT return type was added as an in-kernel only option to
allow a packet ingress or egress redirect. This is used to avoid
unnecessary skb clones in situations where they are not required. If a TC
hook returns this code then the packet is 'reinserted' and no skb consume
is carried out as no clone took place.
This return type is only used in act_mirred. Rather than have the reinsert
called from the main datapath, call it directly in act_mirred. Instead of
returning TC_ACT_REINSERT, change the type to the new TC_ACT_CONSUMED
which tells the caller that the packet has been stolen by another process
and that no consume call is required.
Moving all redirect calls to the act_mirred code is in preparation for
tracking recursion created by act_mirred.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Fix memleak reported by syzkaller when registering IPVS hooks,
patch from Julian Anastasov.
2) Fix memory leak in start_sync_thread, also from Julian.
3) Fix conntrack deletion via ctnetlink, from Felix Kaechele.
4) Fix reject for ICMP due to incorrect checksum handling, from
He Zhe.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new route handling in ip_mc_finish_output() from 'net' overlapped
with the new support for returning congestion notifications from BPF
programs.
In order to handle this I had to take the dev_loopback_xmit() calls
out of the switch statement.
The aquantia driver conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers want to access the data transmitted in order to implement
acceleration features of the NICs. It is also useful in AF_XDP TX flow.
Change the xsk_umem_consume_tx API to return the whole xdp_desc, that
contains the data pointer, length and DMA address, instead of only the
latter two. Adapt the implementation of i40e and ixgbe to this change.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Cc: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add a function that checks whether the Fill Ring has the specified
amount of descriptors available. It will be useful for mlx5e that wants
to check in advance, whether it can allocate a bulk of RX descriptors,
to get the best performance.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
There is no functional change in this patch, it only prepares the next one.
rt6_nexthop() will be used by ip6_dst_lookup_neigh(), which uses const
variables.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Acked-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create key domain tags for network namespaces and make it possible to
automatically tag keys that are used by networked services (e.g. AF_RXRPC,
AFS, DNS) with the default network namespace if not set by the caller.
This allows keys with the same description but in different namespaces to
coexist within a keyring.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
cc: linux-cifs@vger.kernel.org
cc: linux-afs@lists.infradead.org
Multicast or broadcast egress packets have rt_iif set to the oif. These
packets might be recirculated back as input and lookup to the raw
sockets may fail because they are bound to the incoming interface
(skb_iif). If rt_iif is not zero, during the lookup, inet_iif() function
returns rt_iif instead of skb_iif. Hence, the lookup fails.
v2: Make it non vrf specific (David Ahern). Reword the changelog to
reflect it.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resolve conflict between d2912cb15b ("treewide: Replace GPLv2
boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 500") removing the GPL disclaimer
and fe03d47456 ("Update my email address") which updates Jozsef
Kadlecsik's email.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since commit 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst
cache"), route exceptions reside in a separate hash table, and won't be
found by walking the FIB, so they won't be dumped to userspace on a
RTM_GETROUTE message.
This causes 'ip -6 route list cache' and 'ip -6 route flush cache' to
have no function anymore:
# ip -6 route get fc00:3::1
fc00:3::1 via fc00:1::2 dev veth_A-R1 src fc00:1::1 metric 1024 expires 539sec mtu 1400 pref medium
# ip -6 route get fc00:4::1
fc00:4::1 via fc00:2::2 dev veth_A-R2 src fc00:2::1 metric 1024 expires 536sec mtu 1500 pref medium
# ip -6 route list cache
# ip -6 route flush cache
# ip -6 route get fc00:3::1
fc00:3::1 via fc00:1::2 dev veth_A-R1 src fc00:1::1 metric 1024 expires 520sec mtu 1400 pref medium
# ip -6 route get fc00:4::1
fc00:4::1 via fc00:2::2 dev veth_A-R2 src fc00:2::1 metric 1024 expires 519sec mtu 1500 pref medium
because iproute2 lists cached routes using RTM_GETROUTE, and flushes them
by listing all the routes, and deleting them with RTM_DELROUTE one by one.
If cached routes are requested using the RTM_F_CLONED flag together with
strict checking, or if no strict checking is requested (and hence we can't
consistently apply filters), look up exceptions in the hash table
associated with the current fib6_info in rt6_dump_route(), and, if present
and not expired, add them to the dump.
We might be unable to dump all the entries for a given node in a single
message, so keep track of how many entries were handled for the current
node in fib6_walker, and skip that amount in case we start from the same
partially dumped node.
When a partial dump restarts, as the starting node might change when
'sernum' changes, we have no guarantee that we need to skip the same
amount of in-node entries. Therefore, we need two counters, and we need to
zero the in-node counter if the node from which the dump is resumed
differs.
Note that, with the current version of iproute2, this only fixes the
'ip -6 route list cache': on a flush command, iproute2 doesn't pass
RTM_F_CLONED and, due to this inconsistency, 'ip -6 route flush cache' is
still unable to fetch the routes to be flushed. This will be addressed in
a patch for iproute2.
To flush cached routes, a procfs entry could be introduced instead: that's
how it works for IPv4. We already have a rt6_flush_exception() function
ready to be wired to it. However, this would not solve the issue for
listing.
Versions of iproute2 and kernel tested:
iproute2
kernel 4.14.0 4.15.0 4.19.0 5.0.0 5.1.0 5.1.0, patched
3.18 list + + + + + +
flush + + + + + +
4.4 list + + + + + +
flush + + + + + +
4.9 list + + + + + +
flush + + + + + +
4.14 list + + + + + +
flush + + + + + +
4.15 list
flush
4.19 list
flush
5.0 list
flush
5.1 list
flush
with list + + + + + +
fix flush + + + +
v7:
- Explain usage of "skip" counters in commit message (suggested by
David Ahern)
v6:
- Rebase onto net-next, use recently introduced nexthop walker
- Make rt6_nh_dump_exceptions() a separate function (suggested by David
Ahern)
v5:
- Use dump_routes and dump_exceptions from filter, ignore NLM_F_MATCH,
update test results (flushing works with iproute2 < 5.0.0 now)
v4:
- Split NLM_F_MATCH and strict check handling in separate patches
- Filter routes using RTM_F_CLONED: if it's not set, only return
non-cached routes, and if it's set, only return cached routes:
change requested by David Ahern and Martin Lau. This implies that
iproute2 needs a separate patch to be able to flush IPv6 cached
routes. This is not ideal because we can't fix the breakage caused
by 2b760fcf5c entirely in kernel. However, two years have passed
since then, and this makes it more tolerable
v3:
- More descriptive comment about expired exceptions in rt6_dump_route()
- Swap return values of rt6_dump_route() (suggested by Martin Lau)
- Don't zero skip_in_node in case we don't dump anything in a given pass
(also suggested by Martin Lau)
- Remove check on RTM_F_CLONED altogether: in the current UAPI semantic,
it's just a flag to indicate the route was cloned, not to filter on
routes
v2: Add tracking of number of entries to be skipped in current node after
a partial dump. As we restart from the same node, if not all the
exceptions for a given node fit in a single message, the dump will
not terminate, as suggested by Martin Lau. This is a concrete
possibility, setting up a big number of exceptions for the same route
actually causes the issue, suggested by David Ahern.
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Fixes: 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst cache")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 4895c771c7 ("ipv4: Add FIB nexthop exceptions."), cached
exception routes are stored as a separate entity, so they are not dumped
on a FIB dump, even if the RTM_F_CLONED flag is passed.
This implies that the command 'ip route list cache' doesn't return any
result anymore.
If the RTM_F_CLONED is passed, and strict checking requested, retrieve
nexthop exception routes and dump them. If no strict checking is
requested, filtering can't be performed consistently: dump everything in
that case.
With this, we need to add an argument to the netlink callback in order to
track how many entries were already dumped for the last leaf included in
a partial netlink dump.
A single additional argument is sufficient, even if we traverse logically
nested structures (nexthop objects, hash table buckets, bucket chains): it
doesn't matter if we stop in the middle of any of those, because they are
always traversed the same way. As an example, s_i values in [], s_fa
values in ():
node (fa) #1 [1]
nexthop #1
bucket #1 -> #0 in chain (1)
bucket #2 -> #0 in chain (2) -> #1 in chain (3) -> #2 in chain (4)
bucket #3 -> #0 in chain (5) -> #1 in chain (6)
nexthop #2
bucket #1 -> #0 in chain (7) -> #1 in chain (8)
bucket #2 -> #0 in chain (9)
--
node (fa) #2 [2]
nexthop #1
bucket #1 -> #0 in chain (1) -> #1 in chain (2)
bucket #2 -> #0 in chain (3)
it doesn't matter if we stop at (3), (4), (7) for "node #1", or at (2)
for "node #2": walking flattens all that.
It would even be possible to drop the distinction between the in-tree
(s_i) and in-node (s_fa) counter, but a further improvement might
advise against this. This is only as accurate as the existing tracking
mechanism for leaves: if a partial dump is restarted after exceptions
are removed or expired, we might skip some non-dumped entries.
To improve this, we could attach a 'sernum' attribute (similar to the
one used for IPv6) to nexthop entities, and bump this counter whenever
exceptions change: having a distinction between the two counters would
make this more convenient.
Listing of exception routes (modified routes pre-3.5) was tested against
these versions of kernel and iproute2:
iproute2
kernel 4.14.0 4.15.0 4.19.0 5.0.0 5.1.0
3.5-rc4 + + + + +
4.4
4.9
4.14
4.15
4.19
5.0
5.1
fixed + + + + +
v7:
- Move loop over nexthop objects to route.c, and pass struct fib_info
and table ID to it, not a struct fib_alias (suggested by David Ahern)
- While at it, note that the NULL check on fa->fa_info is redundant,
and the check on RTNH_F_DEAD is also not consistent with what's done
with regular route listing: just keep it for nhc_flags
- Rename entry point function for dumping exceptions to
fib_dump_info_fnhe(), and rearrange arguments for consistency with
fib_dump_info()
- Rename fnhe_dump_buckets() to fnhe_dump_bucket() and make it handle
one bucket at a time
- Expand commit message to describe why we can have a single "skip"
counter for all exceptions stored in bucket chains in nexthop objects
(suggested by David Ahern)
v6:
- Rebased onto net-next
- Loop over nexthop paths too. Move loop over fnhe buckets to route.c,
avoids need to export rt_fill_info() and to touch exceptions from
fib_trie.c. Pass NULL as flow to rt_fill_info(), it now allows that
(suggested by David Ahern)
Fixes: 4895c771c7 ("ipv4: Add FIB nexthop exceptions.")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patches add back the ability to dump IPv4 and IPv6 exception
routes, and we need to allow selection of regular routes or exceptions.
Use RTM_F_CLONED as filter to decide whether to dump routes or exceptions:
iproute2 passes it in dump requests (except for IPv6 cache flush requests,
this will be fixed in iproute2) and this used to work as long as
exceptions were stored directly in the FIB, for both IPv4 and IPv6.
Caveat: if strict checking is not requested (that is, if the dump request
doesn't go through ip_valid_fib_dump_req()), we can't filter on protocol,
tables or route types.
In this case, filtering on RTM_F_CLONED would be inconsistent: we would
fix 'ip route list cache' by returning exception routes and at the same
time introduce another bug in case another selector is present, e.g. on
'ip route list cache table main' we would return all exception routes,
without filtering on tables.
Keep this consistent by applying no filters at all, and dumping both
routes and exceptions, if strict checking is not requested. iproute2
currently filters results anyway, and no unwanted results will be
presented to the user. The kernel will just dump more data than needed.
v7: No changes
v6: Rebase onto net-next, no changes
v5: New patch: add dump_routes and dump_exceptions flags in filter and
simply clear the unwanted one if strict checking is enabled, don't
ignore NLM_F_MATCH and don't set filter_set if NLM_F_MATCH is set.
Skip filtering altogether if no strict checking is requested:
selecting routes or exceptions only would be inconsistent with the
fact we can't filter on tables.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For tx path, in most cases, we still have to take refcnt on the dst
cause the caller is caching the dst somewhere. But it still is
beneficial to make use of RT6_LOOKUP_F_DST_NOREF flag while doing the
route lookup. It is cause this flag prevents manipulating refcnt on
net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry when doing fib6_rule_lookup() to traverse each
routing table. The null_entry is a shared object and constant updates on
it cause false sharing.
We converted the current major lookup function ip6_route_output_flags()
to make use of RT6_LOOKUP_F_DST_NOREF.
Together with the change in the rx path, we see noticable performance
boost:
I ran synflood tests between 2 hosts under the same switch. Both hosts
have 20G mlx NIC, and 8 tx/rx queues.
Sender sends pure SYN flood with random src IPs and ports using trafgen.
Receiver has a simple TCP listener on the target port.
Both hosts have multiple custom rules:
- For incoming packets, only local table is traversed.
- For outgoing packets, 3 tables are traversed to find the route.
The packet processing rate on the receiver is as follows:
- Before the fix: 3.78Mpps
- After the fix: 5.50Mpps
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch specifically converts the rule lookup logic to honor this
flag and not release refcnt when traversing each rule and calling
lookup() on each routing table.
Similar to previous patch, we also need some special handling of dst
entries in uncached list because there is always 1 refcnt taken for them
even if RT6_LOOKUP_F_DST_NOREF flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new flag is to instruct the route lookup function to not take
refcnt on the dst entry. The user which does route lookup with this flag
must properly use rcu protection.
ip6_pol_route() is the major route lookup function for both tx and rx
path.
In this function:
Do not take refcnt on dst if RT6_LOOKUP_F_DST_NOREF flag is set, and
directly return the route entry. The caller should be holding rcu lock
when using this flag, and decide whether to take refcnt or not.
One note on the dst cache in the uncached_list:
As uncached_list does not consume refcnt, one refcnt is always returned
back to the caller even if RT6_LOOKUP_F_DST_NOREF flag is set.
Uncached dst is only possible in the output path. So in such call path,
caller MUST check if the dst is in the uncached_list before assuming
that there is no refcnt taken on the returned dst.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The linux-next commit "inet: fix various use-after-free in defrags
units" [1] introduced compilation warnings,
./include/net/inet_frag.h:117:1: warning: 'inline' is not at beginning
of declaration [-Wold-style-declaration]
static void inline fqdir_pre_exit(struct fqdir *fqdir)
^~~~~~
In file included from ./include/net/netns/ipv4.h:10,
from ./include/net/net_namespace.h:20,
from ./include/linux/netdevice.h:38,
from ./include/linux/icmpv6.h:13,
from ./include/linux/ipv6.h:86,
from ./include/net/ipv6.h:12,
from ./include/rdma/ib_verbs.h:51,
from ./include/linux/mlx5/device.h:37,
from ./include/linux/mlx5/driver.h:51,
from
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c:37:
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20190618180900.88939-3-edumazet@google.com/
Signed-off-by: Qian Cai <cai@lca.pw>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some changes to the TCP fastopen code to make it more robust
against future changes in the choice of key/cookie size, etc.
- Instead of keeping the SipHash key in an untyped u8[] buffer
and casting it to the right type upon use, use the correct
type directly. This ensures that the key will appear at the
correct alignment if we ever change the way these data
structures are allocated. (Currently, they are only allocated
via kmalloc so they always appear at the correct alignment)
- Use DIV_ROUND_UP when sizing the u64[] array to hold the
cookie, so it is always of sufficient size, even if
TCP_FASTOPEN_COOKIE_MAX is no longer a multiple of 8.
- Drop the 'len' parameter from the tcp_fastopen_reset_cipher()
function, which is no longer used.
- Add endian swabbing when setting the keys and calculating the hash,
to ensure that cookie values are the same for a given key and
source/destination address pair regardless of the endianness of
the server.
Note that none of these are functional changes wrt the current
state of the code, with the exception of the swabbing, which only
affects big endian systems.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes boot uniformly boottime and tai uniformly clocktai, to
address the remaining oversights.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190621203249.3909-2-Jason@zx2c4.com
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix leak of unqueued fragments in ipv6 nf_defrag, from Guillaume
Nault.
2) Don't access the DDM interface unless the transceiver implements it
in bnx2x, from Mauro S. M. Rodrigues.
3) Don't double fetch 'len' from userspace in sock_getsockopt(), from
JingYi Hou.
4) Sign extension overflow in lio_core, from Colin Ian King.
5) Various netem bug fixes wrt. corrupted packets from Jakub Kicinski.
6) Fix epollout hang in hvsock, from Sunil Muthuswamy.
7) Fix regression in default fib6_type, from David Ahern.
8) Handle memory limits in tcp_fragment more appropriately, from Eric
Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (24 commits)
tcp: refine memory limit test in tcp_fragment()
inet: clear num_timeout reqsk_alloc()
net: mvpp2: debugfs: Add pmap to fs dump
ipv6: Default fib6_type to RTN_UNICAST when not set
net: hns3: Fix inconsistent indenting
net/af_iucv: always register net_device notifier
net/af_iucv: build proper skbs for HiperTransport
net/af_iucv: remove GFP_DMA restriction for HiperTransport
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix shift of FID bits in mv88e6185_g1_vtu_loadpurge()
hvsock: fix epollout hang from race condition
net/udp_gso: Allow TX timestamp with UDP GSO
net: netem: fix use after free and double free with packet corruption
net: netem: fix backlog accounting for corrupted GSO frames
net: lio_core: fix potential sign-extension overflow on large shift
tipc: pass tunnel dev as NULL to udp_tunnel(6)_xmit_skb
ip6_tunnel: allow not to count pkts on tstats by passing dev as NULL
ip_tunnel: allow not to count pkts on tstats by setting skb's dev to NULL
tun: wake up waitqueues after IFF_UP is set
net: remove duplicate fetch in sock_getsockopt
tipc: fix issues with early FAILOVER_MSG from peer
...
Another round of SPDX updates for 5.2-rc6
Here is what I am guessing is going to be the last "big" SPDX update for
5.2. It contains all of the remaining GPLv2 and GPLv2+ updates that
were "easy" to determine by pattern matching. The ones after this are
going to be a bit more difficult and the people on the spdx list will be
discussing them on a case-by-case basis now.
Another 5000+ files are fixed up, so our overall totals are:
Files checked: 64545
Files with SPDX: 45529
Compared to the 5.1 kernel which was:
Files checked: 63848
Files with SPDX: 22576
This is a huge improvement.
Also, we deleted another 20000 lines of boilerplate license crud, always
nice to see in a diffstat.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXQyQYA8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ymnGQCghETUBotn1p3hTjY56VEs6dGzpHMAnRT0m+lv
kbsjBGEJpLbMRB2krnaU
=RMcT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/spdx
Pull still more SPDX updates from Greg KH:
"Another round of SPDX updates for 5.2-rc6
Here is what I am guessing is going to be the last "big" SPDX update
for 5.2. It contains all of the remaining GPLv2 and GPLv2+ updates
that were "easy" to determine by pattern matching. The ones after this
are going to be a bit more difficult and the people on the spdx list
will be discussing them on a case-by-case basis now.
Another 5000+ files are fixed up, so our overall totals are:
Files checked: 64545
Files with SPDX: 45529
Compared to the 5.1 kernel which was:
Files checked: 63848
Files with SPDX: 22576
This is a huge improvement.
Also, we deleted another 20000 lines of boilerplate license crud,
always nice to see in a diffstat"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/spdx: (65 commits)
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 507
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 506
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 505
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 504
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 503
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 502
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 501
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 500
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 499
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 498
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 497
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 496
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 495
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 491
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 490
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 489
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 488
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 487
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 486
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 485
...
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-06-19
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) new SO_REUSEPORT_DETACH_BPF setsocktopt, from Martin.
2) BTF based map definition, from Andrii.
3) support bpf_map_lookup_elem for xskmap, from Jonathan.
4) bounded loops and scalar precision logic in the verifier, from Alexei.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kbuild test robot reported compile warning:
warning: no return statement in function returning non-void
in function page_pool_request_shutdown, when CONFIG_PAGE_POOL is disabled.
The fix makes the code a little more verbose, with a descriptive variable.
Fixes: 99c07c43c4 ("xdp: tracking page_pool resources and safe removal")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some enums from the UAPI definition that were only used
internally and are NOT part of the UAPI.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the expiration of every element in a set or map
is a read-only parameter generated at kernel side.
This change will permit to set a certain expiration date
per element that will be required, for example, during
stateful replication among several nodes.
This patch handles the NFTA_SET_ELEM_EXPIRATION in order
to configure the expiration parameter per element, or
will use the timeout in the case that the expiration
is not set.
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Current struct pernet_operations exit() handlers are highly
discouraged to call synchronize_rcu().
There are cases where we need them, and exit_batch() does
not help the common case where a single netns is dismantled.
This patch leverages the existing synchronize_rcu() call
in cleanup_net()
Calling optional ->pre_exit() method before ->exit() or
->exit_batch() allows to benefit from a single synchronize_rcu()
call.
Note that the synchronize_rcu() calls added in this patch
are only in error paths or slow paths.
Tested:
$ time for i in {1..1000}; do unshare -n /bin/false;done
real 0m2.612s
user 0m0.171s
sys 0m2.216s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These tracepoints make it easier to troubleshoot XDP mem id disconnect.
The xdp:mem_disconnect tracepoint cannot be replaced via kprobe. It is
placed at the last stable place for the pointer to struct xdp_mem_allocator,
just before it's scheduled for RCU removal. It also extract info on
'safe_to_remove' and 'force'.
Detailed info about in-flight pages is not available at this layer. The next
patch will added tracepoints needed at the page_pool layer for this.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is needed before we can allow drivers to use page_pool for
DMA-mappings. Today with page_pool and XDP return API, it is possible to
remove the page_pool object (from rhashtable), while there are still
in-flight packet-pages. This is safely handled via RCU and failed lookups in
__xdp_return() fallback to call put_page(), when page_pool object is gone.
In-case page is still DMA mapped, this will result in page note getting
correctly DMA unmapped.
To solve this, the page_pool is extended with tracking in-flight pages. And
XDP disconnect system queries page_pool and waits, via workqueue, for all
in-flight pages to be returned.
To avoid killing performance when tracking in-flight pages, the implement
use two (unsigned) counters, that in placed on different cache-lines, and
can be used to deduct in-flight packets. This is done by mapping the
unsigned "sequence" counters onto signed Two's complement arithmetic
operations. This is e.g. used by kernel's time_after macros, described in
kernel commit 1ba3aab303 and 5a581b367b, and also explained in RFC1982.
The trick is these two incrementing counters only need to be read and
compared, when checking if it's safe to free the page_pool structure. Which
will only happen when driver have disconnected RX/alloc side. Thus, on a
non-fast-path.
It is chosen that page_pool tracking is also enabled for the non-DMA
use-case, as this can be used for statistics later.
After this patch, using page_pool requires more strict resource "release",
e.g. via page_pool_release_page() that was introduced in this patchset, and
previous patches implement/fix this more strict requirement.
Drivers no-longer call page_pool_destroy(). Drivers already call
xdp_rxq_info_unreg() which call xdp_rxq_info_unreg_mem_model(), which will
attempt to disconnect the mem id, and if attempt fails schedule the
disconnect for later via delayed workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case driver fails to register the page_pool with XDP return API (via
xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model()), then the driver can free the page_pool
resources more directly than calling page_pool_destroy(), which does a
unnecessarily RCU free procedure.
This patch is preparing for removing page_pool_destroy(), from driver
invocation.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When converting an xdp_frame into an SKB, and sending this into the network
stack, then the underlying XDP memory model need to release associated
resources, because the network stack don't have callbacks for XDP memory
models. The only memory model that needs this is page_pool, when a driver
use the DMA-mapping feature.
Introduce page_pool_release_page(), which basically does the same as
page_pool_unmap_page(). Add xdp_release_frame() as the XDP memory model
interface for calling it, if the memory model match MEM_TYPE_PAGE_POOL, to
save the function call overhead for others. Have cpumap call
xdp_release_frame() before xdp_scrub_frame().
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a previous patch dma addr was stored in 'struct page'.
Use that to unmap DMA addresses used by network drivers
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a previous patch dma addr was stored in 'struct page'.
Use that to retrieve DMA addresses used by network drivers
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 2 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation #
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 4122 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Enrico Weigelt <info@metux.net>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190604081206.933168790@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not see http www gnu org
licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 503 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Enrico Weigelt <info@metux.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190602204653.811534538@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Implement support for previously added flow dissector meta key.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new key meta that contains ingress ifindex value and add a function
to dissect this from skb. The key and function is prepared to cover
other potential skb metadata values dissection.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A similar fix to Patch "ip_tunnel: allow not to count pkts on tstats by
setting skb's dev to NULL" is also needed by ip6_tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both listeners - mlxsw and netdevsim - of IPv6 FIB notifications are now
ready to handle IPv6 multipath notifications.
Therefore, stop ignoring such notifications in both drivers and stop
sending notification for each added / deleted nexthop.
v2:
* Remove 'multipath_rt' from 'struct fib6_entry_notifier_info'
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the IPv6 FIB notifier info with number of sibling routes being
notified.
This will later allow listeners to process one notification for a
multipath routes instead of N, where N is the number of nexthops.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct includes a 'skip_notify' flag that indicates if netlink
notifications to user space should be suppressed. As explained in commit
3b1137fe74 ("net: ipv6: Change notifications for multipath add to
RTA_MULTIPATH"), this is useful to suppress per-nexthop RTM_NEWROUTE
notifications when an IPv6 multipath route is added / deleted. Instead,
one notification is sent for the entire multipath route.
This concept is also useful for in-kernel notifications. Sending one
in-kernel notification for the addition / deletion of an IPv6 multipath
route - instead of one per-nexthop - provides a significant increase in
the insertion / deletion rate to underlying devices.
Add a 'skip_notify_kernel' flag to suppress in-kernel notifications.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some fields were not documented. Add documentation.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Lots of bug fixes here:
1) Out of bounds access in __bpf_skc_lookup, from Lorenz Bauer.
2) Fix rate reporting in cfg80211_calculate_bitrate_he(), from John
Crispin.
3) Use after free in psock backlog workqueue, from John Fastabend.
4) Fix source port matching in fdb peer flow rule of mlx5, from Raed
Salem.
5) Use atomic_inc_not_zero() in fl6_sock_lookup(), from Eric Dumazet.
6) Network header needs to be set for packet redirect in nfp, from
John Hurley.
7) Fix udp zerocopy refcnt, from Willem de Bruijn.
8) Don't assume linear buffers in vxlan and geneve error handlers,
from Stefano Brivio.
9) Fix TOS matching in mlxsw, from Jiri Pirko.
10) More SCTP cookie memory leak fixes, from Neil Horman.
11) Fix VLAN filtering in rtl8366, from Linus Walluij.
12) Various TCP SACK payload size and fragmentation memory limit fixes
from Eric Dumazet.
13) Use after free in pneigh_get_next(), also from Eric Dumazet.
14) LAPB control block leak fix from Jeremy Sowden"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (145 commits)
lapb: fixed leak of control-blocks.
tipc: purge deferredq list for each grp member in tipc_group_delete
ax25: fix inconsistent lock state in ax25_destroy_timer
neigh: fix use-after-free read in pneigh_get_next
tcp: fix compile error if !CONFIG_SYSCTL
hv_sock: Suppress bogus "may be used uninitialized" warnings
be2net: Fix number of Rx queues used for flow hashing
net: handle 802.1P vlan 0 packets properly
tcp: enforce tcp_min_snd_mss in tcp_mtu_probing()
tcp: add tcp_min_snd_mss sysctl
tcp: tcp_fragment() should apply sane memory limits
tcp: limit payload size of sacked skbs
Revert "net: phylink: set the autoneg state in phylink_phy_change"
bpf: fix nested bpf tracepoints with per-cpu data
bpf: Fix out of bounds memory access in bpf_sk_storage
vsock/virtio: set SOCK_DONE on peer shutdown
net: dsa: rtl8366: Fix up VLAN filtering
net: phylink: set the autoneg state in phylink_phy_change
net: add high_order_alloc_disable sysctl/static key
tcp: add tcp_tx_skb_cache sysctl
...
Using a bare block cipher in non-crypto code is almost always a bad idea,
not only for security reasons (and we've seen some examples of this in
the kernel in the past), but also for performance reasons.
In the TCP fastopen case, we call into the bare AES block cipher one or
two times (depending on whether the connection is IPv4 or IPv6). On most
systems, this results in a call chain such as
crypto_cipher_encrypt_one(ctx, dst, src)
crypto_cipher_crt(tfm)->cit_encrypt_one(crypto_cipher_tfm(tfm), ...);
aesni_encrypt
kernel_fpu_begin();
aesni_enc(ctx, dst, src); // asm routine
kernel_fpu_end();
It is highly unlikely that the use of special AES instructions has a
benefit in this case, especially since we are doing the above twice
for IPv6 connections, instead of using a transform which can process
the entire input in one go.
We could switch to the cbcmac(aes) shash, which would at least get
rid of the duplicated overhead in *some* cases (i.e., today, only
arm64 has an accelerated implementation of cbcmac(aes), while x86 will
end up using the generic cbcmac template wrapping the AES-NI cipher,
which basically ends up doing exactly the above). However, in the given
context, it makes more sense to use a light-weight MAC algorithm that
is more suitable for the purpose at hand, such as SipHash.
Since the output size of SipHash already matches our chosen value for
TCP_FASTOPEN_COOKIE_SIZE, and given that it accepts arbitrary input
sizes, this greatly simplifies the code as well.
NOTE: Server farms backing a single server IP for load balancing purposes
and sharing a single fastopen key will be adversely affected by
this change unless all systems in the pool receive their kernel
upgrades at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add common functions into nf_synproxy_core.c to prepare for nftables support.
The prototypes of the functions used by {ipt, ip6t}_SYNPROXY are in the new
file nf_synproxy.h
Signed-off-by: Fernando Fernandez Mancera <ffmancera@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This ports the sysctls to use struct brnf_net.
With this patch we make it possible to namespace the br_netfilter module in
the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
____nf_conntrack_find() performs checks on the conntrack objects in
this order:
1. if (nf_ct_is_expired(ct))
This fetches ct->timeout, in third cache line.
The hnnode that is used to store the list pointers resides in the first
(origin) or second (reply tuple) cache lines.
This test rarely passes, but its necessary to reap obsolete entries.
2. if (nf_ct_is_dying(ct))
This fetches ct->status, also in third cache line.
The test is useless, and can be removed:
Consider:
cpu0 cpu1
ct = ____nf_conntrack_find()
atomic_inc_not_zero(ct) -> ok
nf_ct_key_equal -> ok
is_dying -> DYING bit not set, ok
set_bit(ct, DYING);
... unhash ... etc.
return ct
-> returning a ct with dying bit set, despite
having a test for it.
This (unlikely) case is fine - refcount prevents ct from getting free'd.
3. if (nf_ct_key_equal(h, tuple, zone, net))
nf_ct_key_equal checks in following order:
1. Tuple equal (first or second cacheline)
2. Zone equal (third cacheline)
3. confirmed bit set (->status, third cacheline)
4. net namespace match (third cacheline).
Swapping "timeout" and "cpu" places timeout in the first cacheline.
This has two advantages:
1. For a conntrack that won't even match the original tuple,
we will now only fetch the first and maybe the second cacheline
instead of always accessing the 3rd one as well.
2. in case of TCP ct->timeout changes frequently because we
reduce/increase it when there are packets outstanding in the network.
The first cacheline contains both the reference count and the ct spinlock,
i.e. moving timeout there avoids writes to 3rd cacheline.
The restart sequence in __nf_conntrack_find() is removed, if we found a
candidate, but then fail to increment the refcount or discover the tuple
has changed (object recycling), just pretend we did not find an entry.
A second lookup won't find anything until another CPU adds a new conntrack
with identical tuple into the hash table, which is very unlikely.
We have the confirmation-time checks (when we hold hash lock) that deal
with identical entries and even perform clash resolution in some cases.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Devlink has UAPI declaration for encap mode, so there is no
need to be loose on the data get/set by drivers.
Update call sites to use enum devlink_eswitch_encap_mode
instead of plain u8.
Suggested-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
Some TCP peers announce a very small MSS option in their SYN and/or
SYN/ACK messages.
This forces the stack to send packets with a very high network/cpu
overhead.
Linux has enforced a minimal value of 48. Since this value includes
the size of TCP options, and that the options can consume up to 40
bytes, this means that each segment can include only 8 bytes of payload.
In some cases, it can be useful to increase the minimal value
to a saner value.
We still let the default to 48 (TCP_MIN_SND_MSS), for compatibility
reasons.
Note that TCP_MAXSEG socket option enforces a minimal value
of (TCP_MIN_MSS). David Miller increased this minimal value
in commit c39508d6f1 ("tcp: Make TCP_MAXSEG minimum more correct.")
from 64 to 88.
We might in the future merge TCP_MIN_SND_MSS and TCP_MIN_MSS.
CVE-2019-11479 -- tcp mss hardcoded to 48
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Suggested-by: Jonathan Looney <jtl@netflix.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Cc: Bruce Curtis <brucec@netflix.com>
Cc: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jonathan Looney reported that TCP can trigger the following crash
in tcp_shifted_skb() :
BUG_ON(tcp_skb_pcount(skb) < pcount);
This can happen if the remote peer has advertized the smallest
MSS that linux TCP accepts : 48
An skb can hold 17 fragments, and each fragment can hold 32KB
on x86, or 64KB on PowerPC.
This means that the 16bit witdh of TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->tcp_gso_segs
can overflow.
Note that tcp_sendmsg() builds skbs with less than 64KB
of payload, so this problem needs SACK to be enabled.
SACK blocks allow TCP to coalesce multiple skbs in the retransmit
queue, thus filling the 17 fragments to maximal capacity.
CVE-2019-11477 -- u16 overflow of TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->tcp_gso_segs
Fixes: 832d11c5cd ("tcp: Try to restore large SKBs while SACK processing")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Jonathan Looney <jtl@netflix.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Bruce Curtis <brucec@netflix.com>
Cc: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This config option makes only couple of lines optional.
Two small helpers and an int in couple of cls structs.
Remove the config option and always compile this in.
This saves the user from unexpected surprises when he adds
a filter with ingress device match which is silently ignored
in case the config option is not set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A port may trigger operations on its dedicated CPU port, so using
cpu_dp as const will raise warnings. Make cpu_dp non const.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From linux-3.7, (commit 5640f76858 "net: use a per task frag
allocator") TCP sendmsg() has preferred using order-3 allocations.
While it gives good results for most cases, we had reports
that heavy uses of TCP over loopback were hitting a spinlock
contention in page allocations/freeing.
This commits adds a sysctl so that admins can opt-in
for order-0 allocations. Hopefully mm layer might optimize
order-3 allocations in the future since it could give us
a nice boost (see 8 lines of following benchmark)
The following benchmark shows a win when more than 8 TCP_STREAM
threads are running (56 x86 cores server in my tests)
for thr in {1..30}
do
sysctl -wq net.core.high_order_alloc_disable=0
T0=`./super_netperf $thr -H 127.0.0.1 -l 15`
sysctl -wq net.core.high_order_alloc_disable=1
T1=`./super_netperf $thr -H 127.0.0.1 -l 15`
echo $thr:$T0:$T1
done
1: 49979: 37267
2: 98745: 76286
3: 141088: 110051
4: 177414: 144772
5: 197587: 173563
6: 215377: 208448
7: 241061: 234087
8: 267155: 263373
9: 295069: 297402
10: 312393: 335213
11: 340462: 368778
12: 371366: 403954
13: 412344: 443713
14: 426617: 473580
15: 474418: 507861
16: 503261: 538539
17: 522331: 563096
18: 532409: 567084
19: 550824: 605240
20: 525493: 641988
21: 564574: 665843
22: 567349: 690868
23: 583846: 710917
24: 588715: 736306
25: 603212: 763494
26: 604083: 792654
27: 602241: 796450
28: 604291: 797993
29: 611610: 833249
30: 577356: 841062
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Feng Tang reported a performance regression after introduction
of per TCP socket tx/rx caches, for TCP over loopback (netperf)
There is high chance the regression is caused by a change on
how well the 32 KB per-thread page (current->task_frag) can
be recycled, and lack of pcp caches for order-3 pages.
I could not reproduce the regression myself, cpus all being
spinning on the mm spinlocks for page allocs/freeing, regardless
of enabling or disabling the per tcp socket caches.
It seems best to disable the feature by default, and let
admins enabling it.
MM layer either needs to provide scalable order-3 pages
allocations, or could attempt a trylock on zone->lock if
the caller only attempts to get a high-order page and is
able to fallback to order-0 ones in case of pressure.
Tests run on a 56 cores host (112 hyper threads)
- 35.49% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] queued_spin_lock_slowpath
- 35.49% queued_spin_lock_slowpath
- 18.18% get_page_from_freelist
- __alloc_pages_nodemask
- 18.18% alloc_pages_current
skb_page_frag_refill
sk_page_frag_refill
tcp_sendmsg_locked
tcp_sendmsg
inet_sendmsg
sock_sendmsg
__sys_sendto
__x64_sys_sendto
do_syscall_64
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe
__libc_send
+ 17.31% __free_pages_ok
+ 31.43% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] intel_idle
+ 9.12% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
+ 6.53% netserver [kernel.vmlinux] [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
+ 0.69% netserver [kernel.vmlinux] [k] queued_spin_lock_slowpath
+ 0.68% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] skb_release_data
+ 0.52% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] tcp_sendmsg_locked
0.46% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] _raw_spin_lock_irqsave
Fixes: 472c2e07ee ("tcp: add one skb cache for tx")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Feng Tang <feng.tang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of relying on rps_needed, it is safer to use a separate
static key, since we do not want to enable TCP rx_skb_cache
by default. This feature can cause huge increase of memory
usage on hosts with millions of sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we want to set a EDT time for the skb we want to send
via ip_send_unicast_reply(), we have to pass a new parameter
and initialize ipc.sockc.transmit_time with it.
This fixes the EDT time for ACK/RST packets sent on behalf of
a TIME_WAIT socket.
Fixes: a842fe1425 ("tcp: add optional per socket transmit delay")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CE]BPF but there is no DETACH.
This patch adds SO_DETACH_REUSEPORT_BPF sockopt. The same
sockopt can be used to undo both SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CE]BPF.
reseport_detach_prog() is added and it is mostly a mirror
of the existing reuseport_attach_prog(). The differences are,
it does not call reuseport_alloc() and returns -ENOENT when
there is no old prog.
Cc: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
* HE (802.11ax) work continues
* WPA3 offloads
* work on extended key ID handling continues
* fixes to honour AP supported rates with auth/assoc frames
* nl80211 netlink policy improvements to fix some issues
with strict validation on new commands with old attrs
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=j+Um
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2019-06-14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Many changes all over:
* HE (802.11ax) work continues
* WPA3 offloads
* work on extended key ID handling continues
* fixes to honour AP supported rates with auth/assoc frames
* nl80211 netlink policy improvements to fix some issues
with strict validation on new commands with old attrs
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* a few memory leaks
* fixes for management frame protection security
and A2/A3 confusion (affecting TDLS as well)
* build fix for certificates
* etc.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=AHi5
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2019-06-14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various fixes, all over:
* a few memory leaks
* fixes for management frame protection security
and A2/A3 confusion (affecting TDLS as well)
* build fix for certificates
* etc.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired is used to notify userspace when
the remain on channel duration expired by sending an event. There is
no such equivalent to CMD_FRAME, where if offchannel and a duration
is provided, the card will go offchannel for that duration. Currently
there is no way for userspace to tell when that duration expired
apart from setting an independent timeout. This timeout is quite
erroneous as the kernel may not immediately send out the frame
because of scheduling or work queue delays. In testing, it was found
this timeout had to be quite large to accomidate any potential delays.
A better solution is to have the kernel send an event when this
duration has expired. There is already NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL
which can be used to cancel a NL80211_CMD_FRAME offchannel. Using this
command matches perfectly to how NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
works, where its both used to cancel and notify if the duration has
expired.
Signed-off-by: James Prestwood <james.prestwood@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no rate control algorithm that *doesn't* want to call
it internally, and calling it internally will let us modify
its behaviour in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a function that iterates over the BSS entries associated with a
given wiphy and calls a callback for each iterated BSS. This can be
used by drivers in various ways, e.g., to evaluate some property for
all the BSSs in the medium.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow the userland daemon to en/disable TWT support for an AP.
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
[simplify parsing code]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Turn TWT for STA interfaces when they associate and/or receive a
beacon where the twt_responder bit has changed.
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Require that each vendor command give a policy of its sub-attributes
in NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, and then (stricly) check the contents,
including the NLA_F_NESTED flag that we couldn't check on the outer
layer because there we don't know yet.
It is possible to use VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA for raw data, but then no
nested data can be given (NLA_F_NESTED flag must be clear) and the
data is just passed as is to the command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is similar to ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap() but allows passing
the iftype. Also make ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap() use the new helper
rather than duplicating the code.
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Let drivers advertise support for station-mode SAE authentication
offload with a new NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag.
Signed-off-by: Chung-Hsien Hsu <stanley.hsu@cypress.com>
Signed-off-by: Chi-Hsien Lin <chi-hsien.lin@cypress.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IEEE 802.11 - 2016 forbids mixing MPDUs with different keyIDs in one
A-MPDU. Drivers supporting A-MPDUs and Extended Key ID must actively
enforce that requirement due to the available two unicast keyIDs.
Allow driver to signal mac80211 that they will not check the keyID in
MPDUs when aggregating them and that they expect mac80211 to stop Tx
aggregation when rekeying a connection using Extended Key ID.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding delays to TCP flows is crucial for studying behavior
of TCP stacks, including congestion control modules.
Linux offers netem module, but it has unpractical constraints :
- Need root access to change qdisc
- Hard to setup on egress if combined with non trivial qdisc like FQ
- Single delay for all flows.
EDT (Earliest Departure Time) adoption in TCP stack allows us
to enable a per socket delay at a very small cost.
Networking tools can now establish thousands of flows, each of them
with a different delay, simulating real world conditions.
This requires FQ packet scheduler or a EDT-enabled NIC.
This patchs adds TCP_TX_DELAY socket option, to set a delay in
usec units.
unsigned int tx_delay = 10000; /* 10 msec */
setsockopt(fd, SOL_TCP, TCP_TX_DELAY, &tx_delay, sizeof(tx_delay));
Note that FQ packet scheduler limits might need some tweaking :
man tc-fq
PARAMETERS
limit
Hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is
reached, new packets are dropped. If the value is lowered,
packets are dropped so that the new limit is met. Default
is 10000 packets.
flow_limit
Hard limit on the maximum number of packets queued per
flow. Default value is 100.
Use of TCP_TX_DELAY option will increase number of skbs in FQ qdisc,
so packets would be dropped if any of the previous limit is hit.
Use of a jump label makes this support runtime-free, for hosts
never using the option.
Also note that TSQ (TCP Small Queues) limits are slightly changed
with this patch : we need to account that skbs artificially delayed
wont stop us providind more skbs to feed the pipe (netem uses
skb_orphan_partial() for this purpose, but FQ can not use this trick)
Because of that, using big delays might very well trigger
old bugs in TSO auto defer logic and/or sndbuf limited detection.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the ingress interface and increment ICMP counters based on that
instead of skb->dev when the the dev is a VRF device.
This is a follow up on the following message:
https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg560268.html
v2: Avoid changing skb->dev since it has unintended effect for local
delivery (David Ahern).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using ethtool, users can specify a classification action matching on the
full vlan tag, which includes the DEI bit (also previously called CFI).
However, when converting the ethool_flow_spec to a flow_rule, we use
dissector keys to represent the matching patterns.
Since the vlan dissector key doesn't include the DEI bit, this
information was silently discarded when translating the ethtool
flow spec in to a flow_rule.
This commit adds the DEI bit into the vlan dissector key, and allows
propagating the information to the driver when parsing the ethtool flow
spec.
Fixes: eca4205f9e ("ethtool: add ethtool_rx_flow_spec to flow_rule structure translator")
Reported-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS offload drivers keep track of TCP seq numbers to make sure
the packets are fed into the HW in order.
When packets get dropped on the way through the stack, the driver
will get out of sync and have to use fallback encryption, but unless
TCP seq number is resynced it will never match the packets correctly
(or even worse - use incorrect record sequence number after TCP seq
wraps).
Existing drivers (mlx5) feed the entire record on every out-of-order
event, allowing FW/HW to always be in sync.
This patch adds an alternative, more akin to the RX resync. When
driver sees a frame which is past its expected sequence number the
stream must have gotten out of order (if the sequence number is
smaller than expected its likely a retransmission which doesn't
require resync). Driver will ask the stack to perform TX sync
before it submits the next full record, and fall back to software
crypto until stack has performed the sync.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently only RX direction is ever resynced, however, TX may
also get out of sequence if packets get dropped on the way to
the driver. Rename the resync callback and add a direction
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS offload device may lose sync with the TCP stream if packets
arrive out of order. Drivers can currently request a resync at
a specific TCP sequence number. When a record is found starting
at that sequence number kernel will inform the device of the
corresponding record number.
This requires the device to constantly scan the stream for a
known pattern (constant bytes of the header) after sync is lost.
This patch adds an alternative approach which is entirely under
the control of the kernel. Kernel tracks records it had to fully
decrypt, even though TLS socket is in TLS_HW mode. If multiple
records did not have any decrypted parts - it's a pretty strong
indication that the device is out of sync.
We choose the min number of fully encrypted records to be 2,
which should hopefully be more than will get retransmitted at
a time.
After kernel decides the device is out of sync it schedules a
resync request. If the TCP socket is empty the resync gets
performed immediately. If socket is not empty we leave the
record parser to resync when next record comes.
Before resync in message parser we peek at the TCP socket and
don't attempt the sync if the socket already has some of the
next record queued.
On resync failure (encrypted data continues to flow in) we
retry with exponential backoff, up to once every 128 records
(with a 16k record thats at most once every 2M of data).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
handle_device_resync() doesn't describe the function very well.
The function checks if resync should be issued upon parsing of
a new record.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS offload code casts record number to a u64. The buffer
should be aligned to 8 bytes, but its actually a __be64, and
the rest of the TLS code treats it as big int. Make the
offload callbacks take a byte array, drivers can make the
choice to do the ugly cast if they want to.
Prepare for copying the record number onto the stack by
defining a constant for max size of the byte array.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the AF_XDP code uses a separate map in order to
determine if an xsk is bound to a queue. Instead of doing this,
have bpf_map_lookup_elem() return a xdp_sock.
Rearrange some xdp_sock members to eliminate structure holes.
Remove selftest - will be added back in later patch.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Add support for RTA_NH_ID attribute to allow a user to specify a
nexthop id to use with a route. fc_nh_id is added to fib6_config to
hold the value passed in the RTA_NH_ID attribute. If a nexthop id
is given, the gateway, device, encap and multipath attributes can
not be set.
Update ip6_route_del to check metric and protocol before nexthop
specs. If fc_nh_id is set, then it must match the id in the route
entry. Since IPv6 allows delete of a cached entry (an exception),
add ip6_del_cached_rt_nh to cycle through all of the fib6_nh in
a fib entry if it is using a nexthop.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for RTA_NH_ID attribute to allow a user to specify a
nexthop id to use with a route. fc_nh_id is added to fib_config to
hold the value passed in the RTA_NH_ID attribute. If a nexthop id
is given, the gateway, device, encap and multipath attributes can
not be set.
Update fib_nh_match to check ids on a route delete.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 has traditionally had a single fib6_nh per fib6_info. With
nexthops we can have multiple fib6_nh associated with a fib6_info.
Add a nexthop helper to invoke a callback for each fib6_nh in a
'struct nexthop'. If the callback returns non-0, the loop is
stopped and the return value passed to the caller.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case autoflowlabel is in action, skb_get_hash_flowi6()
derives a non zero skb->hash to the flowlabel.
If skb->hash is zero, a flow dissection is performed.
Since all TCP skbs sent from ESTABLISH state inherit their
skb->hash from sk->sk_txhash, we better keep a copy
of sk->sk_txhash into the TIME_WAIT socket.
After this patch, ACK or RST packets sent on behalf of
a TIME_WAIT socket have the flowlabel that was previously
used by the flow.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on review, `lock' is only acquired in hwbm_pool_add() which is
invoked via ->probe(), ->resume() and ->ndo_change_mtu(). Based on this
the lock can become a mutex and there is no need to disable interrupts
during the procedure.
Now that the lock is a mutex, hwbm_pool_add() no longer invokes
hwbm_pool_refill() in an atomic context so we can pass GFP_KERNEL to
hwbm_pool_refill() and remove the `gfp' argument from hwbm_pool_add().
Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nhg->nh_entries[] array is allocated in nexthop_grp_alloc() and it
has nhg->num_nh elements so this check should be >= instead of >.
Fixes: 430a049190 ("nexthop: Add support for nexthop groups")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Where possible, we generally want both the bond master and the relevant slave
information in message output. Standardize the format using new slave_*
printk macros.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is helpful for e.g. draining per-driver (not per-port) tagger
queues.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another round of SPDX header file fixes for 5.2-rc4
These are all more "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only" tags being
added, based on the text in the files. We are slowly chipping away at
the 700+ different ways people tried to write the license text. All of
these were reviewed on the spdx mailing list by a number of different
people.
We now have over 60% of the kernel files covered with SPDX tags:
$ ./scripts/spdxcheck.py -v 2>&1 | grep Files
Files checked: 64533
Files with SPDX: 40392
Files with errors: 0
I think the majority of the "easy" fixups are now done, it's now the
start of the longer-tail of crazy variants to wade through.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXPuGTg8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykBvQCg2SG+HmDH+tlwKLT/q7jZcLMPQigAoMpt9Uuy
sxVEiFZo8ZU9v1IoRb1I
=qU++
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull yet more SPDX updates from Greg KH:
"Another round of SPDX header file fixes for 5.2-rc4
These are all more "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only" tags being
added, based on the text in the files. We are slowly chipping away at
the 700+ different ways people tried to write the license text. All of
these were reviewed on the spdx mailing list by a number of different
people.
We now have over 60% of the kernel files covered with SPDX tags:
$ ./scripts/spdxcheck.py -v 2>&1 | grep Files
Files checked: 64533
Files with SPDX: 40392
Files with errors: 0
I think the majority of the "easy" fixups are now done, it's now the
start of the longer-tail of crazy variants to wade through"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (159 commits)
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 450
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 449
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 448
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 446
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 445
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 444
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 443
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 442
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 441
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 440
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 438
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 437
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 436
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 435
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 434
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 433
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 432
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 431
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 430
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 429
...
Some ISDN files that got removed in net-next had some changes
done in mainline, take the removals.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Free AF_PACKET po->rollover properly, from Willem de Bruijn.
2) Read SFP eeprom in max 16 byte increments to avoid problems with
some SFP modules, from Russell King.
3) Fix UDP socket lookup wrt. VRF, from Tim Beale.
4) Handle route invalidation properly in s390 qeth driver, from Julian
Wiedmann.
5) Memory leak on unload in RDS, from Zhu Yanjun.
6) sctp_process_init leak, from Neil HOrman.
7) Fix fib_rules rule insertion semantic change that broke Android,
from Hangbin Liu.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (33 commits)
pktgen: do not sleep with the thread lock held.
net: mvpp2: Use strscpy to handle stat strings
net: rds: fix memory leak in rds_ib_flush_mr_pool
ipv6: fix EFAULT on sendto with icmpv6 and hdrincl
ipv6: use READ_ONCE() for inet->hdrincl as in ipv4
Revert "fib_rules: return 0 directly if an exactly same rule exists when NLM_F_EXCL not supplied"
net: aquantia: fix wol configuration not applied sometimes
ethtool: fix potential userspace buffer overflow
Fix memory leak in sctp_process_init
net: rds: fix memory leak when unload rds_rdma
ipv6: fix the check before getting the cookie in rt6_get_cookie
ipv4: not do cache for local delivery if bc_forwarding is enabled
s390/qeth: handle error when updating TX queue count
s390/qeth: fix VLAN attribute in bridge_hostnotify udev event
s390/qeth: check dst entry before use
s390/qeth: handle limited IPv4 broadcast in L3 TX path
net: fix indirect calls helpers for ptype list hooks.
net: ipvlan: Fix ipvlan device tso disabled while NETIF_F_IP_CSUM is set
udp: only choose unbound UDP socket for multicast when not in a VRF
net/tls: replace the sleeping lock around RX resync with a bit lock
...
While offloading TLS connections, drivers need to handle the case where
out of order packets need to be transmitted.
Other drivers obtain the entire TLS record for the specific skb to
provide as context to hardware for encryption. However, other designs
may also want to keep the hardware state intact and perform the
out of order encryption entirely on the host.
To achieve this, export the already existing software encryption
fallback path so drivers could access this.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently drivers have to ensure the alignment of their tls state
structure, which leads to unnecessary layers of getters and
encapsulated structures in each driver.
Simplify all this by marking the driver state as aligned (driver_state
members are currently aligned, so no hole is added, besides ALIGN in
TLS_OFFLOAD_CONTEXT_SIZE_RX/TX would reserve this extra space, anyway.)
With that we can add a common accessor to the core.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
8 bytes of driver state has been enough so far, but for drivers
which have to store 8 byte handle it's no longer practical to
store the state directly in the context.
Drivers generally don't need much extra state on RX side, while
TX side has to be tracking TCP sequence numbers. Split the
lengths of max driver state size on RX and TX.
The struct tls_offload_context_tx currently stands at 616 bytes and
struct tls_offload_context_rx stands at 368 bytes. Upcoming work
will consume extra 8 bytes in both for kernel-driven resync.
This means that we can bump TX side to 16 bytes and still fit
into the same number of cache lines but on RX side we would be 8
bytes over.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The monolithic hash_lock could cause huge contention when
inserting/deletiing vxlan_fdbs into the fdb_head.
Use FDB_HASH_SIZE hash_locks to protect insertions/deletions
of vxlan_fdbs into the fdb_head hash table.
Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Litao jiao <jiaolitao@raisecom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only a handful of xfrm_types exist, no need to have 512 pointers for them.
Reduces size of afinfo struct from 4k to 120 bytes on 64bit platforms.
Also, the unregister function doesn't need to return an error, no single
caller does anything useful with it.
Just place a WARN_ON() where needed instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
xfrm_prepare_input needs to lookup the state afinfo backend again to fetch
the address family ethernet protocol value.
There are only two address families, so a switch statement is simpler.
While at it, use u8 for family and proto and remove the owner member --
its not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
No module dependency, placing this in xfrm_state.c avoids need for
an indirection.
This also removes the state spinlock -- I don't see why we would need
to hold it during sorting.
This in turn allows to remove the 'net' argument passed to
xfrm_tmpl_sort. Last, remove the EXPORT_SYMBOL, there are no modular
callers.
For the CONFIG_IPV6=m case, vmlinux size increase is about 300 byte.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In Jianlin's testing, netperf was broken with 'Connection reset by peer',
as the cookie check failed in rt6_check() and ip6_dst_check() always
returned NULL.
It's caused by Commit 93531c6743 ("net/ipv6: separate handling of FIB
entries from dst based routes"), where the cookie can be got only when
'c1'(see below) for setting dst_cookie whereas rt6_check() is called
when !'c1' for checking dst_cookie, as we can see in ip6_dst_check().
Since in ip6_dst_check() both rt6_dst_from_check() (c1) and rt6_check()
(!c1) will check the 'from' cookie, this patch is to remove the c1 check
in rt6_get_cookie(), so that the dst_cookie can always be set properly.
c1:
(rt->rt6i_flags & RTF_PCPU || unlikely(!list_empty(&rt->rt6i_uncached)))
Fixes: 93531c6743 ("net/ipv6: separate handling of FIB entries from dst based routes")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms and conditions of the gnu general public license
version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program
is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not see http www gnu org
licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 33 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190531081038.745679586@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
released under terms in gpl version 2 see copying
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 5 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Armijn Hemel <armijn@tjaldur.nl>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190531081035.689962394@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not write to the free
software foundation inc 51 franklin st fifth floor boston ma 02110
1301 usa
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 246 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530000436.674189849@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms and conditions of the gnu general public license
version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program
is distributed in the hope it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not write to the free
software foundation inc 51 franklin st fifth floor boston ma 02110
1301 usa
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 111 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530000436.567572064@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation version 2 and no later version this
program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but
without any warranty without even the implied warranty of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu
general public license for more details
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 33 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530000435.345978407@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of version 2 of the gnu general public license as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 64 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190529141901.894819585@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms and conditions of the gnu general public license
version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program
is distributed in the hope it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 263 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190529141901.208660670@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not write to the free
software foundation inc 51 franklin street fifth floor boston ma
02110 1301 usa
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 46 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190529141334.135501091@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
gpl v2
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 19 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190529141333.108140152@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
There is only one implementation of this function; just call it directly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
same as previous patch: just place this in the caller, no need to
have an indirection for a structure initialization.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Simple initialization, handle it in the caller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add struct nexthop and nh_list list_head to fib6_info. nh_list is the
fib6_info side of the nexthop <-> fib_info relationship. Since a fib6_info
referencing a nexthop object can not have 'sibling' entries (the old way
of doing multipath routes), the nh_list is a union with fib6_siblings.
Add f6i_list list_head to 'struct nexthop' to track fib6_info entries
using a nexthop instance. Update __remove_nexthop_fib to walk f6_list
and delete fib entries using the nexthop.
Add a few nexthop helpers for use when a nexthop is added to fib6_info:
- nexthop_fib6_nh - return first fib6_nh in a nexthop object
- fib6_info_nh_dev moved to nexthop.h and updated to use nexthop_fib6_nh
if the fib6_info references a nexthop object
- nexthop_path_fib6_result - similar to ipv4, select a path within a
multipath nexthop object. If the nexthop is a blackhole, set
fib6_result type to RTN_BLACKHOLE, and set the REJECT flag
Update the fib6_info references to check for nh and take a different path
as needed:
- rt6_qualify_for_ecmp - if a fib entry uses a nexthop object it can NOT
be coalesced with other fib entries into a multipath route
- rt6_duplicate_nexthop - use nexthop_cmp if either fib6_info references
a nexthop
- addrconf (host routes), RA's and info entries (anything configured via
ndisc) does not use nexthop objects
- fib6_info_destroy_rcu - put reference to nexthop object
- fib6_purge_rt - drop fib6_info from f6i_list
- fib6_select_path - update to use the new nexthop_path_fib6_result when
fib entry uses a nexthop object
- rt6_device_match - update to catch use of nexthop object as a blackhole
and set fib6_type and flags.
- ip6_route_info_create - don't add space for fib6_nh if fib entry is
going to reference a nexthop object, take a reference to nexthop object,
disallow use of source routing
- rt6_nlmsg_size - add space for RTA_NH_ID
- add rt6_fill_node_nexthop to add nexthop data on a dump
As with ipv4, most of the changes push existing code into the else branch
of whether the fib entry uses a nexthop object.
Update the nexthop code to walk f6i_list on a nexthop deleted to remove
fib entries referencing it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 'struct nexthop' and nh_list list_head to fib_info. nh_list is the
fib_info side of the nexthop <-> fib_info relationship.
Add fi_list list_head to 'struct nexthop' to track fib_info entries
using a nexthop instance. Add __remove_nexthop_fib and add it to
__remove_nexthop to walk the new list_head and mark those fib entries
as dead when the nexthop is deleted.
Add a few nexthop helpers for use when a nexthop is added to fib_info:
- nexthop_cmp to determine if 2 nexthops are the same
- nexthop_path_fib_result to select a path for a multipath
'struct nexthop'
- nexthop_fib_nhc to select a specific fib_nh_common within a
multipath 'struct nexthop'
Update existing fib_info_nhc to use nexthop_fib_nhc if a fib_info uses
a 'struct nexthop', and mark fib_info_nh as only used for the non-nexthop
case.
Update the fib_info functions to check for fi->nh and take a different
path as needed:
- free_fib_info_rcu - put the nexthop object reference
- fib_release_info - remove the fib_info from the nexthop's fi_list
- nh_comp - use nexthop_cmp when either fib_info references a nexthop
object
- fib_info_hashfn - use the nexthop id for the hashing vs the oif of
each fib_nh in a fib_info
- fib_nlmsg_size - add space for the RTA_NH_ID attribute
- fib_create_info - verify nexthop reference can be taken, verify
nexthop spec is valid for fib entry, and add fib_info to fi_list for
a nexthop
- fib_select_multipath - use the new nexthop_path_fib_result to select a
path when nexthop objects are used
- fib_table_lookup - if the 'struct nexthop' is a blackhole nexthop, treat
it the same as a fib entry using 'blackhole'
The bulk of the changes are in fib_semantics.c and most of that is
moving the existing change_nexthops into an else branch.
Update the nexthop code to walk fi_list on a nexthop deleted to remove
fib entries referencing it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert more IPv4 code to use fib_nh_common over fib_nh to enable routes
to use a fib6_nh based nexthop. In the end, only code not using a
nexthop object in a fib_info should directly access fib_nh in a fib_info
without checking the famiy and going through fib_nh_common. Those
functions will be marked when it is not directly evident.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helpers to access fib_nh and fib_nhs fields of a fib_info. Drop the
fib_dev macro which is an alias for the first nexthop. Replacements:
fi->fib_dev --> fib_info_nh(fi, 0)->fib_nh_dev
fi->fib_nh --> fib_info_nh(fi, 0)
fi->fib_nh[i] --> fib_info_nh(fi, i)
fi->fib_nhs --> fib_info_num_path(fi)
where fib_info_nh(fi, i) returns fi->fib_nh[nhsel] and fib_info_num_path
returns fi->fib_nhs.
Move the existing fib_info_nhc to nexthop.h and define the new ones
there. A later patch adds a check if a fib_info uses a nexthop object,
and defining the helpers in nexthop.h avoid circular header
dependencies.
After this all remaining open coded references to fi->fib_nhs and
fi->fib_nh are in:
- fib_create_info and helpers used to lookup an existing fib_info
entry, and
- the netdev event functions fib_sync_down_dev and fib_sync_up.
The latter two will not be reused for nexthops, and the fib_create_info
will be updated to handle a nexthop in a fib_info.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All callers pass prot->version as the last parameter
of tls_advance_record_sn(), yet tls_advance_record_sn()
itself needs a pointer to prot. Pass prot from callers.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tls_context is slightly badly laid out. If we reorder things
right we can save 16 bytes (320 -> 304) but also make all fast path
data fit into two cache lines (one read only and one read/write,
down from four cache lines).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a function to be called from drivers during flash. It sends
notification to userspace about flash update progress.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 38030d7cb7 ("net/tls: avoid NULL-deref on resync during device removal")
tried to fix a potential NULL-dereference by taking the
context rwsem. Unfortunately the RX resync may get called
from soft IRQ, so we can't use the rwsem to protect from
the device disappearing. Because we are guaranteed there
can be only one resync at a time (it's called from strparser)
use a bit to indicate resync is busy and make device
removal wait for the bit to get cleared.
Note that there is a leftover "flags" field in struct
tls_context already.
Fixes: 4799ac81e5 ("tls: Add rx inline crypto offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_stats_update() uses max_t, so ensure we have that defined.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This flag is not used by any caller, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset container Netfilter/IPVS update for net-next:
1) Add UDP tunnel support for ICMP errors in IPVS.
Julian Anastasov says:
This patchset is a followup to the commit that adds UDP/GUE tunnel:
"ipvs: allow tunneling with gue encapsulation".
What we do is to put tunnel real servers in hash table (patch 1),
add function to lookup tunnels (patch 2) and use it to strip the
embedded tunnel headers from ICMP errors (patch 3).
2) Extend xt_owner to match for supplementary groups, from
Lukasz Pawelczyk.
3) Remove unused oif field in flow_offload_tuple object, from
Taehee Yoo.
4) Release basechain counters from workqueue to skip synchronize_rcu()
call. From Florian Westphal.
5) Replace skb_make_writable() by skb_ensure_writable(). Patchset
from Florian Westphal.
6) Checksum support for gue encapsulation in IPVS, from Jacky Hu.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink conflict was between a bug fix by Russell King
to make sure we have a consistent PHY interface mode, and
a change in net-next to pull some code in phylink_resolve()
into the helper functions phylink_mac_link_{up,down}()
On the dp83867 side it's mostly overlapping changes, with
the 'net' side removing a condition that was supposed to
trigger for RGMII but because of how it was coded never
actually could trigger.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add checksum support for gue encapsulation with the tun_flags parameter,
which could be one of the values below:
IP_VS_TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_NOCSUM
IP_VS_TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_CSUM
IP_VS_TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_REMCSUM
Signed-off-by: Jacky Hu <hengqing.hu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The oifidx in the struct flow_offload_tuple is not used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add ip_vs_find_tunnel() to match tunnel headers
by family, address and optional port. Use it to
properly find the tunnel real server used in
received ICMP errors.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Before now rs_table was used only for NAT real servers.
Change it to allow TUN real severs from different types,
possibly hashed with different port key.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to different
kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to parse the
comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review and
analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on the
patches are reviewers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXPCHLg8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykxyACgql6ktH+Tv8Ho1747kKPiFca1Jq0AoK5HORXI
yB0DSTXYNjMtH41ypnsZ
=x2f8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull yet more SPDX updates from Greg KH:
"Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to
different kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to
parse the comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review
and analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on
the patches are reviewers"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (82 commits)
treewide: Add SPDX license identifier - Kbuild
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 225
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 224
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 223
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 222
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 221
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 220
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 218
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 217
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 216
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 215
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 214
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 213
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 211
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 210
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 209
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 207
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 206
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 203
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 201
...
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix OOPS during nf_tables rule dump, from Florian Westphal.
2) Use after free in ip_vs_in, from Yue Haibing.
3) Fix various kTLS bugs (NULL deref during device removal resync,
netdev notification ignoring, etc.) From Jakub Kicinski.
4) Fix ipv6 redirects with VRF, from David Ahern.
5) Memory leak fix in igmpv3_del_delrec(), from Eric Dumazet.
6) Missing memory allocation failure check in ip6_ra_control(), from
Gen Zhang. And likewise fix ip_ra_control().
7) TX clean budget logic error in aquantia, from Igor Russkikh.
8) SKB leak in llc_build_and_send_ui_pkt(), from Eric Dumazet.
9) Double frees in mlx5, from Parav Pandit.
10) Fix lost MAC address in r8169 during PCI D3, from Heiner Kallweit.
11) Fix botched register access in mvpp2, from Antoine Tenart.
12) Use after free in napi_gro_frags(), from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (89 commits)
net: correct zerocopy refcnt with udp MSG_MORE
ethtool: Check for vlan etype or vlan tci when parsing flow_rule
net: don't clear sock->sk early to avoid trouble in strparser
net-gro: fix use-after-free read in napi_gro_frags()
net: dsa: tag_8021q: Create a stable binary format
net: dsa: tag_8021q: Change order of rx_vid setup
net: mvpp2: fix bad MVPP2_TXQ_SCHED_TOKEN_CNTR_REG queue value
ipv4: tcp_input: fix stack out of bounds when parsing TCP options.
mlxsw: spectrum: Prevent force of 56G
mlxsw: spectrum_acl: Avoid warning after identical rules insertion
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix handling of upper half of STATS_TYPE_PORT
r8169: fix MAC address being lost in PCI D3
net: core: support XDP generic on stacked devices.
netvsc: unshare skb in VF rx handler
udp: Avoid post-GRO UDP checksum recalculation
net: phy: dp83867: Set up RGMII TX delay
net: phy: dp83867: do not call config_init twice
net: phy: dp83867: increase SGMII autoneg timer duration
net: phy: dp83867: fix speed 10 in sgmii mode
net: phy: marvell10g: report if the PHY fails to boot firmware
...
The same skb_checksum_ops struct is defined twice in two different places,
leading to code duplication. Declare it as a global variable into a common
header instead of allocating it on the stack on each function call.
bloat-o-meter reports a slight code shrink.
add/remove: 1/1 grow/shrink: 0/10 up/down: 128/-1282 (-1154)
Function old new delta
sctp_csum_ops - 128 +128
crc32c_csum_ops 16 - -16
sctp_rcv 6616 6583 -33
sctp_packet_pack 4542 4504 -38
nf_conntrack_sctp_packet 4980 4926 -54
execute_masked_set_action 6453 6389 -64
tcf_csum_sctp 575 428 -147
sctp_gso_segment 1292 1126 -166
sctp_csum_check 579 412 -167
sctp_snat_handler 957 772 -185
sctp_dnat_handler 1321 1132 -189
l4proto_manip_pkt 2536 2313 -223
Total: Before=359297613, After=359296459, chg -0.00%
Reviewed-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds basic connection tracking support for the bridge,
including initial IPv4 support.
This patch register two hooks to deal with the bridge forwarding path,
one from the bridge prerouting hook to call nf_conntrack_in(); and
another from the bridge postrouting hook to confirm the entry.
The conntrack bridge prerouting hook defragments packets before passing
them to nf_conntrack_in() to look up for an existing entry, otherwise a
new entry is allocated and it is attached to the skbuff. The conntrack
bridge postrouting hook confirms new conntrack entries, ie. if this is
the first packet seen, then it adds the entry to the hashtable and (if
needed) it refragments the skbuff into the original fragments, leaving
the geometry as is if possible. Exceptions are linearized skbuffs, eg.
skbuffs that are passed up to nfqueue and conntrack helpers, as well as
cloned skbuff for the local delivery (eg. tcpdump), also in case of
bridge port flooding (cloned skbuff too).
The packet defragmentation is done through the ip_defrag() call. This
forces us to save the bridge control buffer, reset the IP control buffer
area and then restore it after call. This function also bumps the IP
fragmentation statistics, it would be probably desiderable to have
independent statistics for the bridge defragmentation/refragmentation.
The maximum fragment length is stored in the control buffer and it is
used to refragment the skbuff from the postrouting path.
The new fraglist splitter and fragment transformer APIs are used to
implement the bridge refragmentation code. The br_ip_fragment() function
drops the packet in case the maximum fragment size seen is larger than
the output port MTU.
This patchset follows the principle that conntrack should not drop
packets, so users can do it through policy via invalid state matching.
Like br_netfilter, there is no refragmentation for packets that are
passed up for local delivery, ie. prerouting -> input path. There are
calls to nf_reset() already in several spots in the stack since time ago
already, eg. af_packet, that show that skbuff fraglist handling from the
netif_rx path is supported already.
The helpers are called from the postrouting hook, before confirmation,
from there we may see packet floods to bridge ports. Then, although
unlikely, this may result in exercising the helpers many times for each
clone. It would be good to explore how to pass all the packets in a list
to the conntrack hook to do this handle only once for this case.
Thanks to Florian Westphal for handing me over an initial patchset
version to add support for conntrack bridge.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds infrastructure to register and to unregister bridge
support for the conntrack module via nf_ct_bridge_register() and
nf_ct_bridge_unregister().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exposes a new API to refragment a skbuff. This allows you to
split either a linear skbuff or to force the refragmentation of an
existing fraglist using a different mtu. The API consists of:
* ip6_frag_init(), that initializes the internal state of the transformer.
* ip6_frag_next(), that allows you to fetch the next fragment. This function
internally allocates the skbuff that represents the fragment, it pushes
the IPv6 header, and it also copies the payload for each fragment.
The ip6_frag_state object stores the internal state of the splitter.
This code has been extracted from ip6_fragment(). Symbols are also
exported to allow to reuse this iterator from the bridge codepath to
build its own refragmentation routine by reusing the existing codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exposes a new API to refragment a skbuff. This allows you to
split either a linear skbuff or to force the refragmentation of an
existing fraglist using a different mtu. The API consists of:
* ip_frag_init(), that initializes the internal state of the transformer.
* ip_frag_next(), that allows you to fetch the next fragment. This function
internally allocates the skbuff that represents the fragment, it pushes
the IPv4 header, and it also copies the payload for each fragment.
The ip_frag_state object stores the internal state of the splitter.
This code has been extracted from ip_do_fragment(). Symbols are also
exported to allow to reuse this iterator from the bridge codepath to
build its own refragmentation routine by reusing the existing codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the skbuff fraglist split iterator. This API provides an
iterator to transform the fraglist into single skbuff objects, it
consists of:
* ip6_fraglist_init(), that initializes the internal state of the
fraglist iterator.
* ip6_fraglist_prepare(), that restores the IPv6 header on the fragment.
* ip6_fraglist_next(), that retrieves the fragment from the fraglist and
updates the internal state of the iterator to point to the next
fragment in the fraglist.
The ip6_fraglist_iter object stores the internal state of the iterator.
This code has been extracted from ip6_fragment(). Symbols are also
exported to allow to reuse this iterator from the bridge codepath to
build its own refragmentation routine by reusing the existing codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the skbuff fraglist splitter. This API provides an
iterator to transform the fraglist into single skbuff objects, it
consists of:
* ip_fraglist_init(), that initializes the internal state of the
fraglist splitter.
* ip_fraglist_prepare(), that restores the IPv4 header on the
fragments.
* ip_fraglist_next(), that retrieves the fragment from the fraglist and
it updates the internal state of the splitter to point to the next
fragment skbuff in the fraglist.
The ip_fraglist_iter object stores the internal state of the iterator.
This code has been extracted from ip_do_fragment(). Symbols are also
exported to allow to reuse this iterator from the bridge codepath to
build its own refragmentation routine by reusing the existing codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We would like to be able to rotate TFO keys while minimizing the number of
client cookies that are rejected. Currently, we have only one key which can
be used to generate and validate cookies, thus if we simply replace this
key clients can easily have cookies rejected upon rotation.
We propose having the ability to have both a primary key and a backup key.
The primary key is used to generate as well as to validate cookies.
The backup is only used to validate cookies. Thus, keys can be rotated as:
1) generate new key
2) add new key as the backup key
3) swap the primary and backup key, thus setting the new key as the primary
We don't simply set the new key as the primary key and move the old key to
the backup slot because the ip may be behind a load balancer and we further
allow for the fact that all machines behind the load balancer will not be
updated simultaneously.
We make use of this infrastructure in subsequent patches.
Suggested-by: Igor Lubashev <ilubashe@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms and conditions of the gnu general public license
version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program
is distributed in the hope it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not see http www gnu org
licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 228 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190528171438.107155473@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
license terms gnu general public license gpl version 2
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 161 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190528170027.447718015@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not write to free software
foundation 51 franklin street fifth floor boston ma 02111 1301 usa
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 27 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190528170026.981318839@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 655 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070034.575739538@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3029 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070032.746973796@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Currently, when resegmenting an unexpected UDP GRO packet, the full UDP
checksum will be calculated for every new SKB created by skb_segment()
because the netdev features passed in by udp_rcv_segment() lack any
information about checksum offload capabilities.
Usually, we have no need to perform this calculation again, as
1) The GRO implementation guarantees that any packets making it to the
udp_rcv_segment() function had correct checksums, and, more
importantly,
2) Upon the successful return of udp_rcv_segment(), we immediately pull
the UDP header off and either queue the segment to the socket or
hand it off to a new protocol handler.
Unless userspace has set the IP_CHECKSUM sockopt to indicate that they
want the final checksum values, we can pass the needed netdev feature
flags to __skb_gso_segment() to avoid checksumming each segment in
skb_segment().
Fixes: cf329aa42b ("udp: cope with UDP GRO packet misdirection")
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Sean Tranchetti <stranche@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct
device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK.
This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the
PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API.
A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to
phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same
phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops
callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK
user can get the original net_device using a structure such as
'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the
phylink_config using a container_of call.
At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation
type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device
linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through
the phylink_config structure.
This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new
operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the
net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ctinfo is a new tc filter action module. It is designed to restore
information contained in firewall conntrack marks to other packet fields
and is typically used on packet ingress paths. At present it has two
independent sub-functions or operating modes, DSCP restoration mode &
skb mark restoration mode.
The DSCP restore mode:
This mode copies DSCP values that have been placed in the firewall
conntrack mark back into the IPv4/v6 diffserv fields of relevant
packets.
The DSCP restoration is intended for use and has been found useful for
restoring ingress classifications based on egress classifications across
links that bleach or otherwise change DSCP, typically home ISP Internet
links. Restoring DSCP on ingress on the WAN link allows qdiscs such as
but by no means limited to CAKE to shape inbound packets according to
policies that are easier to set & mark on egress.
Ingress classification is traditionally a challenging task since
iptables rules haven't yet run and tc filter/eBPF programs are pre-NAT
lookups, hence are unable to see internal IPv4 addresses as used on the
typical home masquerading gateway. Thus marking the connection in some
manner on egress for later restoration of classification on ingress is
easier to implement.
Parameters related to DSCP restore mode:
dscpmask - a 32 bit mask of 6 contiguous bits and indicate bits of the
conntrack mark field contain the DSCP value to be restored.
statemask - a 32 bit mask of (usually) 1 bit length, outside the area
specified by dscpmask. This represents a conditional operation flag
whereby the DSCP is only restored if the flag is set. This is useful to
implement a 'one shot' iptables based classification where the
'complicated' iptables rules are only run once to classify the
connection on initial (egress) packet and subsequent packets are all
marked/restored with the same DSCP. A mask of zero disables the
conditional behaviour ie. the conntrack mark DSCP bits are always
restored to the ip diffserv field (assuming the conntrack entry is found
& the skb is an ipv4/ipv6 type)
e.g. dscpmask 0xfc000000 statemask 0x01000000
|----0xFC----conntrack mark----000000---|
| Bits 31-26 | bit 25 | bit24 |~~~ Bit 0|
| DSCP | unused | flag |unused |
|-----------------------0x01---000000---|
| |
| |
---| Conditional flag
v only restore if set
|-ip diffserv-|
| 6 bits |
|-------------|
The skb mark restore mode (cpmark):
This mode copies the firewall conntrack mark to the skb's mark field.
It is completely the functional equivalent of the existing act_connmark
action with the additional feature of being able to apply a mask to the
restored value.
Parameters related to skb mark restore mode:
mask - a 32 bit mask applied to the firewall conntrack mark to mask out
bits unwanted for restoration. This can be useful where the conntrack
mark is being used for different purposes by different applications. If
not specified and by default the whole mark field is copied (i.e.
default mask of 0xffffffff)
e.g. mask 0x00ffffff to mask out the top 8 bits being used by the
aforementioned DSCP restore mode.
|----0x00----conntrack mark----ffffff---|
| Bits 31-24 | |
| DSCP & flag| some value here |
|---------------------------------------|
|
|
v
|------------skb mark-------------------|
| | |
| zeroed | |
|---------------------------------------|
Overall parameters:
zone - conntrack zone
control - action related control (reclassify | pipe | drop | continue |
ok | goto chain <CHAIN_INDEX>)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the creation of nexthop groups which reference other nexthop
objects to create multipath routes:
+--------------+
+------------+ +--------------+ |
| nh nh_grp --->| nh_grp_entry |-+
+------------+ +---------|----+
^ | | +------------+
+----------------+ +--->| nh, weight |
nh_parent +------------+
A group entry points to a nexthop with a weight for that hop within the
group. The nexthop has a list_head, grp_list, for tracking which groups
it is a member of and the group entry has a reference back to the parent.
The grp_list is used when a nexthop is deleted - to efficiently remove
it from groups using it.
If a nexthop group spec is given, no other attributes can be set. Each
nexthop id in a group spec must already exist.
Similar to single nexthops, the specification of a nexthop group can be
updated so that data is managed with rcu locking.
Add path selection function to account for multiple paths and add
ipv{4,6}_good_nh helpers to know that if a neighbor entry exists it is
in a good state.
Update NETDEV event handling to rebalance multipath nexthop groups if
a nexthop is deleted due to a link event (down or unregister).
When a nexthop is removed any groups using it are updated. Groups using a
nexthop a tracked via a grp_list.
Nexthop dumps can be limited to groups only by adding NHA_GROUPS to the
request.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for NHA_ENCAP and NHA_ENCAP_TYPE. Leverages the existing code
for lwtunnel within fib_nh_common, so the only change needed is handling
the attributes in the nexthop code.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle IPv6 gateway in a nexthop spec. If nh_family is set to AF_INET6,
NHA_GATEWAY is expected to be an IPv6 address. Add ipv6 option to gw in
nh_config to hold the address, add fib6_nh to nh_info to leverage the
ipv6 initialization and cleanup code. Update nh_fill_node to dump the v6
address.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for IPv4 nexthops. If nh_family is set to AF_INET, then
NHA_GATEWAY is expected to be an IPv4 address.
Register for netdev events to be notified of admin up/down changes as
well as deletes. A hash table is used to track nexthop per devices to
quickly convert device events to the affected nexthops.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Barebones start point for nexthops. Implementation for RTM commands,
notifications, management of rbtree for holding nexthops by id, and
kernel side data structures for nexthops and nexthop config.
Nexthops are maintained in an rbtree sorted by id. Similar to routes,
nexthops are configured per namespace using netns_nexthop struct added
to struct net.
Nexthop notifications are sent when a nexthop is added or deleted,
but NOT if the delete is due to a device event or network namespace
teardown (which also involves device events). Applications are
expected to use the device down event to flush nexthops and any
routes used by the nexthops.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fqdir_init() is not fast path and is getting bigger.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the BSS is expired during connection, the connect result will
trigger a kernel warning. Ideally cfg80211 should hold the BSS
before the connection is attempted, but as the BSSID is not known
in case of auth/assoc MLME offload (connect op) it doesn't.
For those drivers without the connect op cfg80211 holds down the
reference so it wil not be removed from list.
Fix this by removing the warning and silently adding the BSS back to
the bss list which is return by the driver (with proper BSSID set) or
in case the BSS is already added use that.
The requirements for drivers are documented in the API's.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Tata <chaitanya.tata@bluwireless.co.uk>
[formatting fixes, keep old timestamp]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
syszbot found an interesting use-after-free [1] happening
while IPv4 fragment rhashtable was destroyed at netns dismantle.
While no insertions can possibly happen at the time a dismantling
netns is destroying this rhashtable, timers can still fire and
attempt to remove elements from this rhashtable.
This is forbidden, since rhashtable_free_and_destroy() has
no synchronization against concurrent inserts and deletes.
Add a new fqdir->dead flag so that timers do not attempt
a rhashtable_remove_fast() operation.
We also have to respect an RCU grace period before starting
the rhashtable_free_and_destroy() from process context,
thus we use rcu_work infrastructure.
This is a refinement of a prior rough attempt to fix this bug :
https://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=153845936820900&w=2
Since the rhashtable cleanup is now deferred to a work queue,
netns dismantles should be slightly faster.
[1]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in __read_once_size include/linux/compiler.h:194 [inline]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in rhashtable_last_table+0x162/0x180 lib/rhashtable.c:212
Read of size 8 at addr ffff8880a6497b70 by task kworker/0:0/5
CPU: 0 PID: 5 Comm: kworker/0:0 Not tainted 5.2.0-rc1+ #2
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Workqueue: events rht_deferred_worker
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:77 [inline]
dump_stack+0x172/0x1f0 lib/dump_stack.c:113
print_address_description.cold+0x7c/0x20d mm/kasan/report.c:188
__kasan_report.cold+0x1b/0x40 mm/kasan/report.c:317
kasan_report+0x12/0x20 mm/kasan/common.c:614
__asan_report_load8_noabort+0x14/0x20 mm/kasan/generic_report.c:132
__read_once_size include/linux/compiler.h:194 [inline]
rhashtable_last_table+0x162/0x180 lib/rhashtable.c:212
rht_deferred_worker+0x111/0x2030 lib/rhashtable.c:411
process_one_work+0x989/0x1790 kernel/workqueue.c:2269
worker_thread+0x98/0xe40 kernel/workqueue.c:2415
kthread+0x354/0x420 kernel/kthread.c:255
ret_from_fork+0x24/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:352
Allocated by task 32687:
save_stack+0x23/0x90 mm/kasan/common.c:71
set_track mm/kasan/common.c:79 [inline]
__kasan_kmalloc mm/kasan/common.c:489 [inline]
__kasan_kmalloc.constprop.0+0xcf/0xe0 mm/kasan/common.c:462
kasan_kmalloc+0x9/0x10 mm/kasan/common.c:503
__do_kmalloc_node mm/slab.c:3620 [inline]
__kmalloc_node+0x4e/0x70 mm/slab.c:3627
kmalloc_node include/linux/slab.h:590 [inline]
kvmalloc_node+0x68/0x100 mm/util.c:431
kvmalloc include/linux/mm.h:637 [inline]
kvzalloc include/linux/mm.h:645 [inline]
bucket_table_alloc+0x90/0x480 lib/rhashtable.c:178
rhashtable_init+0x3f4/0x7b0 lib/rhashtable.c:1057
inet_frags_init_net include/net/inet_frag.h:109 [inline]
ipv4_frags_init_net+0x182/0x410 net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c:683
ops_init+0xb3/0x410 net/core/net_namespace.c:130
setup_net+0x2d3/0x740 net/core/net_namespace.c:316
copy_net_ns+0x1df/0x340 net/core/net_namespace.c:439
create_new_namespaces+0x400/0x7b0 kernel/nsproxy.c:107
unshare_nsproxy_namespaces+0xc2/0x200 kernel/nsproxy.c:206
ksys_unshare+0x440/0x980 kernel/fork.c:2692
__do_sys_unshare kernel/fork.c:2760 [inline]
__se_sys_unshare kernel/fork.c:2758 [inline]
__x64_sys_unshare+0x31/0x40 kernel/fork.c:2758
do_syscall_64+0xfd/0x680 arch/x86/entry/common.c:301
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
Freed by task 7:
save_stack+0x23/0x90 mm/kasan/common.c:71
set_track mm/kasan/common.c:79 [inline]
__kasan_slab_free+0x102/0x150 mm/kasan/common.c:451
kasan_slab_free+0xe/0x10 mm/kasan/common.c:459
__cache_free mm/slab.c:3432 [inline]
kfree+0xcf/0x220 mm/slab.c:3755
kvfree+0x61/0x70 mm/util.c:460
bucket_table_free+0x69/0x150 lib/rhashtable.c:108
rhashtable_free_and_destroy+0x165/0x8b0 lib/rhashtable.c:1155
inet_frags_exit_net+0x3d/0x50 net/ipv4/inet_fragment.c:152
ipv4_frags_exit_net+0x73/0x90 net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c:695
ops_exit_list.isra.0+0xaa/0x150 net/core/net_namespace.c:154
cleanup_net+0x3fb/0x960 net/core/net_namespace.c:553
process_one_work+0x989/0x1790 kernel/workqueue.c:2269
worker_thread+0x98/0xe40 kernel/workqueue.c:2415
kthread+0x354/0x420 kernel/kthread.c:255
ret_from_fork+0x24/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:352
The buggy address belongs to the object at ffff8880a6497b40
which belongs to the cache kmalloc-1k of size 1024
The buggy address is located 48 bytes inside of
1024-byte region [ffff8880a6497b40, ffff8880a6497f40)
The buggy address belongs to the page:
page:ffffea0002992580 refcount:1 mapcount:0 mapping:ffff8880aa400ac0 index:0xffff8880a64964c0 compound_mapcount: 0
flags: 0x1fffc0000010200(slab|head)
raw: 01fffc0000010200 ffffea0002916e88 ffffea000218fe08 ffff8880aa400ac0
raw: ffff8880a64964c0 ffff8880a6496040 0000000100000005 0000000000000000
page dumped because: kasan: bad access detected
Memory state around the buggy address:
ffff8880a6497a00: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
ffff8880a6497a80: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
>ffff8880a6497b00: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
^
ffff8880a6497b80: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
ffff8880a6497c00: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
Fixes: 648700f76b ("inet: frags: use rhashtables for reassembly units")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch will add rcu grace period before fqdir
rhashtable destruction, so we need to dynamically allocate
fqdir structures to not force expensive synchronize_rcu() calls
in netns dismantle path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fqdir will soon be dynamically allocated.
We need to reach the struct net pointer from fqdir,
so add it, and replace the various container_of() constructs
by direct access to the new field.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And pass an extra parameter, since we will soon
dynamically allocate fqdir structures.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the @frags fields from structs netns_ipv4, netns_ipv6,
netns_nf_frag and netns_ieee802154_lowpan to @fqdir
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) struct netns_frags is renamed to struct fqdir
This structure is really holding many frag queues in a hash table.
2) (struct inet_frag_queue)->net field is renamed to fqdir
since net is generally associated to a 'struct net' pointer
in networking stack.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move fib6_nh to the end of fib6_info and make it an array of
size 0. Pass a flag to fib6_info_alloc indicating if the
allocation needs to add space for a fib6_nh.
The current code path always has a fib6_nh allocated with a
fib6_info; with nexthop objects they will be separate.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to the pcpu routes exceptions are really per nexthop, so move
rt6i_exception_bucket from fib6_info to fib6_nh.
To avoid additional increases to the size of fib6_nh for a 1-bit flag,
use the lowest bit in the allocated memory pointer for the flushed flag.
Add helpers for retrieving the bucket pointer to mask off the flag.
The cleanup of the exception bucket is moved to fib6_nh_release.
fib6_nh_flush_exceptions can now be called from 2 contexts:
1. deleting a fib entry
2. deleting a fib6_nh
For 1., fib6_nh_flush_exceptions is called for a specific fib6_info that
is getting deleted. All exceptions in the cache using the entry are
deleted. For 2, the fib6_nh itself is getting destroyed so
fib6_nh_flush_exceptions is called for a NULL fib6_info which means
flush all entries.
The pmtu.sh selftest exercises the affected code paths - from creating
exceptions to cleaning them up on device delete. All tests pass without
any rcu locking or memleak warnings.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_info are specific instances of a fib entry and are tied to a
device and gateway - ie., a nexthop. Before nexthop objects, IPv6 fib
entries have separate fib6_info for each nexthop in a multipath route,
so the location of the pcpu cache in the fib6_info struct worked.
However, with nexthop objects a fib6_info can point to a set of nexthops
(yet another alignment of ipv6 with ipv4). Accordingly, the pcpu
cache needs to be moved to the fib6_nh struct so the cached entries
are local to the nexthop specification used to create the rt6_info.
Initialization and free of the pcpu entries moved to fib6_nh_init and
fib6_nh_release.
Change in location only, from fib6_info down to fib6_nh; no other
functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this sctp implementation is free software you can redistribute it
and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license
as published by the free software foundation either version 2 or at
your option any later version this sctp implementation is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with gnu cc see the file copying if not see
http www gnu org licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 42 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190523091649.683323110@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
the sctp reference implementation is free software you can
redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general
public license as published by the free software foundation either
version 2 or at your option any later version the sctp reference
implementation is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but
without any warranty without even the implied warranty of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu
general public license for more details you should have received a
copy of the gnu general public license along with gnu cc see the
file copying if not see http www gnu org licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 1 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190523091649.408473526@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version this program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful but without any warranty without even
the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose see the gnu general public license for more details you
should have received a copy of the gnu general public license along
with this program if not write to the free software foundation inc
59 temple place suite 330 boston ma 02111 1307 usa the full gnu
general public license is included in this distribution in the file
called license
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 4 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190520075211.959886972@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
As per the current design, in the case of sw crypto controlled devices,
it is the device which advertises the support for AP/VLAN iftype based
on it's ability to tranmsit packets encrypted in software
(In VLAN functionality, group traffic generated for a specific
VLAN group is always encrypted in software). Commit db3bdcb9c3
("mac80211: allow AP_VLAN operation on crypto controlled devices")
has introduced this change.
Since 4addr AP operation also uses AP/VLAN iftype, this conditional
way of advertising AP/VLAN support has broken 4addr AP mode operation on
crypto controlled devices which do not support VLAN functionality.
In the case of ath10k driver, not all firmwares have support for VLAN
functionality but all can support 4addr AP operation. Because AP/VLAN
support is not advertised for these devices, 4addr AP operations are
also blocked.
Fix this by allowing 4addr operation on devices which do not support
AP/VLAN iftype but can support 4addr AP operation (decision is based on
the wiphy flag WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP).
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: db3bdcb9c3 ("mac80211: allow AP_VLAN operation on crypto controlled devices")
Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree:
1) Fix crash when dumping rules after conversion to RCU,
from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix incorrect hook reinjection from nf_queue in case NF_REPEAT,
from Jagdish Motwani.
3) Fix check for route existence in fib extension, from Phil Sutter.
4) Fix use after free in ip_vs_in() hook, from YueHaibing.
5) Check for veth existence from netfilter selftests,
from Jeffrin Jose T.
6) Checksum corruption in UDP NAT helpers due to typo,
from Florian Westphal.
7) Pass up packets to classic forwarding path regardless of
IPv4 DF bit, patch for the flowtable infrastructure from Florian.
8) Set liberal TCP tracking for flows that are placed in the
flowtable, in case they need to go back to classic forwarding path,
also from Florian.
9) Don't add flow with sequence adjustment to flowtable, from Florian.
10) Skip IPv4 options from IPv6 datapath in flowtable, from Florian.
11) Add selftest for the flowtable infrastructure, from Florian.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer
period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that
happens.
Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set,
during initialization and port type change.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New userspace on an older kernel can send unknown and unsupported
attributes resulting in an incompelete config which is almost
always wrong for routing (few exceptions are passthrough settings
like the protocol that installed the route).
Set strict_start_type in the policies for IPv4 and IPv6 routes and
rules to detect new, unsupported attributes and fail the route add.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename nh_update_mtu to fib_nhc_update_mtu and export for use by the
nexthop code.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add scope as input argument versus relying on fib_info reference in
fib_nh, and export fib_info_update_nh_saddr.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As nexthops are deleted, fib entries referencing it are marked dead.
Export fib_flush so those entries can be removed in a timely manner.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change fib_check_nh to take net, table and scope as input arguments
over struct fib_config and export for use by nexthop code.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib_info_notify_update to walk the fib and send RTM_NEWROUTE
notifications with NLM_F_REPLACE set for entries linked to a fib_info
that have nh_updated flag set. This helper will be used by the nexthop
code to notify userspace of routes that are impacted when a nexthop
config is updated via replace. The new function and its helper are
similar to how fib_flush and fib_table_flush work for address delete
and link down events.
This notification is needed for legacy apps that do not understand
the new nexthop object. Apps that are nexthop aware can use the
RTA_NH_ID attribute in the route notification to just ignore it.
In the future this should be wrapped in a sysctl to allow OS'es that
are fully updated to avoid the notificaton storm.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib6_rt_update to send RTM_NEWROUTE with NLM_F_REPLACE set. This
helper will be used by the nexthop code to notify userspace of routes
that are impacted when a nexthop config is updated via replace.
This notification is needed for legacy apps that do not understand
the new nexthop object. Apps that are nexthop aware can use the
RTA_NH_ID attribute in the route notification to just ignore it.
In the future this should be wrapped in a sysctl to allow OS'es that
are fully updated to avoid the notificaton storm.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add hook to ipv6 stub to bump the sernum up to the root node for a
route. This is needed by the nexthop code when a nexthop config changes.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ip6_del_rt to the IPv6 stub. The hook is needed by the nexthop
code to remove entries linked to a nexthop that is getting deleted.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here are series of patches that add SPDX tags to different kernel files,
based on two different things:
- SPDX entries are added to a bunch of files that we missed a year ago
that do not have any license information at all.
These were either missed because the tool saw the MODULE_LICENSE()
tag, or some EXPORT_SYMBOL tags, and got confused and thought the
file had a real license, or the files have been added since the last
big sweep, or they were Makefile/Kconfig files, which we didn't
touch last time.
- Add GPL-2.0-only or GPL-2.0-or-later tags to files where our scan
tools can determine the license text in the file itself. Where this
happens, the license text is removed, in order to cut down on the
700+ different ways we have in the kernel today, in a quest to get
rid of all of these.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on the
patches are reviewers.
The reason for these "large" patches is if we were to continue to
progress at the current rate of change in the kernel, adding license
tags to individual files in different subsystems, we would be finished
in about 10 years at the earliest.
There will be more series of these types of patches coming over the next
few weeks as the tools and reviewers crunch through the more "odd"
variants of how to say "GPLv2" that developers have come up with over
the years, combined with other fun oddities (GPL + a BSD disclaimer?)
that are being unearthed, with the goal for the whole kernel to be
cleaned up.
These diffstats are not small, 3840 files are touched, over 10k lines
removed in just 24 patches.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXOP8uw8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ynmGQCgy3evqzleuOITDpuWaxewFdHqiJYAnA7KRw4H
1KwtfRnMtG6dk/XaS7H7
=O9lH
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull SPDX update from Greg KH:
"Here is a series of patches that add SPDX tags to different kernel
files, based on two different things:
- SPDX entries are added to a bunch of files that we missed a year
ago that do not have any license information at all.
These were either missed because the tool saw the MODULE_LICENSE()
tag, or some EXPORT_SYMBOL tags, and got confused and thought the
file had a real license, or the files have been added since the
last big sweep, or they were Makefile/Kconfig files, which we
didn't touch last time.
- Add GPL-2.0-only or GPL-2.0-or-later tags to files where our scan
tools can determine the license text in the file itself. Where this
happens, the license text is removed, in order to cut down on the
700+ different ways we have in the kernel today, in a quest to get
rid of all of these.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on
the patches are reviewers.
The reason for these "large" patches is if we were to continue to
progress at the current rate of change in the kernel, adding license
tags to individual files in different subsystems, we would be finished
in about 10 years at the earliest.
There will be more series of these types of patches coming over the
next few weeks as the tools and reviewers crunch through the more
"odd" variants of how to say "GPLv2" that developers have come up with
over the years, combined with other fun oddities (GPL + a BSD
disclaimer?) that are being unearthed, with the goal for the whole
kernel to be cleaned up.
These diffstats are not small, 3840 files are touched, over 10k lines
removed in just 24 patches"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (24 commits)
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 25
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 24
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 23
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 22
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 21
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 20
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 19
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 18
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 17
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 15
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 14
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 13
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 12
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 11
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 10
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 9
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 7
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 5
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 4
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 3
...
NFTA_FIB_F_PRESENT flag was not always honored since eval functions did
not call nft_fib_store_result in all cases.
Given that in all callsites there is a struct net_device pointer
available which holds the interface data to be stored in destination
register, simplify nft_fib_store_result() to just accept that pointer
instead of the nft_pktinfo pointer and interface index. This also
allows to drop the index to interface lookup previously needed to get
the name associated with given index.
Fixes: 055c4b34b9 ("netfilter: nft_fib: Support existence check")
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or any
later version this program is distributed in the hope that it will
be useful but without any warranty without even the implied warranty
of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu
general public license for more details
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 50 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Jilayne Lovejoy <opensource@jilayne.com>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190519154042.917228456@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 2 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version this program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful but without any warranty without even
the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose see the gnu general public license for more details you
should have received a copy of the gnu general public license along
with this program if not see http www gnu org licenses
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version this program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful but without any warranty without even
the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose see the gnu general public license for more details [based]
[from] [clk] [highbank] [c] you should have received a copy of the
gnu general public license along with this program if not see http
www gnu org licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 355 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Jilayne Lovejoy <opensource@jilayne.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190519154041.837383322@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version this program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful but without any warranty without even
the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose see the gnu general public license for more details you
should have received a copy of the gnu general public license along
with this program if not see http www gnu org licenses the full gnu
general public license is included in this distribution in the file
called license
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Jilayne Lovejoy <opensource@jilayne.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190519154041.052102771@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:1) Use after free in __dev_map_entry_free(), from Eric Dumazet.
1) Use after free in __dev_map_entry_free(), from Eric Dumazet.
2) Fix TCP retransmission timestamps on passive Fast Open, from Yuchung
Cheng.
3) Orphan NFC, we'll take the patches directly into my tree. From
Johannes Berg.
4) We can't recycle cloned TCP skbs, from Eric Dumazet.
5) Some flow dissector bpf test fixes, from Stanislav Fomichev.
6) Fix RCU marking and warnings in rhashtable, from Herbert Xu.
7) Fix some potential fib6 leaks, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Fix a _decode_session4 uninitialized memory read bug fix that got
lost in a merge. From Florian Westphal.
9) Fix ipv6 source address routing wrt. exception route entries, from
Wei Wang.
10) The netdev_xmit_more() conversion was not done %100 properly in mlx5
driver, fix from Tariq Toukan.
11) Clean up botched merge on netfilter kselftest, from Florian
Westphal.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (74 commits)
of_net: fix of_get_mac_address retval if compiled without CONFIG_OF
net: fix kernel-doc warnings for socket.c
net: Treat sock->sk_drops as an unsigned int when printing
kselftests: netfilter: fix leftover net/net-next merge conflict
mlxsw: core: Prevent reading unsupported slave address from SFP EEPROM
mlxsw: core: Prevent QSFP module initialization for old hardware
vsock/virtio: Initialize core virtio vsock before registering the driver
net/mlx5e: Fix possible modify header actions memory leak
net/mlx5e: Fix no rewrite fields with the same match
net/mlx5e: Additional check for flow destination comparison
net/mlx5e: Add missing ethtool driver info for representors
net/mlx5e: Fix number of vports for ingress ACL configuration
net/mlx5e: Fix ethtool rxfh commands when CONFIG_MLX5_EN_RXNFC is disabled
net/mlx5e: Fix wrong xmit_more application
net/mlx5: Fix peer pf disable hca command
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Correct type to u16 for vport_num and int for vport_index
net/mlx5: Add meaningful return codes to status_to_err function
net/mlx5: Imply MLXFW in mlx5_core
Revert "tipc: fix modprobe tipc failed after switch order of device registration"
vsock/virtio: free packets during the socket release
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIVAwUAXN2BC/u3V2unywtrAQJm9w/+L7ufbRkj6XGVongmhf4n+auBQXMJ4jec
zN6bjWrp/SN9kJfOqOKA+sk9s3cCOCV8SF/2eM5P8DJNtrB6aXlg590u1wSkOp99
FdSM8Fy7v4bTwW9hCBhvcFpC+layVUEv/WAsCCIZi94W+H43XFY4QM79cqoqIx8r
nTLu9EcjWFpUoBIAYEU0x/h4IA5Cyl6CUw3YZhZYaGoLLfi9EZkgBLlUU+6OXpDO
Uepzn1gnpXMCNsiBE/Hr9LR0pfOTtzdJuNADrppRnbPfky8RsPE8tuk6kT6301U1
IxG66SafYsvbQGzyIdfTydl022DFj5LOtCPFtfALviJqdBOGE/zPPnrBPinHg4oJ
40P2tIJ/+Ksz5cPzmkA1KanSXaQ2v0sLBVdQJ7yt5EFuAMzj/roWpiPmEmQd6KqB
ixZdZLehKFPaAB5cR41fHV1jB30HN7oakwqCoYmXd1Chu3AlB15yV9WZMSqjPS8P
pkNC/X5mU5hDnZUx9e3Fbu8LqoGOjnGvDn5jOxihdKfaGu3A4OlbSerIUbRHvnT8
u8XDPoq4j61f04MiI9z/bPDFTRYyycIQPcHYQpi4MJt9lSkkydP217P60BJsUv2n
NIPYwgI7VIse0Gdo8shIg+RnSnJaKHT9Sf86h8pyDFO6wZp/GVVqPSdjjU+Lv5fv
CZGJ7PCYcfs=
=2q2Y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'afs-fixes-20190516' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
Pull misc AFS fixes from David Howells:
"This fixes a set of miscellaneous issues in the afs filesystem,
including:
- leak of keys on file close.
- broken error handling in xattr functions.
- missing locking when updating VL server list.
- volume location server DNS lookup whereby preloaded cells may not
ever get a lookup and regular DNS lookups to maintain server lists
consume power unnecessarily.
- incorrect error propagation and handling in the fileserver
iteration code causes operations to sometimes apparently succeed.
- interruption of server record check/update side op during
fileserver iteration causes uninterruptible main operations to fail
unexpectedly.
- callback promise expiry time miscalculation.
- over invalidation of the callback promise on directories.
- double locking on callback break waking up file locking waiters.
- double increment of the vnode callback break counter.
Note that it makes some changes outside of the afs code, including:
- an extra parameter to dns_query() to allow the dns_resolver key
just accessed to be immediately invalidated. AFS is caching the
results itself, so the key can be discarded.
- an interruptible version of wait_var_event().
- an rxrpc function to allow the maximum lifespan to be set on a
call.
- a way for an rxrpc call to be marked as non-interruptible"
* tag 'afs-fixes-20190516' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs:
afs: Fix double inc of vnode->cb_break
afs: Fix lock-wait/callback-break double locking
afs: Don't invalidate callback if AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID not set
afs: Fix calculation of callback expiry time
afs: Make dynamic root population wait uninterruptibly for proc_cells_lock
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
rxrpc: Allow the kernel to mark a call as being non-interruptible
afs: Fix error propagation from server record check/update
afs: Fix the maximum lifespan of VL and probe calls
rxrpc: Provide kernel interface to set max lifespan on a call
afs: Fix "kAFS: AFS vnode with undefined type 0"
afs: Fix cell DNS lookup
Add wait_var_event_interruptible()
dns_resolver: Allow used keys to be invalidated
afs: Fix afs_cell records to always have a VL server list record
afs: Fix missing lock when replacing VL server list
afs: Fix afs_xattr_get_yfs() to not try freeing an error value
afs: Fix incorrect error handling in afs_xattr_get_acl()
afs: Fix key leak in afs_release() and afs_evict_inode()
At ipv6 route dismantle, fib6_drop_pcpu_from() is responsible
for finding all percpu routes and set their ->from pointer
to NULL, so that fib6_ref can reach its expected value (1).
The problem right now is that other cpus can still catch the
route being deleted, since there is no rcu grace period
between the route deletion and call to fib6_drop_pcpu_from()
This can leak the fib6 and associated resources, since no
notifier will take care of removing the last reference(s).
I decided to add another boolean (fib6_destroying) instead
of reusing/renaming exception_bucket_flushed to ease stable backports,
and properly document the memory barriers used to implement this fix.
This patch has been co-developped with Wei Wang.
Fixes: 93531c6743 ("net/ipv6: separate handling of FIB entries from dst based routes")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow kernel services using AF_RXRPC to indicate that a call should be
non-interruptible. This allows kafs to make things like lock-extension and
writeback data storage calls non-interruptible.
If this is set, signals will be ignored for operations on that call where
possible - such as waiting to get a call channel on an rxrpc connection.
It doesn't prevent UDP sendmsg from being interrupted, but that will be
handled by packet retransmission.
rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() isn't affected by this since that never waits,
preferring instead to return -EAGAIN and leave the waiting to the caller.
Userspace initiated calls can't be set to be uninterruptible at this time.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide an interface to set max lifespan on a call from inside of the
kernel without having to call kernel_sendmsg().
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
It is illegal to change arbitrary fields in skb_shared_info if the
skb is cloned.
Before calling skb_zcopy_clear() we need to ensure this rule,
therefore we need to move the test from sk_stream_alloc_skb()
to sk_wmem_free_skb()
Fixes: 4f661542a4 ("tcp: fix zerocopy and notsent_lowat issues")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Diagnosed-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's best to not expose this, due to the performance hit it may cause
when calling it.
Fixes: b68b0dd0fb ("net: dsa: Keep private info in the skb->cb")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This does not cause any bug now because it has no users, but its body
contains two pointer definitions within a code block:
struct sk_buff *clone = _clone; \
struct sk_buff *skb = _skb; \
When calling the macro as DSA_SKB_CLONE(clone, skb), these variables
would obscure the arguments that the macro was called with, and the
initializers would be a no-op instead of doing their job (undefined
behavior, by the way, but GCC nicely puts NULL pointers instead).
So simply remove this broken macro and leave users to simply call
"DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->clone = clone" by hand when needed.
There is one functional difference when doing what I just suggested
above: the control block won't be transferred from the original skb into
the clone. Since there's no foreseen need for the control block in the
clone ATM, this is ok.
Fixes: b68b0dd0fb ("net: dsa: Keep private info in the skb->cb")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sk_buff control block can have any contents on xmit put there by the
stack, so initialization is mandatory, since we are checking its value
after the actual DSA xmit (the tagger may have changed it).
The DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro could have been used for this purpose, but:
- Zeroizing a 48-byte memory region in the hotpath is best avoided.
- It would have triggered a warning with newer compilers since
__dsa_skb_cb contains a structure within a structure, and the {0}
initializer was incorrect for that purpose.
So simply remove the DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro and initialize the
deferred_xmit variable by hand (which should be done for all further
dsa_skb_cb variables which need initialization - currently none - to
avoid the performance penalty).
Fixes: 97a69a0dea ("net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User space can flip the clean_acked_data_enabled static branch
on and off with TLS offload when CONFIG_TLS_DEVICE is enabled.
jump_label.h suggests we use the delayed version in this case.
Deferred branches now also don't take the branch mutex on
decrement, so we avoid potential locking issues.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support AES128-CCM ciphers in kTLS, from Vakul Garg.
2) Add fib_sync_mem to control the amount of dirty memory we allow to
queue up between synchronize RCU calls, from David Ahern.
3) Make flow classifier more lockless, from Vlad Buslov.
4) Add PHY downshift support to aquantia driver, from Heiner
Kallweit.
5) Add SKB cache for TCP rx and tx, from Eric Dumazet. This reduces
contention on SLAB spinlocks in heavy RPC workloads.
6) Partial GSO offload support in XFRM, from Boris Pismenny.
7) Add fast link down support to ethtool, from Heiner Kallweit.
8) Use siphash for IP ID generator, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Pull nexthops even further out from ipv4/ipv6 routes and FIB
entries, from David Ahern.
10) Move skb->xmit_more into a per-cpu variable, from Florian
Westphal.
11) Improve eBPF verifier speed and increase maximum program size,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
12) Eliminate per-bucket spinlocks in rhashtable, and instead use bit
spinlocks. From Neil Brown.
13) Allow tunneling with GUE encap in ipvs, from Jacky Hu.
14) Improve link partner cap detection in generic PHY code, from
Heiner Kallweit.
15) Add layer 2 encap support to bpf_skb_adjust_room(), from Alan
Maguire.
16) Remove SKB list implementation assumptions in SCTP, your's truly.
17) Various cleanups, optimizations, and simplifications in r8169
driver. From Heiner Kallweit.
18) Add memory accounting on TX and RX path of SCTP, from Xin Long.
19) Switch PHY drivers over to use dynamic featue detection, from
Heiner Kallweit.
20) Support flow steering without masking in dpaa2-eth, from Ioana
Ciocoi.
21) Implement ndo_get_devlink_port in netdevsim driver, from Jiri
Pirko.
22) Increase the strict parsing of current and future netlink
attributes, also export such policies to userspace. From Johannes
Berg.
23) Allow DSA tag drivers to be modular, from Andrew Lunn.
24) Remove legacy DSA probing support, also from Andrew Lunn.
25) Allow ll_temac driver to be used on non-x86 platforms, from Esben
Haabendal.
26) Add a generic tracepoint for TX queue timeouts to ease debugging,
from Cong Wang.
27) More indirect call optimizations, from Paolo Abeni"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1763 commits)
cxgb4: Fix error path in cxgb4_init_module
net: phy: improve pause mode reporting in phy_print_status
dt-bindings: net: Fix a typo in the phy-mode list for ethernet bindings
net: macb: Change interrupt and napi enable order in open
net: ll_temac: Improve error message on error IRQ
net/sched: remove block pointer from common offload structure
net: ethernet: support of_get_mac_address new ERR_PTR error
net: usb: smsc: fix warning reported by kbuild test robot
staging: octeon-ethernet: Fix of_get_mac_address ERR_PTR check
net: dsa: support of_get_mac_address new ERR_PTR error
net: dsa: sja1105: Fix status initialization in sja1105_get_ethtool_stats
vrf: sit mtu should not be updated when vrf netdev is the link
net: dsa: Fix error cleanup path in dsa_init_module
l2tp: Fix possible NULL pointer dereference
taprio: add null check on sched_nest to avoid potential null pointer dereference
net: mvpp2: cls: fix less than zero check on a u32 variable
net_sched: sch_fq: handle non connected flows
net_sched: sch_fq: do not assume EDT packets are ordered
net: hns3: use devm_kcalloc when allocating desc_cb
net: hns3: some cleanup for struct hns3_enet_ring
...
Based on feedback from Jiri avoid carrying a pointer to the tcf_block
structure in the tc_cls_common_offload structure. Instead store
a flag in driver private data which indicates if offloads apply
to a shared block at block binding time.
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull timer updates from Ingo Molnar:
"This cycle had the following changes:
- Timer tracing improvements (Anna-Maria Gleixner)
- Continued tasklet reduction work: remove the hrtimer_tasklet
(Thomas Gleixner)
- Fix CPU hotplug remove race in the tick-broadcast mask handling
code (Thomas Gleixner)
- Force upper bound for setting CLOCK_REALTIME, to fix ABI
inconsistencies with handling values that are close to the maximum
supported and the vagueness of when uptime related wraparound might
occur. Make the consistent maximum the year 2232 across all
relevant ABIs and APIs. (Thomas Gleixner)
- various cleanups and smaller fixes"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
tick: Fix typos in comments
tick/broadcast: Fix warning about undefined tick_broadcast_oneshot_offline()
timekeeping: Force upper bound for setting CLOCK_REALTIME
timer/trace: Improve timer tracing
timer/trace: Replace deprecated vsprintf pointer extension %pf by %ps
timer: Move trace point to get proper index
tick/sched: Update tick_sched struct documentation
tick: Remove outgoing CPU from broadcast masks
timekeeping: Consistently use unsigned int for seqcount snapshot
softirq: Remove tasklet_hrtimer
xfrm: Replace hrtimer tasklet with softirq hrtimer
mac80211_hwsim: Replace hrtimer tasklet with softirq hrtimer
In order to support this, we are creating a make-shift switch tag out of
a VLAN trunk configured on the CPU port. Termination of normal traffic
on switch ports only works when not under a vlan_filtering bridge.
Termination of management (PTP, BPDU) traffic works under all
circumstances because it uses a different tagging mechanism
(incl_srcpt). We are making use of the generic CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q
code and leveraging it from our own CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_SJA1105.
There are two types of traffic: regular and link-local.
The link-local traffic received on the CPU port is trapped from the
switch's regular forwarding decisions because it matched one of the two
DMAC filters for management traffic.
On transmission, the switch requires special massaging for these
link-local frames. Due to a weird implementation of the switching IP, by
default it drops link-local frames that originate on the CPU port.
It needs to be told where to forward them to, through an SPI command
("management route") that is valid for only a single frame.
So when we're sending link-local traffic, we are using the
dsa_defer_xmit mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is supposed to share information between the driver and the tagger,
or used by the tagger to keep some state. Its use is optional.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on
the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding
rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a
sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic,
this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism
that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred
transmission.
The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not
in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically
also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb
manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit
and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the
tagger.
The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it
to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing
some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping.
To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about
changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into
a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value.
But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore
making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking
the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly
introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Map a DSA structure over the 48-byte control block that will hold
skb info on transmit and receive. This is only for use within the DSA
processing layer (e.g. communicating between DSA core and tagger) and
not for passing info around with other layers such as the master net
device.
Also add a DSA_SKB_CB_PRIV() macro which retrieves a pointer to the
space up to 48 bytes that the DSA structure does not use. This space can
be used for drivers to add their own private info.
One use is for the PTP timestamping code path. When cloning a skb,
annotate the original with a pointer to the clone, which the driver can
then find easily and place the timestamp to. This avoids the need of a
separate queue to hold clones and a way to match an original to a cloned
skb.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Frames get processed by DSA and redirected to switch port net devices
based on the ETH_P_XDSA multiplexed packet_type handler found by the
network stack when calling eth_type_trans().
The running assumption is that once the DSA .rcv function is called, DSA
is always able to decode the switch tag in order to change the skb->dev
from its master.
However there are tagging protocols (such as the new DSA_TAG_PROTO_SJA1105,
user of DSA_TAG_PROTO_8021Q) where this assumption is not completely
true, since switch tagging piggybacks on the absence of a vlan_filtering
bridge. Moreover, management traffic (BPDU, PTP) for this switch doesn't
rely on switch tagging, but on a different mechanism. So it would make
sense to at least be able to terminate that.
Having DSA receive traffic it can't decode would put it in an impossible
situation: the eth_type_trans() function would invoke the DSA .rcv(),
which could not change skb->dev, then eth_type_trans() would be invoked
again, which again would call the DSA .rcv, and the packet would never
be able to exit the DSA filter and would spiral in a loop until the
whole system dies.
This happens because eth_type_trans() doesn't actually look at the skb
(so as to identify a potential tag) when it deems it as being
ETH_P_XDSA. It just checks whether skb->dev has a DSA private pointer
installed (therefore it's a DSA master) and that there exists a .rcv
callback (everybody except DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE has that). This is
understandable as there are many switch tags out there, and exhaustively
checking for all of them is far from ideal.
The solution lies in introducing a filtering function for each tagging
protocol. In the absence of a filtering function, all traffic is passed
to the .rcv DSA callback. The tagging protocol should see the filtering
function as a pre-validation that it can decode the incoming skb. The
traffic that doesn't match the filter will bypass the DSA .rcv callback
and be left on the master netdevice, which wasn't previously possible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides generic DSA code for using VLAN (802.1Q) tags for
the same purpose as a dedicated switch tag for injection/extraction.
It is based on the discussions and interest that has been so far
expressed in https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg556125.html.
Unlike all other DSA-supported tagging protocols, CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q
does not offer a complete solution for drivers (nor can it). Instead, it
provides generic code that driver can opt into calling:
- dsa_8021q_xmit: Inserts a VLAN header with the specified contents.
Can be called from another tagging protocol's xmit function.
Currently the LAN9303 driver is inserting headers that are simply
802.1Q with custom fields, so this is an opportunity for code reuse.
- dsa_8021q_rcv: Retrieves the TPID and TCI from a VLAN-tagged skb.
Removing the VLAN header is left as a decision for the caller to make.
- dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging: For each user port, installs an Rx VID
and a Tx VID, for proper untagged traffic identification on ingress
and steering on egress. Also sets up the VLAN trunk on the upstream
(CPU or DSA) port. Drivers are intentionally left to call this
function explicitly, depending on the context and hardware support.
The expected switch behavior and VLAN semantics should not be violated
under any conditions. That is, after calling
dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging, the hardware should still pass all
ingress traffic, be it tagged or untagged.
For uniformity with the other tagging protocols, a module for the
dsa_8021q_netdev_ops structure is registered, but the typical usage is
to set up another tagging protocol which selects CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q,
and calls the API from tag_8021q.h. Null function definitions are also
provided so that a "depends on" is not forced in the Kconfig.
This tagging protocol only works when switch ports are standalone, or
when they are added to a VLAN-unaware bridge. It will probably remain
this way for the reasons below.
When added to a bridge that has vlan_filtering 1, the bridge core will
install its own VLANs and reset the pvids through switchdev. For the
bridge core, switchdev is a write-only pipe. All VLAN-related state is
kept in the bridge core and nothing is read from DSA/switchdev or from
the driver. So the bridge core will break this port separation because
it will install the vlan_default_pvid into all switchdev ports.
Even if we could teach the bridge driver about switchdev preference of a
certain vlan_default_pvid (task difficult in itself since the current
setting is per-bridge but we would need it per-port), there would still
exist many other challenges.
Firstly, in the DSA rcv callback, a driver would have to perform an
iterative reverse lookup to find the correct switch port. That is
because the port is a bridge slave, so its Rx VID (port PVID) is subject
to user configuration. How would we ensure that the user doesn't reset
the pvid to a different value (which would make an O(1) translation
impossible), or to a non-unique value within this DSA switch tree (which
would make any translation impossible)?
Finally, not all switch ports are equal in DSA, and that makes it
difficult for the bridge to be completely aware of this anyway.
The CPU port needs to transmit tagged packets (VLAN trunk) in order for
the DSA rcv code to be able to decode source information.
But the bridge code has absolutely no idea which switch port is the CPU
port, if nothing else then just because there is no netdevice registered
by DSA for the CPU port.
Also DSA does not currently allow the user to specify that they want the
CPU port to do VLAN trunking anyway. VLANs are added to the CPU port
using the same flags as they were added on the user port.
So the VLANs installed by dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging per driver
request should remain private from the bridge's and user's perspective,
and should not alter the VLAN semantics observed by the user.
In the current implementation a VLAN range ending at 4095 (VLAN_N_VID)
is reserved for this purpose. Each port receives a unique Rx VLAN and a
unique Tx VLAN. Separate VLANs are needed for Rx and Tx because they
serve different purposes: on Rx the switch must process traffic as
untagged and process it with a port-based VLAN, but with care not to
hinder bridging. On the other hand, the Tx VLAN is where the
reachability restrictions are imposed, since by tagging frames in the
xmit callback we are telling the switch onto which port to steer the
frame.
Some general guidance on how this support might be employed for
real-life hardware (some comments made by Florian Fainelli):
- If the hardware supports VLAN tag stacking, it should somehow back
up its private VLAN settings when the bridge tries to override them.
Then the driver could re-apply them as outer tags. Dedicating an outer
tag per bridge device would allow identical inner tag VID numbers to
co-exist, yet preserve broadcast domain isolation.
- If the switch cannot handle VLAN tag stacking, it should disable this
port separation when added as slave to a vlan_filtering bridge, in
that case having reduced functionality.
- Drivers for old switches that don't support the entire VLAN_N_VID
range will need to rework the current range selection mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some actions like the police action are stateful and could share state
between devices. This is incompatible with offloading to multiple devices
and drivers might want to test for shared blocks when offloading.
Store a pointer to the tcf_block structure in the tc_cls_common_offload
structure to allow drivers to determine when offloads apply to a shared
block.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new command for matchall classifiers that allows hardware
to update statistics.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add police action to the hardware intermediate representation which
would subsequently allow it to be used by drivers for offload.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move tcf_police_params, tcf_police and tc_police_compat structures to a
header. Making them usable to other code for example drivers that would
offload police actions to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleanup unused functions and variables after porting to the newer
intermediate representation.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates the Mellanox spectrum driver to use the newer intermediate
representation for flow actions in matchall offloads.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends matchall offload to make use of the hardware intermediate
representation. More specifically, this patch moves the native TC
actions in cls_matchall offload to the newer flow_action
representation. This ultimately allows us to avoid a direct
dependency on native TC actions for matchall.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add sample action to the hardware intermediate representation model which
would subsequently allow it to be used by drivers for offload.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
===================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following batch contains Netfilter updates for net-next, they are:
1) Move nft_expr_clone() to nft_dynset, from Paul Gortmaker.
2) Do not include module.h from net/netfilter/nf_tables.h,
also from Paul.
3) Restrict conntrack sysctl entries to boolean, from Tonghao Zhang.
4) Several patches to add infrastructure to autoload NAT helper
modules from their respective conntrack helper, this also includes
the first client of this code in OVS, patches from Flavio Leitner.
5) Add support to match for conntrack ID, from Brett Mastbergen.
6) Spelling fix in connlabel, from Colin Ian King.
7) Use struct_size() from hashlimit, from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
8) Add optimized version of nf_inet_addr_mask(), from Li RongQing.
===================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2019-05-05
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for 5.2:
- Fixed Command Complete event handling check for matching opcode
- Added support for Qualcomm WCN3998 controller, along with DT bindings
- Added default address for Broadcom BCM2076B1 controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define __ipv4_neigh_lookup_noref to return NULL when CONFIG_INET is disabled.
Fixes: 4b2a2bfeb3 ("neighbor: Call __ipv4_neigh_lookup_noref in neigh_xmit")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ip6frag_expire_frag_queue() now pulls the head skb
from frag queue, we should no longer use skb_get(), since
this leads to an skb leak.
Stefan Bader initially reported a problem in 4.4.stable [1] caused
by the skb_get(), so this patch should also fix this issue.
296583.091021] kernel BUG at /build/linux-6VmqmP/linux-4.4.0/net/core/skbuff.c:1207!
[296583.091734] Call Trace:
[296583.091749] [<ffffffff81740e50>] __pskb_pull_tail+0x50/0x350
[296583.091764] [<ffffffff8183939a>] _decode_session6+0x26a/0x400
[296583.091779] [<ffffffff817ec719>] __xfrm_decode_session+0x39/0x50
[296583.091795] [<ffffffff818239d0>] icmpv6_route_lookup+0xf0/0x1c0
[296583.091809] [<ffffffff81824421>] icmp6_send+0x5e1/0x940
[296583.091823] [<ffffffff81753238>] ? __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60
[296583.091838] [<ffffffff817532b2>] ? netif_receive_skb_internal+0x32/0xa0
[296583.091858] [<ffffffffc0199f74>] ? ixgbe_clean_rx_irq+0x594/0xac0 [ixgbe]
[296583.091876] [<ffffffffc04eb260>] ? nf_ct_net_exit+0x50/0x50 [nf_defrag_ipv6]
[296583.091893] [<ffffffff8183d431>] icmpv6_send+0x21/0x30
[296583.091906] [<ffffffff8182b500>] ip6_expire_frag_queue+0xe0/0x120
[296583.091921] [<ffffffffc04eb27f>] nf_ct_frag6_expire+0x1f/0x30 [nf_defrag_ipv6]
[296583.091938] [<ffffffff810f3b57>] call_timer_fn+0x37/0x140
[296583.091951] [<ffffffffc04eb260>] ? nf_ct_net_exit+0x50/0x50 [nf_defrag_ipv6]
[296583.091968] [<ffffffff810f5464>] run_timer_softirq+0x234/0x330
[296583.091982] [<ffffffff8108a339>] __do_softirq+0x109/0x2b0
Fixes: d4289fcc9b ("net: IP6 defrag: use rbtrees for IPv6 defrag")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Stefan Bader <stefan.bader@canonical.com>
Cc: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit makes the kernel not send the next queued HCI command until
a command complete arrives for the last HCI command sent to the
controller. This change avoids a problem with some buggy controllers
(seen on two SKUs of QCA9377) that send an extra command complete event
for the previous command after the kernel had already sent a new HCI
command to the controller.
The problem was reproduced when starting an active scanning procedure,
where an extra command complete event arrives for the LE_SET_RANDOM_ADDR
command. When this happends the kernel ends up not processing the
command complete for the following commmand, LE_SET_SCAN_PARAM, and
ultimately behaving as if a passive scanning procedure was being
performed, when in fact controller is performing an active scanning
procedure. This makes it impossible to discover BLE devices as no device
found events are sent to userspace.
This problem is reproducible on 100% of the attempts on the affected
controllers. The extra command complete event can be seen at timestamp
27.420131 on the btmon logs bellow.
Bluetooth monitor ver 5.50
= Note: Linux version 5.0.0+ (x86_64) 0.352340
= Note: Bluetooth subsystem version 2.22 0.352343
= New Index: 80:C5:F2:8F:87:84 (Primary,USB,hci0) [hci0] 0.352344
= Open Index: 80:C5:F2:8F:87:84 [hci0] 0.352345
= Index Info: 80:C5:F2:8F:87:84 (Qualcomm) [hci0] 0.352346
@ MGMT Open: bluetoothd (privileged) version 1.14 {0x0001} 0.352347
@ MGMT Open: btmon (privileged) version 1.14 {0x0002} 0.352366
@ MGMT Open: btmgmt (privileged) version 1.14 {0x0003} 27.302164
@ MGMT Command: Start Discovery (0x0023) plen 1 {0x0003} [hci0] 27.302310
Address type: 0x06
LE Public
LE Random
< HCI Command: LE Set Random Address (0x08|0x0005) plen 6 #1 [hci0] 27.302496
Address: 15:60:F2:91:B2:24 (Non-Resolvable)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4 #2 [hci0] 27.419117
LE Set Random Address (0x08|0x0005) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
< HCI Command: LE Set Scan Parameters (0x08|0x000b) plen 7 #3 [hci0] 27.419244
Type: Active (0x01)
Interval: 11.250 msec (0x0012)
Window: 11.250 msec (0x0012)
Own address type: Random (0x01)
Filter policy: Accept all advertisement (0x00)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4 #4 [hci0] 27.420131
LE Set Random Address (0x08|0x0005) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
< HCI Command: LE Set Scan Enable (0x08|0x000c) plen 2 #5 [hci0] 27.420259
Scanning: Enabled (0x01)
Filter duplicates: Enabled (0x01)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4 #6 [hci0] 27.420969
LE Set Scan Parameters (0x08|0x000b) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4 #7 [hci0] 27.421983
LE Set Scan Enable (0x08|0x000c) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
@ MGMT Event: Command Complete (0x0001) plen 4 {0x0003} [hci0] 27.422059
Start Discovery (0x0023) plen 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Address type: 0x06
LE Public
LE Random
@ MGMT Event: Discovering (0x0013) plen 2 {0x0003} [hci0] 27.422067
Address type: 0x06
LE Public
LE Random
Discovery: Enabled (0x01)
@ MGMT Event: Discovering (0x0013) plen 2 {0x0002} [hci0] 27.422067
Address type: 0x06
LE Public
LE Random
Discovery: Enabled (0x01)
@ MGMT Event: Discovering (0x0013) plen 2 {0x0001} [hci0] 27.422067
Address type: 0x06
LE Public
LE Random
Discovery: Enabled (0x01)
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@endlessm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Similar to the cached routes, make IPv4 exceptions accessible when
using an IPv6 nexthop struct with IPv4 routes. Simplify the exception
functions by passing in fib_nh_common since that is all it needs,
and then cleanup the call sites that have extraneous fib_nh conversions.
As with the cached routes this is a change in location only, from fib_nh
up to fib_nh_common; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the cached routes, nh_pcpu_rth_output and nh_rth_input, are IPv4
specific, a later patch wants to make them accessible for IPv6 nexthops
with IPv4 routes using a fib6_nh. Move the cached routes from fib_nh to
fib_nh_common and update references.
Initialization of the cached entries is moved to fib_nh_common_init,
and free is moved to fib_nh_common_release.
Change in location only, from fib_nh up to fib_nh_common; no functional
change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new validation flag NL_VALIDATE_NESTED which adds three consistency
checks of NLA_F_NESTED_FLAG:
- the flag is set on attributes with NLA_NESTED{,_ARRAY} policy
- the flag is not set on attributes with other policies except NLA_UNSPEC
- the flag is set on attribute passed to nla_parse_nested()
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
v2: change error messages to mention NLA_F_NESTED explicitly
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently
use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have
different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during
different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a
reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and
create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already
held.
With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock
only to protect access to shared reporters list.
Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while
being used.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ying triggered a call trace when doing an asconf testing:
BUG: scheduling while atomic: swapper/12/0/0x10000100
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffffa4375904>] dump_stack+0x19/0x1b
[<ffffffffa436fcaf>] __schedule_bug+0x64/0x72
[<ffffffffa437b93a>] __schedule+0x9ba/0xa00
[<ffffffffa3cd5326>] __cond_resched+0x26/0x30
[<ffffffffa437bc4a>] _cond_resched+0x3a/0x50
[<ffffffffa3e22be8>] kmem_cache_alloc_node+0x38/0x200
[<ffffffffa423512d>] __alloc_skb+0x5d/0x2d0
[<ffffffffc0995320>] sctp_packet_transmit+0x610/0xa20 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc098510e>] sctp_outq_flush+0x2ce/0xc00 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc098646c>] sctp_outq_uncork+0x1c/0x20 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc0977338>] sctp_cmd_interpreter.isra.22+0xc8/0x1460 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc0976ad1>] sctp_do_sm+0xe1/0x350 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc099443d>] sctp_primitive_ASCONF+0x3d/0x50 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc0977384>] sctp_cmd_interpreter.isra.22+0x114/0x1460 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc0976ad1>] sctp_do_sm+0xe1/0x350 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc097b3a4>] sctp_assoc_bh_rcv+0xf4/0x1b0 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc09840f1>] sctp_inq_push+0x51/0x70 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc099732b>] sctp_rcv+0xa8b/0xbd0 [sctp]
As it shows, the first sctp_do_sm() running under atomic context (NET_RX
softirq) invoked sctp_primitive_ASCONF() that uses GFP_KERNEL flag later,
and this flag is supposed to be used in non-atomic context only. Besides,
sctp_do_sm() was called recursively, which is not expected.
Vlad tried to fix this recursive call in Commit c078669340 ("sctp: Fix
oops when sending queued ASCONF chunks") by introducing a new command
SCTP_CMD_SEND_NEXT_ASCONF. But it didn't work as this command is still
used in the first sctp_do_sm() call, and sctp_primitive_ASCONF() will
be called in this command again.
To avoid calling sctp_do_sm() recursively, we send the next queued ASCONF
not by sctp_primitive_ASCONF(), but by sctp_sf_do_prm_asconf() in the 1st
sctp_do_sm() directly.
Reported-by: Ying Xu <yinxu@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all drivers can be probed using more traditional methods,
remove the legacy probe code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since different types of hardware may or may not support this setting
per-port, DSA keeps it either in dsa_switch or in dsa_port.
While drivers may know the characteristics of their hardware and
retrieve it from the correct place without the need of helpers, it is
cumbersone to find out an unambigous answer from generic DSA code.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current behavior is not as obvious as one would assume (which is
that, if the driver set vlan_filtering_is_global = 1, then checking any
dp->vlan_filtering would yield the same result). Only the ports which
are actively enslaved into a bridge would have vlan_filtering set.
This makes it tricky for drivers to check what the global state is.
So fix this and make the struct dsa_switch hold this global setting.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some switches, the action of whether to parse VLAN frame headers and use
that information for ingress admission is configurable, but not per
port. Such is the case for the Broadcom BCM53xx and the NXP SJA1105
families, for example. In that case, DSA can prevent the bridge core
from trying to apply different VLAN filtering settings on net devices
that belong to the same switch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to query the VLAN setting imposed by the bridge
driver directly from DSA, instead of keeping their own state based on
the .port_vlan_filtering callback.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2019-04-30
1) A lot of work to remove indirections from the xfrm code.
From Florian Westphal.
2) Support ESP offload in combination with gso partial.
From Boris Pismenny.
3) Remove some duplicated code from vti4.
From Jeremy Sowden.
Please note that there is merge conflict
between commit:
8742dc86d0 ("xfrm4: Fix uninitialized memory read in _decode_session4")
from the ipsec tree and commit:
c53ac41e37 ("xfrm: remove decode_session indirection from afinfo_policy")
from the ipsec-next tree. The merge conflict will appear
when those trees get merged during the merge window.
The conflict can be solved as it is done in linux-next:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/4/25/1207
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2019-04-30
1) Fix an out-of-bound array accesses in __xfrm_policy_unlink.
From YueHaibing.
2) Reset the secpath on failure in the ESP GRO handlers
to avoid dereferencing an invalid pointer on error.
From Myungho Jung.
3) Add and revert a patch that tried to add rcu annotations
to netns_xfrm. From Su Yanjun.
4) Wait for rcu callbacks before freeing xfrm6_tunnel_spi_kmem.
From Su Yanjun.
5) Fix forgotten vti4 ipip tunnel deregistration.
From Jeremy Sowden:
6) Remove some duplicated log messages in vti4.
From Jeremy Sowden.
7) Don't use IPSEC_PROTO_ANY when flushing states because
this will flush only IPsec portocol speciffic states.
IPPROTO_ROUTING states may remain in the lists when
doing net exit. Fix this by replacing IPSEC_PROTO_ANY
with zero. From Cong Wang.
8) Add length check for UDP encapsulation to fix "Oversized IP packet"
warnings on receive side. From Sabrina Dubroca.
9) Fix xfrm interface lookup when the interface is associated to
a vrf layer 3 master device. From Martin Willi.
10) Reload header pointers after pskb_may_pull() in _decode_session4(),
otherwise we may read from uninitialized memory.
11) Update the documentation about xfrm[46]_gc_thresh, it
is not used anymore after the flowcache removal.
From Nicolas Dichtel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The API allows a conntrack helper to indicate its corresponding
NAT helper which then can be loaded and reference counted.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Each NAT helper creates a module alias which follows a pattern.
Use macros for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We use the zero and one to limit the boolean options setting.
After this patch we only set 0 or 1 to boolean options for nf
conntrack sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Ideally, header files under include/linux shouldn't be adding
includes of other headers, in anticipation of their consumers,
but just the headers needed for the header itself to pass
parsing with CPP.
The module.h is particularly bad in this sense, as it itself does
include a whole bunch of other headers, due to the complexity of
module support.
Since nf_tables.h is not going into a module struct looking for
specific fields, we can just let it know that module is a struct,
just like about 60 other include/linux headers already do.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The nf_tables.h header is used in a lot of files, but it turns out
that there is only one actual user of nft_expr_clone().
Hence we relocate that function to be with the one consumer of it
and avoid having to process it with CPP for all the other files.
This will also enable a reduction in the other headers that the
nf_tables.h itself has to include just to be stand-alone, hence
a pending further significant reduction in the CPP content that
needs to get processed for each netfilter file.
Note that the explicit "inline" has been dropped as part of this
relocation. In similar changes to this, I believe Dave has asked
this be done, so we free up gcc to make the choice of whether to
inline or not.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that tag drivers dynamically register, we don't need the static
table. Remove it. This also means the tag driver structures can be
made static.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA tag driver module will need to register the tag protocols it
implements with the DSA core. Add macros containing this boiler plate.
The registration/unregistration code is currently just a stub. A Later
patch will add the real implementation.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Fix indent of #endif
Rewrite to move list pointer into a new structure
v3
Move kdoc next to macro
Fix THIS_MODULE indentation
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order that we can match the tagging protocol a switch driver
request to the tagger, we need to know what protocol the tagger
supports. Add this information to the ops structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
More tag protocol to end of structure to keep hot members at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the tag drivers become modules, we will need to dynamically load
them based on what the switch drivers need. Add aliases to map between
the TAG protocol and the driver.
In order to do this, we need the tag protocol number as something
which the C pre-processor can stringinfy. Only the compiler knows the
value of an enum, CPP cannot use them. So add #defines.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than keep a list to map a tagger ops to a name, place the name
into the ops structure. This removes the hard coded list, a step
towards making the taggers more dynamic.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2:
Move name to end of structure, keeping the hot entries at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-04-28
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Introduce BPF socket local storage map so that BPF programs can store
private data they associate with a socket (instead of e.g. separate hash
table), from Martin.
2) Add support for bpftool to dump BTF types. This is done through a new
`bpftool btf dump` sub-command, from Andrii.
3) Enable BPF-based flow dissector for skb-less eth_get_headlen() calls which
was currently not supported since skb was used to lookup netns, from Stanislav.
4) Add an opt-in interface for tracepoints to expose a writable context
for attached BPF programs, used here for NBD sockets, from Matt.
5) BPF xadd related arm64 JIT fixes and scalability improvements, from Daniel.
6) Change the skb->protocol for bpf_skb_adjust_room() helper in order to
support tunnels such as sit. Add selftests as well, from Willem.
7) Various smaller misc fixes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages,
sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may
be required, so add an option for that as well.
Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands,
set the options everwhere using the following spatch:
@@
identifier ops;
expression X;
@@
struct genl_ops ops[] = {
...,
{
.cmd = X,
+ .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
...
},
...
};
For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out'
flags and thus get strict validation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately, we cannot add strict parsing for all attributes, as
that would break existing userspace. We currently warn about it, but
that's about all we can do.
For new attributes, however, the story is better: nobody is using
them, so we can reject bad sizes.
Also, for new attributes, we need not accept them when the policy
doesn't declare their usage.
David Ahern and I went back and forth on how to best encode this, and
the best way we found was to have a "boundary type", from which point
on new attributes have all possible validation applied, and NLA_UNSPEC
is rejected.
As we didn't want to add another argument to all functions that get a
netlink policy, the workaround is to encode that boundary in the first
entry of the policy array (which is for type 0 and thus probably not
really valid anyway). I put it into the validation union for the rare
possibility that somebody is actually using attribute 0, which would
continue to work fine unless they tried to use the extended validation,
which isn't likely. We also didn't find any in-tree users with type 0.
The reason for setting the "start strict here" attribute is that we
never really need to start strict from 0, which is invalid anyway (or
in legacy families where that isn't true, it cannot be set to strict),
so we can thus reserve the value 0 for "don't do this check" and don't
have to add the tag to all policies right now.
Thus, policies can now opt in to this validation, which we should do
for all existing policies, at least when adding new attributes.
Note that entirely *new* policies won't need to set it, as the use
of that should be using nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc. which anyway
do fully strict validation now, regardless of this.
So in effect, this patch only covers the "existing command with new
attribute" case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This re-adds the parse and validate functions like nla_parse()
that are now actually strict after the previous rename and were
just split out to make sure everything is converted (and if not
compilation of the previous patch would fail.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently have two levels of strict validation:
1) liberal (default)
- undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
- garbage at end of message accepted
2) strict (opt-in)
- NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
Split out parsing strictness into four different options:
* TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing
attributes (in message or nested)
* MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type
* UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries
* STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size
The default for future things should be *everything*.
The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE,
and is renamed to _deprecated_strict().
The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to
*_parse_deprecated().
Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags
even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in
this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to
not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going
forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply
to the POLICY flag.
We end up with the following renames:
* nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated
* nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict
* nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated
* nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict
* nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated
* nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated
Using spatch, of course:
@@
expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
@@
expression START, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions
yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong.
Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a
common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication.
Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every
new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the
next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is.
In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than using NLA_UNSPEC for this type of thing, use NLA_MIN_LEN
so we can make NLA_UNSPEC be NLA_REJECT under certain conditions for
future attributes.
While at it, also use NLA_EXACT_LEN for the struct example.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most
netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not
setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers
not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's
mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display
the structure of their contents.
Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be
userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than
through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames
nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start()
as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually
are rewritten to use nla_nest_start().
Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using
this semantic patch:
@@ expression E1, E2; @@
-nla_nest_start(E1, E2)
+nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2)
@@ expression E1, E2; @@
-nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED)
+nla_nest_start(E1, E2)
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid a sparse warning byteswap the be32 sequence number
before it's stored in the atomic value. While at it drop
unnecessary brackets and use kernel's u64 type.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There seems to be no reason for tls_ops to be defined in netdevice.h
which is included in a lot of places. Don't wrap the struct/enum
declaration in ifdefs, it trickles down unnecessary ifdefs into
driver code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tls_device_sk_destruct being set on a socket used to indicate
that socket is a kTLS device one. That is no longer true -
now we use sk_validate_xmit_skb pointer for that purpose.
Remove the export. tls_device_attach() needs to be moved.
While at it, remove the dead declaration of tls_sk_destruct().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After allowing a bpf prog to
- directly read the skb->sk ptr
- get the fullsock bpf_sock by "bpf_sk_fullsock()"
- get the bpf_tcp_sock by "bpf_tcp_sock()"
- get the listener sock by "bpf_get_listener_sock()"
- avoid duplicating the fields of "(bpf_)sock" and "(bpf_)tcp_sock"
into different bpf running context.
this patch is another effort to make bpf's network programming
more intuitive to do (together with memory and performance benefit).
When bpf prog needs to store data for a sk, the current practice is to
define a map with the usual 4-tuples (src/dst ip/port) as the key.
If multiple bpf progs require to store different sk data, multiple maps
have to be defined. Hence, wasting memory to store the duplicated
keys (i.e. 4 tuples here) in each of the bpf map.
[ The smallest key could be the sk pointer itself which requires
some enhancement in the verifier and it is a separate topic. ]
Also, the bpf prog needs to clean up the elem when sk is freed.
Otherwise, the bpf map will become full and un-usable quickly.
The sk-free tracking currently could be done during sk state
transition (e.g. BPF_SOCK_OPS_STATE_CB).
The size of the map needs to be predefined which then usually ended-up
with an over-provisioned map in production. Even the map was re-sizable,
while the sk naturally come and go away already, this potential re-size
operation is arguably redundant if the data can be directly connected
to the sk itself instead of proxy-ing through a bpf map.
This patch introduces sk->sk_bpf_storage to provide local storage space
at sk for bpf prog to use. The space will be allocated when the first bpf
prog has created data for this particular sk.
The design optimizes the bpf prog's lookup (and then optionally followed by
an inline update). bpf_spin_lock should be used if the inline update needs
to be protected.
BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE:
-----------------------
To define a bpf "sk-local-storage", a BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE map (new in
this patch) needs to be created. Multiple BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE maps can
be created to fit different bpf progs' needs. The map enforces
BTF to allow printing the sk-local-storage during a system-wise
sk dump (e.g. "ss -ta") in the future.
The purpose of a BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE map is not for lookup/update/delete
a "sk-local-storage" data from a particular sk.
Think of the map as a meta-data (or "type") of a "sk-local-storage". This
particular "type" of "sk-local-storage" data can then be stored in any sk.
The main purposes of this map are mostly:
1. Define the size of a "sk-local-storage" type.
2. Provide a similar syscall userspace API as the map (e.g. lookup/update,
map-id, map-btf...etc.)
3. Keep track of all sk's storages of this "type" and clean them up
when the map is freed.
sk->sk_bpf_storage:
------------------
The main lookup/update/delete is done on sk->sk_bpf_storage (which
is a "struct bpf_sk_storage"). When doing a lookup,
the "map" pointer is now used as the "key" to search on the
sk_storage->list. The "map" pointer is actually serving
as the "type" of the "sk-local-storage" that is being
requested.
To allow very fast lookup, it should be as fast as looking up an
array at a stable-offset. At the same time, it is not ideal to
set a hard limit on the number of sk-local-storage "type" that the
system can have. Hence, this patch takes a cache approach.
The last search result from sk_storage->list is cached in
sk_storage->cache[] which is a stable sized array. Each
"sk-local-storage" type has a stable offset to the cache[] array.
In the future, a map's flag could be introduced to do cache
opt-out/enforcement if it became necessary.
The cache size is 16 (i.e. 16 types of "sk-local-storage").
Programs can share map. On the program side, having a few bpf_progs
running in the networking hotpath is already a lot. The bpf_prog
should have already consolidated the existing sock-key-ed map usage
to minimize the map lookup penalty. 16 has enough runway to grow.
All sk-local-storage data will be removed from sk->sk_bpf_storage
during sk destruction.
bpf_sk_storage_get() and bpf_sk_storage_delete():
------------------------------------------------
Instead of using bpf_map_(lookup|update|delete)_elem(),
the bpf prog needs to use the new helper bpf_sk_storage_get() and
bpf_sk_storage_delete(). The verifier can then enforce the
ARG_PTR_TO_SOCKET argument. The bpf_sk_storage_get() also allows to
"create" new elem if one does not exist in the sk. It is done by
the new BPF_SK_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE flag. An optional value can also be
provided as the initial value during BPF_SK_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE.
The BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE also supports bpf_spin_lock. Together,
it has eliminated the potential use cases for an equivalent
bpf_map_update_elem() API (for bpf_prog) in this patch.
Misc notes:
----------
1. map_get_next_key is not supported. From the userspace syscall
perspective, the map has the socket fd as the key while the map
can be shared by pinned-file or map-id.
Since btf is enforced, the existing "ss" could be enhanced to pretty
print the local-storage.
Supporting a kernel defined btf with 4 tuples as the return key could
be explored later also.
2. The sk->sk_lock cannot be acquired. Atomic operations is used instead.
e.g. cmpxchg is done on the sk->sk_bpf_storage ptr.
Please refer to the source code comments for the details in
synchronization cases and considerations.
3. The mem is charged to the sk->sk_omem_alloc as the sk filter does.
Benchmark:
---------
Here is the benchmark data collected by turning on
the "kernel.bpf_stats_enabled" sysctl.
Two bpf progs are tested:
One bpf prog with the usual bpf hashmap (max_entries = 8192) with the
sk ptr as the key. (verifier is modified to support sk ptr as the key
That should have shortened the key lookup time.)
Another bpf prog is with the new BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE.
Both are storing a "u32 cnt", do a lookup on "egress_skb/cgroup" for
each egress skb and then bump the cnt. netperf is used to drive
data with 4096 connected UDP sockets.
BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH with a modifier verifier (152ns per bpf run)
27: cgroup_skb name egress_sk_map tag 74f56e832918070b run_time_ns 58280107540 run_cnt 381347633
loaded_at 2019-04-15T13:46:39-0700 uid 0
xlated 344B jited 258B memlock 4096B map_ids 16
btf_id 5
BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE in this patch (66ns per bpf run)
30: cgroup_skb name egress_sk_stora tag d4aa70984cc7bbf6 run_time_ns 25617093319 run_cnt 390989739
loaded_at 2019-04-15T13:47:54-0700 uid 0
xlated 168B jited 156B memlock 4096B map_ids 17
btf_id 6
Here is a high-level picture on how are the objects organized:
sk
┌──────┐
│ │
│ │
│ │
│*sk_bpf_storage─────▶ bpf_sk_storage
└──────┘ ┌───────┐
┌───────────┤ list │
│ │ │
│ │ │
│ │ │
│ └───────┘
│
│ elem
│ ┌────────┐
├─▶│ snode │
│ ├────────┤
│ │ data │ bpf_map
│ ├────────┤ ┌─────────┐
│ │map_node│◀─┬─────┤ list │
│ └────────┘ │ │ │
│ │ │ │
│ elem │ │ │
│ ┌────────┐ │ └─────────┘
└─▶│ snode │ │
├────────┤ │
bpf_map │ data │ │
┌─────────┐ ├────────┤ │
│ list ├───────▶│map_node│ │
│ │ └────────┘ │
│ │ │
│ │ elem │
└─────────┘ ┌────────┐ │
┌─▶│ snode │ │
│ ├────────┤ │
│ │ data │ │
│ ├────────┤ │
│ │map_node│◀─┘
│ └────────┘
│
│
│ ┌───────┐
sk └──────────│ list │
┌──────┐ │ │
│ │ │ │
│ │ │ │
│ │ └───────┘
│*sk_bpf_storage───────▶bpf_sk_storage
└──────┘
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
* extended key ID support (from 802.11-2016)
* per-STA TX power control support
* mac80211 TX performance improvements
* HE (802.11ax) updates
* mesh link probing support
* enhancements of multi-BSSID support (also related to HE)
* OWE userspace processing support
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=JQOx
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2019-04-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various updates, notably:
* extended key ID support (from 802.11-2016)
* per-STA TX power control support
* mac80211 TX performance improvements
* HE (802.11ax) updates
* mesh link probing support
* enhancements of multi-BSSID support (also related to HE)
* OWE userspace processing support
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The requirement for mesh link metric refreshing, is that from one
mesh point we be able to send some data frames to other mesh points
which are not currently selected as a primary traffic path, but which
are only 1 hop away. The absence of the primary path to the chosen node
makes it necessary to apply some form of marking on a chosen packet
stream so that the packets can be properly steered to the selected node
for testing, and not by the regular mesh path lookup.
Tested-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding support to allow mesh HWMP to measure link metrics on unexercised
direct mesh path by sending some data frames to other mesh points which
are not currently selected as a primary traffic path but only 1 hop away.
The absence of the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to
apply some form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets
can be properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
regular mesh path lookup.
Tested-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The cfg80211_merge_profile() and ieee802_11_find_bssid_profile() are
a bit cleaner if we just pass the merged_ie pointer instead of a pointer
to the pointer.
This isn't a functional change, it's just a clean up.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch introduce a new driver callback drv_sta_set_txpwr. This API will
copy the transmit power value passed from user space and call the driver
callback to set the tx power for the station.
Co-developed-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds support to set transmit power setting type and transmit
power level attributes to NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION in order to facilitate
adjusting the transmit power level of a station associated to the AP.
The added attributes allow selection of automatic and limited transmit
power level, with the level defined in dBm format.
Co-developed-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for Extended Key ID as defined in IEEE 802.11-2016.
- Implement the nl80211 API for Extended Key ID
- Extend mac80211 API to allow drivers to support Extended Key ID
- Enable Extended Key ID by default for drivers only supporting SW
crypto (e.g. mac80211_hwsim)
- Allow unicast Tx usage to be supressed (IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX)
- Select the decryption key based on the MPDU keyid
- Enforce existing assumptions in the code that rekeys don't change the
cipher
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
[remove module parameter]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for IEEE 802.11-2016 "Extended Key ID for Individually
Addressed Frames".
Extend cfg80211 and nl80211 to allow pairwise keys to be installed for
Rx only, enable Tx separately and allow Key ID 1 for pairwise keys.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
[use NLA_POLICY_RANGE() for NL80211_KEY_MODE]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reduces lock contention on enqueue/dequeue of iTXQ packets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since an element is limited to 255 octets, a profile may be split
split to several elements. Support the split as defined in the 11ax
draft 3. Detect legacy split and print a net-rate limited warning,
since there is no ROI in supporting this probably non-existent
split.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Subelement profile may specify element IDs it doesn't inherit
from the management frame. Support it.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2019-04-25
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 5.2 kernel.
- Added support for Mediatek SDIO controllers
- Added support for Broadcom BCM2076B1 UART controller
- Added support for Marvel SD8987 chipset
- Fix buffer overflow bug in hidp protocol
- Various other smaller fixes & improvements
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The minimum encryption key size for LE connections is 56 bits and to
align LE with BR/EDR, enforce 56 bits of minimum encryption key size for
BR/EDR connections as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
arg.result is sometimes used as fib6_result and sometimes used to
hold the rt6_info. Add rt6_info to fib6_result and make the use
of arg.result consistent through ipv6 rules.
The rt6 entry is filled in for lookups returning a dst_entry, but not
for direct fib_lookups that just want a fib6_info.
Fixes: effda4dd97 ("ipv6: Pass fib6_result to fib lookups")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nhc_flags holds the RTNH_F flags for a given nexthop (fib{6}_nh).
All of the RTNH_F_ flags fit in an unsigned char, and since the API to
userspace (rtnh_flags and lower byte of rtm_flags) is 1 byte it can not
grow. Make nhc_flags in fib_nh_common an unsigned char and shrink the
size of the struct by 8, from 56 to 48 bytes.
Update the flags arguments for up netdevice events and fib_nexthop_info
which determines the RTNH_F flags to return on a dump/event. The RTNH_F
flags are passed in the lower byte of rtm_flags which is an unsigned int
so use a temp variable for the flags to fib_nexthop_info and combine
with rtm_flags in the caller.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, lwtunnel_fill_encap hardcodes the encap and encap type
attributes as RTA_ENCAP and RTA_ENCAP_TYPE, respectively. The nexthop
objects want to re-use this code but the encap attributes passed to
userspace as NHA_ENCAP and NHA_ENCAP_TYPE. Since that is the only
difference, change lwtunnel_fill_encap to take the attribute type as
an input.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We suspect some issues involving fib6_ref 0 -> 1 transitions might
cause strange syzbot reports.
Lets convert fib6_ref to refcount_t to catch them earlier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct bpf_flow_dissector has a small subset of sk_buff fields that
flow dissector BPF program is allowed to access and an optional
pointer to real skb. Real skb is used only in bpf_skb_load_bytes
helper to read non-linear data.
The real motivation for this is to be able to call flow dissector
from eth_get_headlen context where we don't have an skb and need
to dissect raw bytes.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
None of them have any external callers, make them static.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
No external dependencies, might as well handle this directly.
xfrm_afinfo_policy is now 40 bytes on x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
handle this directly, its only used by ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Only used by ipv4, we can read the fl4 tos value directly instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error
messages could be propagated to the user.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ideally, header files under include/linux shouldn't be adding
includes of other headers, in anticipation of their consumers,
but just the headers needed for the header itself to pass
parsing with CPP.
The module.h is particularly bad in this sense, as it itself does
include a whole bunch of other headers, due to the complexity of
module support.
Since tc_ife.h is not going into a module struct looking for
specific fields, we can just let it know that module is a struct,
just like about 60 other include/linux headers already do.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ideally, header files under include/linux shouldn't be adding
includes of other headers, in anticipation of their consumers,
but just the headers needed for the header itself to pass
parsing with CPP.
The module.h is particularly bad in this sense, as it itself does
include a whole bunch of other headers, due to the complexity of
module support.
Since fib_notifier.h is not going into a module struct looking for
specific fields, we can just let it know that module is a struct,
just like about 60 other include/linux headers already do.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ideally, header files under include/linux shouldn't be adding
includes of other headers, in anticipation of their consumers,
but just the headers needed for the header itself to pass
parsing with CPP.
The module.h is particularly bad in this sense, as it itself does
include a whole bunch of other headers, due to the complexity of
module support.
There doesn't appear to be anything in net/ife.h that is module
related, and build coverage doesn't appear to show any other
files/drivers relying implicitly on getting it from here.
So it appears we are simply free to just remove it in this case.
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ideally, header files under include/linux shouldn't be adding
includes of other headers, in anticipation of their consumers,
but just the headers needed for the header itself to pass
parsing with CPP.
The module.h is particularly bad in this sense, as it itself does
include a whole bunch of other headers, due to the complexity of
module support.
There doesn't appear to be anything in psample.h that is module
related, and build coverage doesn't appear to show any other
files/drivers relying implicitly on getting it from here.
So it appears we are simply free to just remove it in this case.
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header contains rtnh_ macros so rename the file accordingly.
Allows a later patch to use the nexthop.h name for the new
nexthop code.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes trivial whitespace fix to the function
tcp_v4_check at include/net/tcp.h file.
It has stylistic issue, which is "space required after that ','"
and it can be confirmed with ./scripts/checkpatch.pl tool.
ERROR: space required after that ',' (ctx:VxV)
#29: FILE: include/net/tcp.h:1317:
+ return csum_tcpudp_magic(saddr,daddr,len,IPPROTO_TCP,base);
^
Signed-off-by: Daniel T. Lee <danieltimlee@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RTF_ADDRCONF flag filters out routes added by RA's in determining
which routes can be appended to an existing one to create a multipath
route. Restore the flag check and add a comment to document the RA piece.
Fixes: 4e54507ab1 ("ipv6: Simplify rt6_qualify_for_ecmp")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit c7a1ce397a ("ipv6: Change addrconf_f6i_alloc to use
ip6_route_info_create"), the gateway is no longer filled in for fib6_nh
structs in a prefix route. Accordingly, the RTF_ADDRCONF flag check can
be dropped from the 'rt6_qualify_for_ecmp'.
Further, RTF_DYNAMIC is only set in rt6_info instances, so it can be
removed from the check as well.
This reduces rt6_qualify_for_ecmp and the mlxsw version to just checking
if the nexthop has a gateway which is the real indication of whether
entries can be coalesced into a multipath route.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SIOCGSTAMP/SIOCGSTAMPNS ioctl commands are implemented by many
socket protocol handlers, and all of those end up calling the same
sock_get_timestamp()/sock_get_timestampns() helper functions, which
results in a lot of duplicate code.
With the introduction of 64-bit time_t on 32-bit architectures, this
gets worse, as we then need four different ioctl commands in each
socket protocol implementation.
To simplify that, let's add a new .gettstamp() operation in
struct proto_ops, and move ioctl implementation into the common
sock_ioctl()/compat_sock_ioctl_trans() functions that these all go
through.
We can reuse the sock_get_timestamp() implementation, but generalize
it so it can deal with both native and compat mode, as well as
timeval and timespec structures.
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAK8P3a038aDQQotzua_QtKGhq8O9n+rdiz2=WDCp82ys8eUT+A@mail.gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make ICMPv6 closer to ICMPv4, add ratemask parameter. Since the ICMP
message types use larger numeric values, a simple bitmask doesn't fit.
I use large bitmap. The input and output are the in form of list of
ranges. Set the default to rate limit all error messages but Packet Too
Big. For Packet Too Big, use ratemask instead of hard-coded.
There are functions where icmpv6_xrlim_allow() and icmpv6_global_allow()
aren't called. This patch only adds them to icmpv6_echo_reply().
Rate limiting error messages is mandated by RFC 4443 but RFC 4890 says
that it is also acceptable to rate limit informational messages. Thus,
I removed the current hard-coded behavior of icmpv6_mask_allow() that
doesn't rate limit informational messages.
v2: Add dummy function proc_do_large_bitmap() if CONFIG_PROC_SYSCTL
isn't defined, expand the description in ip-sysctl.txt and remove
unnecessary conditional before kfree().
v3: Inline the bitmap instead of dynamically allocated. Still is a
pointer to it is needed because of the way proc_do_large_bitmap work.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disabling IPv6 on an interface removes existing entries but nothing prevents
new entries from being manually added. To that end, add a new neigh_table
operation, allow_add, that is called on RTM_NEWNEIGH to see if neighbor
entries are allowed on a given device. If IPv6 is disabled on the device,
allow_add returns false and passes a message back to the user via extack.
$ echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth1/disable_ipv6
$ ip -6 neigh add fe80::4c88:bff:fe21:2704 dev eth1 lladdr de:ad:be:ef:01:01
Error: IPv6 is disabled on this device.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the fib6_flags and fib6_type to fib6_result. Update the lookup helpers
to set them and update post fib lookup users to use the version from the
result.
This allows nexthop objects to have blackhole nexthop.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change fib6_lookup and fib6_table_lookup to take a fib6_result and set
f6i and nh rather than returning a fib6_info. For now both always
return 0.
A later patch set can make these more like the IPv4 counterparts and
return EINVAL, EACCESS, etc based on fib6_type.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change ip6_mtu_from_fib6 and fib6_mtu to take a fib6_result over a
fib6_info. Update both to use the fib6_nh from fib6_result.
Since the signature of ip6_mtu_from_fib6 is already changing, add const
to daddr and saddr.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 'struct fib6_result' to hold the fib entry and fib6_nh from a fib
lookup as separate entries, similar to what IPv4 now has with fib_result.
Rename fib6_multipath_select to fib6_select_path, pass fib6_result to
it, and set f6i and nh in the result once a path selection is done.
Call fib6_select_path unconditionally for path selection which means
moving the sibling and oif check to fib6_select_path. To handle the two
different call paths (2 only call multipath_select if flowi6_oif == 0 and
the other always calls it), add a new have_oif_match that controls the
sibling walk if relevant.
Update callers of fib6_multipath_select accordingly and have them use the
fib6_info and fib6_nh from the result.
This is needed for multipath nexthop objects where a single f6i can
point to multiple fib6_nh (similar to IPv4).
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_forward_alloc's updating is also done on rx path, but to be consistent
we change to use sk_mem_charge() in sctp_skb_set_owner_r().
In sctp_eat_data(), it's not enough to check sctp_memory_pressure only,
which doesn't work for mem_cgroup_sockets_enabled, so we change to use
sk_under_memory_pressure().
When it's under memory pressure, sk_mem_reclaim() and sk_rmem_schedule()
should be called on both RENEGE or CHUNK DELIVERY path exit the memory
pressure status as soon as possible.
Note that sk_rmem_schedule() is using datalen to make things easy there.
Reported-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Remove the broute pseudo hook, implement this from the bridge
prerouting hook instead. Now broute becomes real table in ebtables,
from Florian Westphal. This also includes a size reduction patch for the
bridge control buffer area via squashing boolean into bitfields and
a selftest.
2) Add OS passive fingerprint version matching, from Fernando Fernandez.
3) Support for gue encapsulation for IPVS, from Jacky Hu.
4) Add support for NAT to the inet family, from Florian Westphal.
This includes support for masquerade, redirect and nat extensions.
5) Skip interface lookup in flowtable, use device in the dst object.
6) Add jiffies64_to_msecs() and use it, from Li RongQing.
7) Remove unused parameter in nf_tables_set_desc_parse(), from Colin Ian King.
8) Statify several functions, patches from YueHaibing and Florian Westphal.
9) Add an optimized version of nf_inet_addr_cmp(), from Li RongQing.
10) Merge route extension to core, also from Florian.
11) Use IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NF_NAT) instead of NF_NAT_NEEDED, from Florian.
12) Merge ip/ip6 masquerade extensions, from Florian. This includes
netdevice notifier unification.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
else, we leak the addresses to userspace via ctnetlink events
and dumps.
Compute an ID on demand based on the immutable parts of nf_conn struct.
Another advantage compared to using an address is that there is no
immediate re-use of the same ID in case the conntrack entry is freed and
reallocated again immediately.
Fixes: 3583240249 ("[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack_expect: kill unique ID")
Fixes: 7f85f91472 ("[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: kill unique ID")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Luca Moro says:
------
The issue lies in the filtering of ICMP and ICMPv6 errors that include an
inner IP datagram.
For these packets, icmp_error_message() extract the ICMP error and inner
layer to search of a known state.
If a state is found the packet is tagged as related (IP_CT_RELATED).
The problem is that there is no correlation check between the inner and
outer layer of the packet.
So one can encapsulate an error with an inner layer matching a known state,
while its outer layer is directed to a filtered host.
In this case the whole packet will be tagged as related.
This has various implications from a rule bypass (if a rule to related
trafic is allow), to a known state oracle.
Unfortunately, we could not find a real statement in a RFC on how this case
should be filtered.
The closest we found is RFC5927 (Section 4.3) but it is not very clear.
A possible fix would be to check that the inner IP source is the same than
the outer destination.
We believed this kind of attack was not documented yet, so we started to
write a blog post about it.
You can find it attached to this mail (sorry for the extract quality).
It contains more technical details, PoC and discussion about the identified
behavior.
We discovered later that
https://www.gont.com.ar/papers/filtering-of-icmp-error-messages.pdf
described a similar attack concept in 2004 but without the stateful
filtering in mind.
-----
This implements above suggested fix:
In icmp(v6) error handler, take outer destination address, then pass
that into the common function that does the "related" association.
After obtaining the nf_conn of the matching inner-headers connection,
check that the destination address of the opposite direction tuple
is the same as the outer address and only set RELATED if thats the case.
Reported-by: Luca Moro <luca.moro@synacktiv.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Make rxrpc_kernel_check_life() pass back the life counter through the
argument list and return true if the call has not yet completed.
Suggested-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now the SKB list implementation assumption can be removed.
And now that we know that the list head is always non-NULL
we can remove the code blocks dealing with that as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace NF_HOOK() based invocation of the netfilter hooks with a private
copy of nf_hook_slow().
This copy has one difference: it can return the rx handler value expected
by the stack, i.e. RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED or RX_HANDLER_PASS.
This is needed by the next patch to invoke the ebtables
"broute" table via the standard netfilter hooks rather than the custom
"br_should_route_hook" indirection that is used now.
When the skb is to be "brouted", we must return RX_HANDLER_PASS from the
bridge rx input handler, but there is no way to indicate this via
NF_HOOK(), unless perhaps by some hack such as exposing bridge_cb in the
netfilter core or a percpu flag.
text data bss dec filename
3369 56 0 3425 net/bridge/br_input.o.before
3458 40 0 3498 net/bridge/br_input.o.after
This allows removal of the "br_should_route_hook" in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
rt6_probe sends probes for gateways in a nexthop. As such it really
depends on a fib6_nh, not a fib entry. Move last_probe to fib6_nh and
update rt6_probe to a fib6_nh struct.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only reason for having two different register functions was because of
ipt_MASQUERADE and ip6t_MASQUERADE being two different modules.
Previous patch merged those into xt_MASQUERADE, so we can merge this too.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Both are now implemented by nf_nat_masquerade.c, so no need to keep
different headers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
fcntl(fd, F_SETOWN, getpid()) selects the recipient of SIGURG signals
that are delivered when out-of-band data arrives on socket fd.
If an SMC socket program makes use of such an fcntl() call, it fails
in case of fallback to TCP-mode. In case of fallback the traffic is
processed with the internal TCP socket. Propagating field "file" from the
SMC socket to the internal TCP socket fixes the issue.
Reviewed-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike '&&' operator, the '&' does not have short-circuit
evaluation semantics. IOW both sides of the operator always
get evaluated. Fix the wrong operator in
tls_is_sk_tx_device_offloaded(), which would lead to
out-of-bounds access for for non-full sockets.
Fixes: 4799ac81e5 ("tls: Add rx inline crypto offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David reports that tls triggers warnings related to
sk->sk_forward_alloc not being zero at destruction time:
WARNING: CPU: 5 PID: 6831 at net/core/stream.c:206 sk_stream_kill_queues+0x103/0x110
WARNING: CPU: 5 PID: 6831 at net/ipv4/af_inet.c:160 inet_sock_destruct+0x15b/0x170
When sender fills up the write buffer and dies from
SIGPIPE. This is due to the device implementation
not cleaning up the partially_sent_record.
This is because commit a42055e8d2 ("net/tls: Add support for async encryption of records for performance")
moved the partial record cleanup to the SW-only path.
Fixes: a42055e8d2 ("net/tls: Add support for async encryption of records for performance")
Reported-by: David Beckett <david.beckett@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This revert commit 46b1c18f9d ("net: sched: put back q.qlen into
a single location").
After the previous patch, when a NOLOCK qdisc is enslaved to a
locking qdisc it switches to global stats accounting. As a consequence,
when a classful qdisc accesses directly a child qdisc's qlen, such
qdisc is not doing per CPU accounting and qlen value is consistent.
In the control path nobody uses directly qlen since commit
e5f0e8f8e4 ("net: sched: introduce and use qdisc tree flush/purge
helpers"), so we can remove the contented atomic ops from the
datapath.
v1 -> v2:
- complete the qdisc_qstats_atomic_qlen_dec() ->
qdisc_qstats_cpu_qlen_dec() replacement, fix build issue
- more descriptive commit message
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since stats updating is always consistent with TCQ_F_CPUSTATS flag,
we can disable it at qdisc creation time flipping such bit.
In my experiments, if the NOLOCK flag is cleared, per CPU stats
accounting does not give any measurable performance gain, but it
waste some memory.
Let's clear TCQ_F_CPUSTATS together with NOLOCK, when enslaving
a NOLOCK qdisc to 'lock' one.
Use stats update helper inside pfifo_fast, to cope correctly with
TCQ_F_CPUSTATS flag change.
As a side effect, q.qlen value for any child qdiscs is always
consistent for all lock classfull qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The core sched implementation checks independently for NOLOCK flag
to acquire/release the root spin lock and for qdisc_is_percpu_stats()
to account per CPU values in many places.
This change update the last few places checking the TCQ_F_NOLOCK to
do per CPU stats accounting according to qdisc_is_percpu_stats()
value.
The above allows to clean dev_requeue_skb() implementation a bit
and makes stats update always consistent with a single flag.
v1 -> v2:
- do not move qdisc_is_empty definition, fix build issue
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When checking for root qdisc queue length, do not access directly q.qlen.
In the following patches we will move back qlen accounting to per CPU
values for NOLOCK qdiscs.
Instead, prefer the qdisc_is_empty() helper usage.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* iTXQ fixes from Felix
* tracing fix - increase message length
* fix SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL enforcement
* WMM rule handling for regdomain intersection
* max_interfaces in hwsim - reported by syzbot
* clear private data in some more commands
* a clang compiler warning fix
I added a patch with two new (unused) macros for
rate-limited printing to simplify getting the users
into the tree.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=2EV9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2019-04-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various fixes:
* iTXQ fixes from Felix
* tracing fix - increase message length
* fix SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL enforcement
* WMM rule handling for regdomain intersection
* max_interfaces in hwsim - reported by syzbot
* clear private data in some more commands
* a clang compiler warning fix
I added a patch with two new (unused) macros for
rate-limited printing to simplify getting the users
into the tree.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for RTA_VIA and allow an IPv6 nexthop for v4 routes:
$ ip ro add 172.16.1.0/24 via inet6 2001:db8::1 dev eth0
$ ip ro ls
...
172.16.1.0/24 via inet6 2001:db8::1 dev eth0
For convenience and simplicity, userspace can use RTA_VIA to specify
AF_INET or AF_INET6 gateway.
The common fib_nexthop_info dump function compares the gateway address
family to the nh_common family to know if the gateway should be encoded
as RTA_VIA or RTA_GATEWAY.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until support is added to the offload drivers, they need to be able to
reject routes with an IPv6 gateway. To that end add a flag to fib_info
that indicates if any fib_nh has a v6 gateway. The flag allows the drivers
to efficiently know the use of a v6 gateway without walking all fib_nh
tied to a fib_info each time a route is added.
Update mlxsw and rocker to reject the routes with extack message as to why.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A common theme in the output path is looking up a neigh entry for a
nexthop, either the gateway in an rtable or a fallback to the daddr
in the skb:
nexthop = (__force u32)rt_nexthop(rt, ip_hdr(skb)->daddr);
neigh = __ipv4_neigh_lookup_noref(dev, nexthop);
if (unlikely(!neigh))
neigh = __neigh_create(&arp_tbl, &nexthop, dev, false);
To allow the nexthop to be an IPv6 address we need to consider the
family of the nexthop and then call __ipv{4,6}_neigh_lookup_noref based
on it.
To make this simpler, add a ip_neigh_gw4 helper similar to ip_neigh_gw6
added in an earlier patch which handles:
neigh = __ipv4_neigh_lookup_noref(dev, nexthop);
if (unlikely(!neigh))
neigh = __neigh_create(&arp_tbl, &nexthop, dev, false);
And then add a second one, ip_neigh_for_gw, that calls either
ip_neigh_gw4 or ip_neigh_gw6 based on the address family of the gateway.
Update the output paths in the VRF driver and core v4 code to use
ip_neigh_for_gw simplifying the family based lookup and making both
ready for a v6 nexthop.
ipv4_neigh_lookup has a different need - the potential to resolve a
passed in address in addition to any gateway in the rtable or skb. Since
this is a one-off, add ip_neigh_gw4 and ip_neigh_gw6 diectly. The
difference between __neigh_create used by the helpers and neigh_create
called by ipv4_neigh_lookup is taking a refcount, so add rcu_read_lock_bh
and bump the refcnt on the neigh entry.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch allows an IPv6 gateway with an IPv4 route. The neighbor
entry will exist in the v6 ndisc table and the cached header will contain
the ipv6 protocol which is wrong for an IPv4 packet. For an IPv4 packet to
use the v6 neighbor entry, neigh_output needs to skip the cached header
and just use the output callback for the neigh entry.
A future patchset can look at expanding the hh_cache to handle 2
protocols. For now, IPv6 gateways with an IPv4 route will take the
extra overhead of generating the header.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for an IPv6 gateway to fib_config. Since a gateway is either
IPv4 or IPv6, make it a union with fc_gw4 where fc_gw_family decides
which address is in use. Update current checks on family and gw4 to
handle ipv6 as well.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for an IPv6 gateway to rtable. Since a gateway is either
IPv4 or IPv6, make it a union with rt_gw4 where rt_gw_family decides
which address is in use.
When dumping the route data, encode an ipv6 nexthop using RTA_VIA.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to rtable, fib_config needs to allow the gateway to be either an
IPv4 or an IPv6 address. To that end, rename fc_gw to fc_gw4 to mean an
IPv4 address and add fc_gw_family. Checks on 'is a gateway set' are changed
to see if fc_gw_family is set. In the process prepare the code for a
fc_gw_family == AF_INET6.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow the gateway to be either an IPv4 or IPv6 address, remove
rt_uses_gateway from rtable and replace with rt_gw_family. If
rt_gw_family is set it implies rt_uses_gateway. Rename rt_gateway
to rt_gw4 to represent the IPv4 version.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the gateway in a fib_nh_common to be from a different address
family than the outer fib{6}_nh. To that end, replace nhc_has_gw with
nhc_gw_family and update users of nhc_has_gw to check nhc_gw_family.
Now nhc_family is used to know if the nh_common is part of a fib_nh
or fib6_nh (used for container_of to get to route family specific data),
and nhc_gw_family represents the address family for the gateway.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ipv6 helpers to handle ndisc references via the stub. Update
bpf_ipv6_fib_lookup to use __ipv6_neigh_lookup_noref_stub instead of
the open code ___neigh_lookup_noref with the stub.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib6_nh_init and fib6_nh_release to ipv6_stubs. If fib6_nh_init fails,
callers should not invoke fib6_nh_release, so there is no reason to have
a dummy stub for the IPv6 is not enabled case.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NF_NAT_NEEDED is true whenever nat support for either ipv4 or ipv6 is
enabled. Now that the af-specific nat configuration switches have been
removed, IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NF_NAT) has the same effect.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
very little code, so it really doesn't make sense to have extra
modules or even a kconfig knob for this.
Merge them and make functionality available unconditionally.
The merge makes inet family route support trivial, so add it
as well here.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
835 832 0 1667 683 nft_chain_route_ipv4.ko
870 832 0 1702 6a6 nft_chain_route_ipv6.ko
111568 2556 529 114653 1bfdd nf_tables.ko
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
113133 2556 529 116218 1c5fa nf_tables.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We need minimal support from the nat core for this, as we do not
want to register additional base hooks.
When an inet hook is registered, interally register ipv4 and ipv6
hooks for them and unregister those when inet hooks are removed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
ipip packets are blocked in some public cloud environments, this patch
allows gue encapsulation with the tunneling method, which would make
tunneling working in those environments.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Hu <hengqing.hu@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After commit a297569fe0 ("net/udp: do not touch skb->peeked unless
really needed") the 'peeked' argument of __skb_try_recv_datagram()
and friends is always equal to !!'flags & MSG_PEEK'.
Since such argument is really a boolean info, and the callers have
already 'flags & MSG_PEEK' handy, we can remove it and clean-up the
code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This interface allows the host driver to offload OWE processing
to user space. This intends to support OWE (Opportunistic Wireless
Encryption) AKM by the drivers that implement SME but rely on the
user space for the cryptographic/OWE processing in AP mode. Such
drivers are not capable of processing/deriving the DH IE.
A new NL80211 command - NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO is introduced
to send the request/event between the host driver and user space.
Driver shall provide the OWE info (MAC address and DH IE) of
the peer to user space for cryptographic processing of the DH IE
through the event. Accordingly, the user space shall update the
OWE info/DH IE to the driver.
Following is the sequence in AP mode for OWE authentication.
Driver passes the OWE info obtained from the peer in the
Association Request to the user space through the event
cfg80211_update_owe_info_event. User space shall process the
OWE info received and generate new OWE info. This OWE info is
passed to the driver through NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO
request. Driver eventually uses this OWE info to send the
Association Response to the peer.
This OWE info in the command interface carries the IEs that include
PMKID of the peer if the PMKSA is still valid or an updated DH IE
for generating a new PMKSA with the peer.
Signed-off-by: Liangwei Dong <liangwei@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org>
[remove policy initialization - no longer exists]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for mesh airtime link metric attribute
NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC.
Signed-off-by: Narayanraddi Masti <team.nmasti@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This commit adds the support to specify the RSSI thresholds per
band for each match set. This enhances the current behavior which
specifies a single rssi_threshold across all the bands by
introducing the rssi_threshold_per_band. These per band rssi
thresholds are referred through NL80211_BAND_* (enum nl80211_band)
variables as attribute types. Such attributes/values per each
band are nested through NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MIN_RSSI.
These band specific rssi thresholds shall take precedence over
the current rssi_thold per match set.
Drivers indicate this support through
%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD.
These per band rssi attributes/values does not specify
"default RSSI filter" as done by
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to stay backward compatible.
That said, these per band rssi values have to be specified for
the corresponding matchset.
Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org>
[rebase on refactoring, add policy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently there is no way for the driver to signal to mac80211 that it should
schedule a TXQ even if there are no packets on the mac80211 part of that queue.
This is problematic if the driver has an internal retry queue to deal with
software A-MPDU retry.
This patch changes the behavior of ieee80211_schedule_txq to always schedule
the queue, as its only user (ath9k) seems to expect such behavior already:
it calls this function on tx status and on powersave wakeup whenever its
internal retry queue is not empty.
Also add an extra argument to ieee80211_return_txq to get the same behavior.
This fixes an issue on ath9k where tx queues with packets to retry (and no
new packets in mac80211) would not get serviced.
Fixes: 89cea7493a ("ath9k: Switch to mac80211 TXQ scheduling and airtime APIs")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
wiphy_{err,warn}_ratelimited will be used by rt2x00
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This structure is now only 4 bytes, so its more efficient
to cache a copy rather than its address.
No significant size difference in allmodconfig vmlinux.
With non-modular kernel that has all XFRM options enabled, this
series reduces vmlinux image size by ~11kb. All xfrm_mode
indirections are gone and all modes are built-in.
before (ipsec-next master):
text data bss dec filename
21071494 7233140 11104324 39408958 vmlinux.master
after this series:
21066448 7226772 11104324 39397544 vmlinux.patched
With allmodconfig kernel, the size increase is only 362 bytes,
even all the xfrm config options removed in this series are
modular.
before:
text data bss dec filename
15731286 6936912 4046908 26715106 vmlinux.master
after this series:
15731492 6937068 4046908 26715468 vmlinux
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
after previous changes, xfrm_mode contains no function pointers anymore
and all modules defining such struct contain no code except an init/exit
functions to register the xfrm_mode struct with the xfrm core.
Just place the xfrm modes core and remove the modules,
the run-time xfrm_mode register/unregister functionality is removed.
Before:
text data bss dec filename
7523 200 2364 10087 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.o
40003 628 440 41071 net/xfrm/xfrm_state.o
15730338 6937080 4046908 26714326 vmlinux
7389 200 2364 9953 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.o
40574 656 440 41670 net/xfrm/xfrm_state.o
15730084 6937068 4046908 26714060 vmlinux
The xfrm*_mode_{transport,tunnel,beet} modules are gone.
v2: replace CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_MODE_* IS_ENABLED guards with CONFIG_IPV6
ones rather than removing them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Adds an EXPORT_SYMBOL for afinfo_get_rcu, as it will now be called from
ipv6 in case of CONFIG_IPV6=m.
This change has virtually no effect on vmlinux size, but it reduces
afinfo size and allows followup patch to make xfrm modes const.
v2: mark if (afinfo) tests as likely (Sabrina)
re-fetch afinfo according to inner_mode in xfrm_prepare_input().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
similar to previous patch: no external module dependencies,
so we can avoid the indirection by placing this in the core.
This change removes the last indirection from xfrm_mode and the
xfrm4|6_mode_{beet,tunnel}.c modules contain (almost) no code anymore.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
3957 136 0 4093 ffd net/xfrm/xfrm_output.o
587 44 0 631 277 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_beet.o
649 32 0 681 2a9 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_tunnel.o
625 44 0 669 29d net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_beet.o
599 32 0 631 277 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_tunnel.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
5359 184 0 5543 15a7 net/xfrm/xfrm_output.o
171 24 0 195 c3 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_beet.o
171 24 0 195 c3 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_tunnel.o
172 24 0 196 c4 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_beet.o
172 24 0 196 c4 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_tunnel.o
v2: fold the *encap_add functions into xfrm*_prepare_output
preserve (move) output2 comment (Sabrina)
use x->outer_mode->encap, not inner
fix a build breakage on ppc (kbuild robot)
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
No external dependencies on any module, place this in the core.
Increase is about 1800 byte for xfrm_input.o.
The beet helpers get added to internal header, as they can be reused
from xfrm_output.c in the next patch (kernel contains several
copies of them in the xfrm{4,6}_mode_beet.c files).
Before:
text data bss dec filename
5578 176 2364 8118 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.o
1180 64 0 1244 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_beet.o
171 40 0 211 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_transport.o
1163 40 0 1203 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_tunnel.o
1083 52 0 1135 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_beet.o
172 40 0 212 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_ro.o
172 40 0 212 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_transport.o
1056 40 0 1096 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_tunnel.o
After:
text data bss dec filename
7373 200 2364 9937 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.o
587 44 0 631 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_beet.o
171 32 0 203 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_transport.o
649 32 0 681 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_tunnel.o
625 44 0 669 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_beet.o
172 32 0 204 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_ro.o
172 32 0 204 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_transport.o
599 32 0 631 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_tunnel.o
v2: pass inner_mode to xfrm_inner_mode_encap_remove to fix
AF_UNSPEC selector breakage (bisected by Benedict Wong)
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
There are only two versions (tunnel and transport). The ip/ipv6 versions
are only differ in sizeof(iphdr) vs ipv6hdr.
Place this in the core and use x->outer_mode->encap type to call the
correct adjustment helper.
Before:
text data bss dec filename
15730311 6937008 4046908 26714227 vmlinux
After:
15730428 6937008 4046908 26714344 vmlinux
(about 117 byte increase)
v2: use family from x->outer_mode, not inner
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Same is input indirection. Only exception: we need to export
xfrm_outer_mode_output for pktgen.
Increases size of vmlinux by about 163 byte:
Before:
text data bss dec filename
15730208 6936948 4046908 26714064 vmlinux
After:
15730311 6937008 4046908 26714227 vmlinux
xfrm_inner_extract_output has no more external callers, make it static.
v2: add IS_ENABLED(IPV6) guard in xfrm6_prepare_output
add two missing breaks in xfrm_outer_mode_output (Sabrina Dubroca)
add WARN_ON_ONCE for 'call AF_INET6 related output function, but
CONFIG_IPV6=n' case.
make xfrm_inner_extract_output static
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
No need for any indirection or abstraction here, both functions
are pretty much the same and quite small, they also have no external
dependencies.
xfrm_prepare_input can then be made static.
With allmodconfig build, size increase of vmlinux is 25 byte:
Before:
text data bss dec filename
15730207 6936924 4046908 26714039 vmlinux
After:
15730208 6936948 4046908 26714064 vmlinux
v2: Fix INET_XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT name in is-enabled test (Sabrina Dubroca)
change copied comment to refer to transport and network header,
not skb->{h,nh}, which don't exist anymore. (Sabrina)
make xfrm_prepare_input static (Eyal Birger)
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This will be useful to know if we're supposed to decode ipv4 or ipv6.
While at it, make the unregister function return void, all module_exit
functions did just BUG(); there is never a point in doing error checks
if there is no way to handle such error.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This is similar to commit e285d5bfb7 ("NFC: Fix the number of pipes")
where we changed NFC_HCI_MAX_PIPES from 127 to 128.
As the comment next to the define explains, the pipe identifier is 7
bits long. The highest possible pipe is 127, but the number of possible
pipes is 128. As the code is now, then there is potential for an
out of bounds array access:
net/nfc/nci/hci.c:297 nci_hci_cmd_received() warn: array off by one?
'ndev->hci_dev->pipes[pipe]' '0-127 == 127'
Fixes: 11f54f2286 ("NFC: nci: Add HCI over NCI protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor comment merge conflict in mlx5.
Staging driver has a fixup due to the skb->xmit_more changes
in 'net-next', but was removed in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper which fills up switch_id
according to passed netdev pointer. Call it directly from
dev_get_port_parent_id() as a fallback when ndo_get_port_parent_id
is not defined for given netdev.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend devlink_port_attrs_set() to pass switch ID for ports which are
part of switch and store it in port attrs. For other ports, this is
NULL.
Note that this allows the driver to group devlink ports into one or more
switches according to the actual topology.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to save space in the struct, convert bools to bits.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export fib_nexthop_info and fib_add_nexthop for use by IPv6 code.
Remove rt6_nexthop_info and rt6_add_nexthop in favor of the IPv4
versions. Update fib_nexthop_info for IPv6 linkdown check and
RTA_GATEWAY for AF_INET6.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the ipv4 code only needs data from fib_nh_common. Add
fib_nh_common selection to fib_result and update users to use it.
Right now, fib_nh_common in fib_result will point to a fib_nh struct
that is embedded within a fib_info:
fib_info --> fib_nh
fib_nh
...
fib_nh
^
fib_result->nhc ----+
Later, nhc can point to a fib_nh within a nexthop struct:
fib_info --> nexthop --> fib_nh
^
fib_result->nhc ---------------+
or for a nexthop group:
fib_info --> nexthop --> nexthop --> fib_nh
nexthop --> fib_nh
...
nexthop --> fib_nh
^
fib_result->nhc ---------------------------+
In all cases nhsel within fib_result will point to which leg in the
multipath route is used.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before creating a slave netdevice, get the mac address from DTS and
apply in case it is valid.
Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same code to flush qdisc tree and purge the qdisc queue
is duplicated in many places and in most cases it does not
respect NOLOCK qdisc: the global backlog len is used and the
per CPU values are ignored.
This change addresses the above, factoring-out the relevant
code and using the helpers introduced by the previous patch
to fetch the correct backlog len.
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Classful qdiscs can't access directly the child qdiscs backlog
length: if such qdisc is NOLOCK, per CPU values should be
accounted instead.
Most qdiscs no not respect the above. As a result, qstats fetching
for most classful qdisc is currently incorrect: if the child qdisc is
NOLOCK, it always reports 0 len backlog.
This change introduces a pair of helpers to safely fetch
both backlog and qlen and use them in stats class dumping
functions, fixing the above issue and cleaning a bit the code.
DRR needs also to access the child qdisc queue length, so it
needs custom handling.
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configuration check to accept source route IP options should be made on
the incoming netdevice when the skb->dev is an l3mdev master. The route
lookup for the source route next hop also needs the incoming netdev.
v2->v3:
- Simplify by passing the original netdevice down the stack (per David
Ahern).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of stubs is growing and has nothing to do with addrconf.
Move the definition of the stubs to a separate header file and update
users. In the move, drop the vxlan specific comment before ipv6_stub.
Code move only; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With fib_nh_common in place, move common initialization and release
code into helpers used by both ipv4 and ipv6. For the moment, the init
is just the lwt encap and the release is both the netdev reference and
the the lwt state reference. More will be added later.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib_nh_common struct with common nexthop attributes. Convert
fib_nh and fib6_nh to use it. Use macros to move existing
fib_nh_* references to the new nh_common.nhc_*.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename fib6_nh entries that will be moved to a fib_nh_common struct.
Specifically, the device, gateway, flags, and lwtstate are common
with all nexthop definitions. In some places new temporary variables
are declared or local variables renamed to maintain line lengths.
Rename only; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename fib_nh entries that will be moved to a fib_nh_common struct.
Specifically, the device, oif, gateway, flags, scope, lwtstate,
nh_weight and nh_upper_bound are common with all nexthop definitions.
In the process shorten fib_nh_lwtstate to fib_nh_lws to avoid really
long lines.
Rename only; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_ignore_linkdown takes a fib6_info but only looks at the net_device
and its IPv6 config. Change it to take a net_device over a fib6_info as
its input argument.
In addition, move it to a header file to make the check inline and usable
later with IPv4 code without going through the ipv6 stub, and rename to
ip6_ignore_linkdown since it is only checking the setting based on the
ipv6 struct on a device.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gateway setting is not per fib6_info entry but per-fib6_nh. Add a new
fib_nh_has_gw flag to fib6_nh and convert references to RTF_GATEWAY to
the new flag. For IPv6 address the flag is cheaper than checking that
nh_gw is non-0 like IPv4 does.
While this increases fib6_nh by 8-bytes, the effective allocation size of
a fib6_info is unchanged. The 8 bytes is recovered later with a
fib_nh_common change.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the fib6_nh cleanup code to a new helper, fib6_nh_release.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, consolidate the fib6_nh initialization into a helper.
As a new standalone function, add a cleanup path to put lwtstate on
error.
To avoid modifying fib6_config flags, move the reject check to a helper
that is invoked once by fib6_nh_init to reset the device and then
again in ip6_route_info_create to set the fib6_flags.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the fib_nh cleanup code from free_fib_info_rcu into a new helper,
fib_nh_release. Move classid accounting into fib_nh_release which is
called per fib_nh to make accounting symmetrical with fib_nh_init.
Export the helper to allow for use with nexthop objects in the
future.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consolidate the fib_nh initialization which is duplicated between
fib_create_info for single path and fib_get_nhs for multipath.
Export the helper to allow for use with nexthop objects in the
future.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Holding the lock around the entire duration of tx scheduling can create
some nasty lock contention, especially when processing airtime information
from the tx status or the rx path.
Improve locking by only holding the active_txq_lock for lookups / scheduling
list modifications.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
net_hash_mix() currently uses kernel address of a struct net,
and is used in many places that could be used to reveal this
address to a patient attacker, thus defeating KASLR, for
the typical case (initial net namespace, &init_net is
not dynamically allocated)
I believe the original implementation tried to avoid spending
too many cycles in this function, but security comes first.
Also provide entropy regardless of CONFIG_NET_NS.
Fixes: 0b4419162a ("netns: introduce the net_hash_mix "salt" for hashes")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Amit Klein <aksecurity@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Benny Pinkas <benny@pinkas.net>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exports nf_ct_set_timeout() and nf_ct_destroy_timeout().
The two functions are derived from xt_ct_destroy_timeout() and
xt_ct_set_timeout() in xt_CT.c, and moved to nf_conntrack_timeout.c
without any functional change.
It would be useful for other users (i.e. OVS) that utilizes the
finer-grain conntrack timeout feature.
CC: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CC: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that
gets the physical port name for specified netdevice
according to devlink port attributes.
Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name()
in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow-up patch is going to need a devlink port instance according to
a netdev. Devlink port instance should be always available when devlink
is used. So change the recently introduced ndo_get_devlink to
ndo_get_devlink_port. With that, adjust the wrapper for the only
user to get devlink pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to Amit Klein and Benny Pinkas, IP ID generation is too weak
and might be used by attackers.
Even with recent net_hash_mix() fix (netns: provide pure entropy for net_hash_mix())
having 64bit key and Jenkins hash is risky.
It is time to switch to siphash and its 128bit keys.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Amit Klein <aksecurity@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Benny Pinkas <benny@pinkas.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My recent patch had at least three problems :
1) TX zerocopy wants notification when skb is acknowledged,
thus we need to call skb_zcopy_clear() if the skb is
cached into sk->sk_tx_skb_cache
2) Some applications might expect precise EPOLLOUT
notifications, so we need to update sk->sk_wmem_queued
and call sk_mem_uncharge() from sk_wmem_free_skb()
in all cases. The SOCK_QUEUE_SHRUNK flag must also be set.
3) Reuse of saved skb should have used skb_cloned() instead
of simply checking if the fast clone has been freed.
Fixes: 472c2e07ee ("tcp: add one skb cache for tx")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Tested-by: Holger Hoffstätte <holger@applied-asynchrony.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an xfrmi is associated to a vrf layer 3 master device,
xfrm_policy_check() fails after traffic decapsulation. The input
interface is replaced by the layer 3 master device, and hence
xfrmi_decode_session() can't match the xfrmi anymore to satisfy
policy checking.
Extend ingress xfrmi lookup to honor the original layer 3 slave
device, allowing xfrm interfaces to operate within a vrf domain.
Fixes: f203b76d78 ("xfrm: Add virtual xfrm interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In commit 6a53b75932 ("xfrm: check id proto in validate_tmpl()")
I introduced a check for xfrm protocol, but according to Herbert
IPSEC_PROTO_ANY should only be used as a wildcard for lookup, so
it should be removed from validate_tmpl().
And, IPSEC_PROTO_ANY is expected to only match 3 IPSec-specific
protocols, this is why xfrm_state_flush() could still miss
IPPROTO_ROUTING, which leads that those entries are left in
net->xfrm.state_all before exit net. Fix this by replacing
IPSEC_PROTO_ANY with zero.
This patch also extracts the check from validate_tmpl() to
xfrm_id_proto_valid() and uses it in parse_ipsecrequest().
With this, no other protocols should be added into xfrm.
Fixes: 6a53b75932 ("xfrm: check id proto in validate_tmpl()")
Reported-by: syzbot+0bf0519d6e0de15914fe@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Some drivers are becoming more dependent on NET_DEVLINK being selected
in configuration. With upcoming compat functions, the behavior would be
wrong in case devlink was not compiled in. So make the drivers select
NET_DEVLINK and rely on the functions being there, not just stubs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency.
Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev
combinations.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
v1->v2:
- rebased
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series includes updates to mlx5 driver,
1) Compiler warnings cleanup from Saeed Mahameed
2) Parav Pandit simplifies sriov enable/disables
3) Gustavo A. R. Silva, Removes a redundant assignment
4) Moshe Shemesh, Adds Geneve tunnel stateless offload support
5) Eli Britstein, Adds the Support for VLAN modify action and
Replaces TC VLAN pop and push actions with VLAN modify
Note: This series includes two simple non-mlx5 patches,
1) Declare IANA_VXLAN_UDP_PORT definition in include/net/vxlan.h,
and use it in some drivers.
2) Declare GENEVE_UDP_PORT definition in include/net/geneve.h,
and use it in mlx5 and nfp drivers.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJclTLsAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+7bEH/1sz4oKP2mfhKSbG/I/g7Q3D
ifnccYq2EyXd1HzeglXpzLndO8wPve9qr/ANKrrKIYYCxc8FpCdb4aJD1Ucuylbb
XHHdfbTIPMa3vjhKtR/Fydht4RkY5IBBsgXywBcNL3ofxmnleNt9JRSr76Yhr2sy
Q3H30X+UvwAAQJBY1X+P8RiJcSklLu0UPG2KtTXcCz8YRgOWK0JtEiQyQu6yET4u
zbVxYixwKgsR9uhwNXqLxVMsaWFue9cYmVSMLigDx7fRZvj6Ao9REEUflt1hCEoR
jOXm1Avnsg9TKnwmgiBjrWQQQ4h+IMfZLK8EtuxVcraBUjtQRVnPak5JjZMjDuc=
=7t4R
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2019-03-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2019-03-20
This series includes updates to mlx5 driver,
1) Compiler warnings cleanup from Saeed Mahameed
2) Parav Pandit simplifies sriov enable/disables
3) Gustavo A. R. Silva, Removes a redundant assignment
4) Moshe Shemesh, Adds Geneve tunnel stateless offload support
5) Eli Britstein, Adds the Support for VLAN modify action and
Replaces TC VLAN pop and push actions with VLAN modify
Note: This series includes two simple non-mlx5 patches,
1) Declare IANA_VXLAN_UDP_PORT definition in include/net/vxlan.h,
and use it in some drivers.
2) Declare GENEVE_UDP_PORT definition in include/net/geneve.h,
and use it in mlx5 and nfp drivers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Often times, recvmsg() system calls and BH handling for a particular
TCP socket are done on different cpus.
This means the incoming skb had to be allocated on a cpu,
but freed on another.
This incurs a high spinlock contention in slab layer for small rpc,
but also a high number of cache line ping pongs for larger packets.
A full size GRO packet might use 45 page fragments, meaning
that up to 45 put_page() can be involved.
More over performing the __kfree_skb() in the recvmsg() context
adds a latency for user applications, and increase probability
of trapping them in backlog processing, since the BH handler
might found the socket owned by the user.
This patch, combined with the prior one increases the rpc
performance by about 10 % on servers with large number of cores.
(tcp_rr workload with 10,000 flows and 112 threads reach 9 Mpps
instead of 8 Mpps)
This also increases single bulk flow performance on 40Gbit+ links,
since in this case there are often two cpus working in tandem :
- CPU handling the NIC rx interrupts, feeding the receive queue,
and (after this patch) freeing the skbs that were consumed.
- CPU in recvmsg() system call, essentially 100 % busy copying out
data to user space.
Having at most one skb in a per-socket cache has very little risk
of memory exhaustion, and since it is protected by socket lock,
its management is essentially free.
Note that if rps/rfs is used, we do not enable this feature, because
there is high chance that the same cpu is handling both the recvmsg()
system call and the TCP rx path, but that another cpu did the skb
allocations in the device driver right before the RPS/RFS logic.
To properly handle this case, it seems we would need to record
on which cpu skb was allocated, and use a different channel
to give skbs back to this cpu.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On hosts with a lot of cores, RPC workloads suffer from heavy contention on slab spinlocks.
20.69% [kernel] [k] queued_spin_lock_slowpath
5.64% [kernel] [k] _raw_spin_lock
3.83% [kernel] [k] syscall_return_via_sysret
3.48% [kernel] [k] __entry_text_start
1.76% [kernel] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
1.64% [kernel] [k] __fget
For each sendmsg(), we allocate one skb, and free it at the time ACK packet comes.
In many cases, ACK packets are handled by another cpus, and this unfortunately
incurs heavy costs for slab layer.
This patch uses an extra pointer in socket structure, so that we try to reuse
the same skb and avoid these expensive costs.
We cache at most one skb per socket so this should be safe as far as
memory pressure is concerned.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We prefer static_branch_unlikely() over static_key_false() these days.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The queue is marked not empty after acquiring the seqlock,
and it's up to the NOLOCK qdisc clearing such flag on dequeue.
Since the empty status lays on the same cache-line of the
seqlock, it's always hot on cache during the updates.
This makes the empty flag update a little bit loosy. Given
the lack of synchronization between enqueue and dequeue, this
is unavoidable.
v2 -> v3:
- qdisc_is_empty() has a const argument (Eric)
v1 -> v2:
- use really an 'empty' flag instead of 'not_empty', as
suggested by Eric
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added IANA_VXLAN_UDP_PORT (4789) definition to vxlan header file so it
can be used by drivers instead of local definition.
Updated drivers which locally defined it as 4789 to use it.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cc: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Cc: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Move the definition of the default Geneve udp port from the geneve
source to the header file, so we can re-use it from drivers.
Modify existing drivers to use it.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cc: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Since maxattr is common, the policy can't really differ sanely,
so make it common as well.
The only user that did in fact manage to make a non-common policy
is taskstats, which has to be really careful about it (since it's
still using a common maxattr!). This is no longer supported, but
we can fake it using pre_doit.
This reduces the size of e.g. nl80211.o (which has lots of commands):
text data bss dec hex filename
398745 14323 2240 415308 6564c net/wireless/nl80211.o (before)
397913 14331 2240 414484 65314 net/wireless/nl80211.o (after)
--------------------------------
-832 +8 0 -824
Which is obviously just 8 bytes for each command, and an added 8
bytes for the new policy pointer. I'm not sure why the ops list is
counted as .text though.
Most of the code transformations were done using the following spatch:
@ops@
identifier OPS;
expression POLICY;
@@
struct genl_ops OPS[] = {
...,
{
- .policy = POLICY,
},
...
};
@@
identifier ops.OPS;
expression ops.POLICY;
identifier fam;
expression M;
@@
struct genl_family fam = {
.ops = OPS,
.maxattr = M,
+ .policy = POLICY,
...
};
This also gets rid of devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() accessing
the cb->data as ops, which we want to change in a later genl patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch the timer to HRTIMER_MODE_SOFT, which executed the timer
callback in softirq context and remove the hrtimer_tasklet.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Anna-Maria Gleixner <anna-maria@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190301224821.29843-3-bigeasy@linutronix.de
Get rid of some obsolete gc-related documentation and macros that were
missed in commit 5b7c9a8ff8 ("net: remove dst gc related code").
CC: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_trie implementation calls synchronize_rcu when a certain amount of
pages are dirty from freed entries. The number of pages was determined
experimentally in 2009 (commit c3059477fc).
At the current setting, synchronize_rcu is called often -- 51 times in a
second in one test with an average of an 8 msec delay adding a fib entry.
The total impact is a lot of slow down modifying the fib. This is seen
in the output of 'time' - the difference between real time and sys+user.
For example, using 720,022 single path routes and 'ip -batch'[1]:
$ time ./ip -batch ipv4/routes-1-hops
real 0m14.214s
user 0m2.513s
sys 0m6.783s
So roughly 35% of the actual time to install the routes is from the ip
command getting scheduled out, most notably due to synchronize_rcu (this
is observed using 'perf sched timehist').
This patch makes the amount of dirty memory configurable between 64k where
the synchronize_rcu is called often (small, low end systems that are memory
sensitive) to 64M where synchronize_rcu is called rarely during a large
FIB change (for high end systems with lots of memory). The default is 512kB
which corresponds to the current setting of 128 pages with a 4kB page size.
As an example, at 16MB the worst interval shows 4 calls to synchronize_rcu
in a second blocking for up to 30 msec in a single instance, and a total
of almost 100 msec across the 4 calls in the second. The trade off is
allowing FIB entries to consume more memory in a given time window but
but with much better fib insertion rates (~30% increase in prefixes/sec).
With this patch and net.ipv4.fib_sync_mem set to 16MB, the same batch
file runs in:
$ time ./ip -batch ipv4/routes-1-hops
real 0m9.692s
user 0m2.491s
sys 0m6.769s
So the dead time is reduced to about 1/2 second or <5% of the real time.
[1] 'ip' modified to not request ACK messages which improves route
insertion times by about 20%
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU when accessing the action chain, to avoid use after free in the
traffic path when 'goto chain' is replaced on existing TC actions (see
script below). Since the control action is read in the traffic path
without holding the action spinlock, we need to explicitly ensure that
a->goto_chain is not NULL before dereferencing (i.e it's not sufficient
to rely on the value of TC_ACT_GOTO_CHAIN bits). Not doing so caused NULL
dereferences in tcf_action_goto_chain_exec() when the following script:
# tc chain add dev dd0 chain 42 ingress protocol ip flower \
> ip_proto udp action pass index 4
# tc filter add dev dd0 ingress protocol ip flower \
> ip_proto udp action csum udp goto chain 42 index 66
# tc chain del dev dd0 chain 42 ingress
(start UDP traffic towards dd0)
# tc action replace action csum udp pass index 66
was run repeatedly for several hours.
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
callers of tcf_gact_goto_chain_index() can potentially read an old value
of the chain index, or even dereference a NULL 'goto_chain' pointer,
because 'goto_chain' and 'tcfa_action' are read in the traffic path
without caring of concurrent write in the control path. The most recent
value of chain index can be read also from a->tcfa_action (it's encoded
there together with TC_ACT_GOTO_CHAIN bits), so we don't really need to
dereference 'goto_chain': just read the chain id from the control action.
Fixes: e457d86ada ("net: sched: add couple of goto_chain helpers")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- pass a pointer to struct tcf_proto in each actions's init() handler,
to allow validating the control action, checking whether the chain
exists and (eventually) refcounting it.
- remove code that validates the control action after a successful call
to the action's init() handler, and replace it with a test that forbids
addition of actions having 'goto_chain' and NULL goto_chain pointer at
the same time.
- add tcf_action_check_ctrlact(), that will validate the control action
and eventually allocate the action 'goto_chain' within the init()
handler.
- add tcf_action_set_ctrlact(), that will assign the control action and
swap the current 'goto_chain' pointer with the new given one.
This disallows 'goto_chain' on actions that don't initialize it properly
in their init() handler, i.e. calling tcf_action_check_ctrlact() after
successful IDR reservation and then calling tcf_action_set_ctrlact()
to assign 'goto_chain' and 'tcf_action' consistently.
By doing this, the kernel does not leak anymore refcounts when a valid
'goto chain' handle is replaced in TC actions, causing kmemleak splats
like the following one:
# tc chain add dev dd0 chain 42 ingress protocol ip flower \
> ip_proto tcp action drop
# tc chain add dev dd0 chain 43 ingress protocol ip flower \
> ip_proto udp action drop
# tc filter add dev dd0 ingress matchall \
> action gact goto chain 42 index 66
# tc filter replace dev dd0 ingress matchall \
> action gact goto chain 43 index 66
# echo scan >/sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak
<...>
unreferenced object 0xffff93c0ee09f000 (size 1024):
comm "tc", pid 2565, jiffies 4295339808 (age 65.426s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
00 00 00 00 08 00 06 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<000000009b63f92d>] tc_ctl_chain+0x3d2/0x4c0
[<00000000683a8d72>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x263/0x2d0
[<00000000ddd88f8e>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x4a/0x110
[<000000006126a348>] netlink_unicast+0x1a0/0x250
[<00000000b3340877>] netlink_sendmsg+0x2c1/0x3c0
[<00000000a25a2171>] sock_sendmsg+0x36/0x40
[<00000000f19ee1ec>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x280/0x2f0
[<00000000d0422042>] __sys_sendmsg+0x5e/0xa0
[<000000007a6c61f9>] do_syscall_64+0x5b/0x180
[<00000000ccd07542>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
[<0000000013eaa334>] 0xffffffffffffffff
Fixes: db50514f9a ("net: sched: add termination action to allow goto chain")
Fixes: 97763dc0f4 ("net_sched: reject unknown tcfa_action values")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change addrconf_f6i_alloc to generate a fib6_config and call
ip6_route_info_create. addrconf_f6i_alloc is the last caller to
fib6_info_alloc besides ip6_route_info_create, and there is no
reason for it to do its own initialization on a fib6_info.
Host routes need to be created even if the device is down, so add a
new flag, fc_ignore_dev_down, to fib6_config and update fib6_nh_init
to not error out if device is not up.
Notes on the conversion:
- ip_fib_metrics_init is the same as fib6_config has fc_mx set to NULL
and fc_mx_len set to 0
- dst_nocount is handled by the RTF_ADDRCONF flag
- dst_host is handled by fc_dst_len = 128
nh_gw does not get set after the conversion to ip6_route_info_create
but it should not be set in addrconf_f6i_alloc since this is a host
route not a gateway route.
Everything else is a straight forward map between fib6_info and
fib6_config.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In addition to icmp_echo_ignore_multicast, there is a need to also
prevent responding to pings to anycast addresses for security.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for AES128-CCM based record encryption. AES128-CCM is
similar to AES128-GCM. Both of them have same salt/iv/mac size. The
notable difference between the two is that while invoking AES128-CCM
operation, the salt||nonce (which is passed as IV) has to be prefixed
with a hardcoded value '2'. Further, CCM implementation in kernel
requires IV passed in crypto_aead_request() to be full '16' bytes.
Therefore, the record structure 'struct tls_rec' has been modified to
reserve '16' bytes for IV. This works for both GCM and CCM based cipher.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit f10e0010fa.
This commit was just wrong. It caused a lot of
syzbot warnings, so just revert it.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
IPv4 has icmp_echo_ignore_broadcast to prevent responding to broadcast pings.
IPv6 needs a similar mechanism.
v1->v2:
- Remove NET_IPV6_ICMP_ECHO_IGNORE_MULTICAST.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the request socket is created locally, it'd make more sense to
use reqsk_free() instead of reqsk_put() in TFO and syncookies' error
path.
However, tcp_get_cookie_sock() may set ->rsk_refcnt before freeing the
socket; tcp_conn_request() may also have non-null ->rsk_refcnt because
of tcp_try_fastopen(). In both cases 'req' hasn't been exposed
to the outside world and is safe to free immediately, but that'd
trigger the WARN_ON_ONCE in reqsk_free().
Define __reqsk_free() for these situations where we know nobody's
referencing the socket, even though ->rsk_refcnt might be non-null.
Now we can consolidate the error path of tcp_get_cookie_sock() and
tcp_conn_request().
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_hdr(skb) only works when skb->transport_header is set properly.
But in Netfilter, skb->transport_header for ipv6 is not guaranteed
to be right value for sctphdr. It would cause to fail to check the
checksum for sctp packets.
So fix it by using offset, which is always right in all places.
v1->v2:
- Fix the changelog.
Fixes: e6d8b64b34 ("net: sctp: fix and consolidate SCTP checksumming code")
Reported-by: Li Shuang <shuali@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using fanouts with AF_PACKET, the demux functions such as
fanout_demux_cpu will return an index in the fanout socket array, which
corresponds to the selected socket.
The ordering of this array depends on the order the sockets were added
to a given fanout group, so for FANOUT_CPU this means sockets are bound
to cpus in the order they are configured, which is OK.
However, when stopping then restarting the interface these sockets are
bound to, the sockets are reassigned to the fanout group in the reverse
order, due to the fact that they were inserted at the head of the
interface's AF_PACKET socket list.
This means that traffic that was directed to the first socket in the
fanout group is now directed to the last one after an interface restart.
In the case of FANOUT_CPU, traffic from CPU0 will be directed to the
socket that used to receive traffic from the last CPU after an interface
restart.
This commit introduces a helper to add a socket at the tail of a list,
then uses it to register AF_PACKET sockets.
Note that this changes the order in which sockets are listed in /proc and
with sock_diag.
Fixes: dc99f60069 ("packet: Add fanout support")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2019-03-16
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Fix a umem memory leak on cleanup in AF_XDP, from Björn.
2) Fix BTF to properly resolve forward-declared enums into their corresponding
full enum definition types during deduplication, from Andrii.
3) Fix libbpf to reject invalid flags in xsk_socket__create(), from Magnus.
4) Fix accessing invalid pointer returned from bpf_tcp_sock() and
bpf_sk_fullsock() after bpf_sk_release() was called, from Martin.
5) Fix generation of load/store DW instructions in PPC JIT, from Naveen.
6) Various fixes in BPF helper function documentation in bpf.h UAPI header
used to bpf-helpers(7) man page, from Quentin.
7) Fix segfault in BPF test_progs when prog loading failed, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the umem is cleaned up, the task that created it might already be
gone. If the task was gone, the xdp_umem_release function did not free
the pages member of struct xdp_umem.
It turned out that the task lookup was not needed at all; The code was
a left-over when we moved from task accounting to user accounting [1].
This patch fixes the memory leak by removing the task lookup logic
completely.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20180131135356.19134-3-bjorn.topel@gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/c1cb2ca8-6a14-3980-8672-f3de0bb38dfd@suse.cz/
Fixes: c0c77d8fb7 ("xsk: add user memory registration support sockopt")
Reported-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"More fixes in the queue:
1) Netfilter nat can erroneously register the device notifier twice,
fix from Florian Westphal.
2) Use after free in nf_tables, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
3) Parallel update of steering rule fix in mlx5 river, from Eli
Britstein.
4) RX processing panic in lan743x, fix from Bryan Whitehead.
5) Use before initialization of TCP_SKB_CB, fix from Christoph Paasch.
6) Fix locking in SRIOV mode of mlx4 driver, from Jack Morgenstein.
7) Fix TX stalls in lan743x due to mishandling of interrupt ACKing
modes, from Bryan Whitehead.
8) Fix infoleak in l2tp_ip6_recvmsg(), from Eric Dumazet"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (43 commits)
pptp: dst_release sk_dst_cache in pptp_sock_destruct
MAINTAINERS: GENET & SYSTEMPORT: Add internal Broadcom list
l2tp: fix infoleak in l2tp_ip6_recvmsg()
net/tls: Inform user space about send buffer availability
net_sched: return correct value for *notify* functions
lan743x: Fix TX Stall Issue
net/mlx4_core: Fix qp mtt size calculation
net/mlx4_core: Fix locking in SRIOV mode when switching between events and polling
net/mlx4_core: Fix reset flow when in command polling mode
mlxsw: minimal: Initialize base_mac
mlxsw: core: Prevent duplication during QSFP module initialization
net: dwmac-sun8i: fix a missing check of of_get_phy_mode
net: sh_eth: fix a missing check of of_get_phy_mode
net: 8390: fix potential NULL pointer dereferences
net: fujitsu: fix a potential NULL pointer dereference
net: qlogic: fix a potential NULL pointer dereference
isdn: hfcpci: fix potential NULL pointer dereference
Documentation: devicetree: add a new optional property for port mac address
net: rocker: fix a potential NULL pointer dereference
net: qlge: fix a potential NULL pointer dereference
...
This also makes sctp_stream_alloc_(out|in) saner, in that they no longer
allocate new flex_arrays/genradixes, they just preallocate more
elements.
This code does however have a suspicious lack of locking.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20181217131929.11727-7-kent.overstreet@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Dave Hansen <dave.hansen@intel.com>
Cc: Eric Paris <eparis@parisplace.org>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Cc: Shaohua Li <shli@kernel.org>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree:
1) Fix list corruption in device notifier in the masquerade
infrastructure, from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix double-free of sets and use-after-free when deleting elements.
3) Don't bogusly return EBUSY when removing a set after flush command.
4) Use-after-free in dynamically allocate operations.
5) Don't report a new ruleset generation to userspace if transaction
list is empty, this invalidates the userspace cache innecessarily.
From Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"First batch of fixes in the new merge window:
1) Double dst_cache free in act_tunnel_key, from Wenxu.
2) Avoid NULL deref in IN_DEV_MFORWARD() by failing early in the
ip_route_input_rcu() path, from Paolo Abeni.
3) Fix appletalk compile regression, from Arnd Bergmann.
4) If SLAB objects reach the TCP sendpage method we are in serious
trouble, so put a debugging check there. From Vasily Averin.
5) Memory leak in hsr layer, from Mao Wenan.
6) Only test GSO type on GSO packets, from Willem de Bruijn.
7) Fix crash in xsk_diag_put_umem(), from Eric Dumazet.
8) Fix VNIC mailbox length in nfp, from Dirk van der Merwe.
9) Fix race in ipv4 route exception handling, from Xin Long.
10) Missing DMA memory barrier in hns3 driver, from Jian Shen.
11) Use after free in __tcf_chain_put(), from Vlad Buslov.
12) Handle inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add() failures, from Guillaume Nault.
13) Return value correction when ip_mc_may_pull() fails, from Eric
Dumazet.
14) Use after free in x25_device_event(), also from Eric"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (72 commits)
gro_cells: make sure device is up in gro_cells_receive()
vxlan: test dev->flags & IFF_UP before calling gro_cells_receive()
net/x25: fix use-after-free in x25_device_event()
isdn: mISDNinfineon: fix potential NULL pointer dereference
net: hns3: fix to stop multiple HNS reset due to the AER changes
ip: fix ip_mc_may_pull() return value
net: keep refcount warning in reqsk_free()
net: stmmac: Avoid one more sometimes uninitialized Clang warning
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Set correct interface mode for CPU/DSA ports
rxrpc: Fix client call queueing, waiting for channel
tcp: handle inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add() failures
net: ethernet: sun: Zero initialize class in default case in niu_add_ethtool_tcam_entry
8139too : Add support for U.S. Robotics USR997901A 10/100 Cardbus NIC
fou, fou6: avoid uninit-value in gue_err() and gue6_err()
net: sched: fix potential use-after-free in __tcf_chain_put()
vhost: silence an unused-variable warning
vsock/virtio: fix kernel panic from virtio_transport_reset_no_sock
connector: fix unsafe usage of ->real_parent
vxlan: do not need BH again in vxlan_cleanup()
net: hns3: add dma_rmb() for rx description
...
Set deletion after flush coming in the same batch results in EBUSY. Add
set use counter to track the number of references to this set from
rules. We cannot rely on the list of bindings for this since such list
is still populated from the preparation phase.
Reported-by: Václav Zindulka <vaclav.zindulka@tlapnet.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As Eric Dumazet said, "We do not have a way to tell if the req was ever
inserted in a hash table, so better play safe.".
Let's remove this comment, so that nobody will be tempted to drop the
WARN_ON_ONCE() line.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=p78E
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'io_uring-2019-03-06' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block
Pull io_uring IO interface from Jens Axboe:
"Second attempt at adding the io_uring interface.
Since the first one, we've added basic unit testing of the three
system calls, that resides in liburing like the other unit tests that
we have so far. It'll take a while to get full coverage of it, but
we're working towards it. I've also added two basic test programs to
tools/io_uring. One uses the raw interface and has support for all the
various features that io_uring supports outside of standard IO, like
fixed files, fixed IO buffers, and polled IO. The other uses the
liburing API, and is a simplified version of cp(1).
This adds support for a new IO interface, io_uring.
io_uring allows an application to communicate with the kernel through
two rings, the submission queue (SQ) and completion queue (CQ) ring.
This allows for very efficient handling of IOs, see the v5 posting for
some basic numbers:
https://lore.kernel.org/linux-block/20190116175003.17880-1-axboe@kernel.dk/
Outside of just efficiency, the interface is also flexible and
extendable, and allows for future use cases like the upcoming NVMe
key-value store API, networked IO, and so on. It also supports async
buffered IO, something that we've always failed to support in the
kernel.
Outside of basic IO features, it supports async polled IO as well.
This particular feature has already been tested at Facebook months ago
for flash storage boxes, with 25-33% improvements. It makes polled IO
actually useful for real world use cases, where even basic flash sees
a nice win in terms of efficiency, latency, and performance. These
boxes were IOPS bound before, now they are not.
This series adds three new system calls. One for setting up an
io_uring instance (io_uring_setup(2)), one for submitting/completing
IO (io_uring_enter(2)), and one for aux functions like registrating
file sets, buffers, etc (io_uring_register(2)). Through the help of
Arnd, I've coordinated the syscall numbers so merge on that front
should be painless.
Jon did a writeup of the interface a while back, which (except for
minor details that have been tweaked) is still accurate. Find that
here:
https://lwn.net/Articles/776703/
Huge thanks to Al Viro for helping getting the reference cycle code
correct, and to Jann Horn for his extensive reviews focused on both
security and bugs in general.
There's a userspace library that provides basic functionality for
applications that don't need or want to care about how to fiddle with
the rings directly. It has helpers to allow applications to easily set
up an io_uring instance, and submit/complete IO through it without
knowing about the intricacies of the rings. It also includes man pages
(thanks to Jeff Moyer), and will continue to grow support helper
functions and features as time progresses. Find it here:
git://git.kernel.dk/liburing
Fio has full support for the raw interface, both in the form of an IO
engine (io_uring), but also with a small test application (t/io_uring)
that can exercise and benchmark the interface"
* tag 'io_uring-2019-03-06' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block:
io_uring: add a few test tools
io_uring: allow workqueue item to handle multiple buffered requests
io_uring: add support for IORING_OP_POLL
io_uring: add io_kiocb ref count
io_uring: add submission polling
io_uring: add file set registration
net: split out functions related to registering inflight socket files
io_uring: add support for pre-mapped user IO buffers
block: implement bio helper to add iter bvec pages to bio
io_uring: batch io_kiocb allocation
io_uring: use fget/fput_many() for file references
fs: add fget_many() and fput_many()
io_uring: support for IO polling
io_uring: add fsync support
Add io_uring IO interface
The abort path can cause a double-free of an anonymous set.
Added-and-to-be-aborted rule looks like this:
udp dport { 137, 138 } drop
The to-be-aborted transaction list looks like this:
newset
newsetelem
newsetelem
rule
This gets walked in reverse order, so first pass disables the rule, the
set elements, then the set.
After synchronize_rcu(), we then destroy those in same order: rule, set
element, set element, newset.
Problem is that the anonymous set has already been bound to the rule, so
the rule (lookup expression destructor) already frees the set, when then
cause use-after-free when trying to delete the elements from this set,
then try to free the set again when handling the newset expression.
Rule releases the bound set in first place from the abort path, this
causes the use-after-free on set element removal when undoing the new
element transactions. To handle this, skip new element transaction if
set is bound from the abort path.
This is still causes the use-after-free on set element removal. To
handle this, remove transaction from the list when the set is already
bound.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Fixes: f6ac858589 ("netfilter: nf_tables: unbind set in rule from commit path")
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1325
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For rcu protected pointers, we'd better add '__rcu' for them.
Once added '__rcu' tag for rcu protected pointer, the sparse tool reports
warnings.
net/xfrm/xfrm_user.c:1198:39: sparse: expected struct sock *sk
net/xfrm/xfrm_user.c:1198:39: sparse: got struct sock [noderef] <asn:4> *nlsk
[...]
So introduce a new wrapper function of nlmsg_unicast to handle type
conversions.
This patch also fixes a direct access of a rcu protected socket.
Fixes: be33690d8fcf("[XFRM]: Fix aevent related crash")
Signed-off-by: Su Yanjun <suyj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
It is possible that a reporter state will be updated due to a recover flow
which is not triggered by a devlink health related operation, but as a side
effect of some other operation in the system.
Expose devlink health API for a direct update of a reporter status.
Move devlink_health_reporter_state enum definition to devlink.h so it could
be used from drivers as a parameter of devlink_health_reporter_state_update.
In addition, add trace_devlink_health_reporter_state_update to provide user
notification for reporter state change.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS device cannot use the sw context. This patch returns the original
tls device write space handler and moves the sw/device specific portions
to the relevant files.
Also, we remove the write_space call for the tls_sw flow, because it
handles partial records in its delayed tx work handler.
Fixes: a42055e8d2 ("net/tls: Add support for async encryption of records for performance")
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
KSZ9893 switch is similar to KSZ9477 switch except the ingress tail tag
has 1 byte instead of 2 bytes. The size of the portmap is smaller and
so the override and lookup bits are also moved.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the series fc8b81a598 ("Merge branch 'lockless-qdisc-series'")
John made the assumption that the data path had no need to read
the qdisc qlen (number of packets in the qdisc).
It is true when pfifo_fast is used as the root qdisc, or as direct MQ/MQPRIO
children.
But pfifo_fast can be used as leaf in class full qdiscs, and existing
logic needs to access the child qlen in an efficient way.
HTB breaks badly, since it uses cl->leaf.q->q.qlen in :
htb_activate() -> WARN_ON()
htb_dequeue_tree() to decide if a class can be htb_deactivated
when it has no more packets.
HFSC, DRR, CBQ, QFQ have similar issues, and some calls to
qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() also read q.qlen directly.
Using qdisc_qlen_sum() (which iterates over all possible cpus)
in the data path is a non starter.
It seems we have to put back qlen in a central location,
at least for stable kernels.
For all qdisc but pfifo_fast, qlen is guarded by the qdisc lock,
so the existing q.qlen{++|--} are correct.
For 'lockless' qdisc (pfifo_fast so far), we need to use atomic_{inc|dec}()
because the spinlock might be not held (for example from
pfifo_fast_enqueue() and pfifo_fast_dequeue())
This patch adds atomic_qlen (in the same location than qlen)
and renames the following helpers, since we want to express
they can be used without qdisc lock, and that qlen is no longer percpu.
- qdisc_qstats_cpu_qlen_dec -> qdisc_qstats_atomic_qlen_dec()
- qdisc_qstats_cpu_qlen_inc -> qdisc_qstats_atomic_qlen_inc()
Later (net-next) we might revert this patch by tracking all these
qlen uses and replace them by a more efficient method (not having
to access a precise qlen, but an empty/non_empty status that might
be less expensive to maintain/track).
Another possibility is to have a legacy pfifo_fast version that would
be used when used a a child qdisc, since the parent qdisc needs
a spinlock anyway. But then, future lockless qdiscs would also
have the same problem.
Fixes: 7e66016f2c ("net: sched: helpers to sum qlen and qlen for per cpu logic")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next:
1) Add .release_ops to properly unroll .select_ops, use it from nft_compat.
After this change, we can remove list of extensions too to simplify this
codebase.
2) Update amanda conntrack helper to support v3.4, from Florian Tham.
3) Get rid of the obsolete BUGPRINT macro in ebtables, from
Florian Westphal.
4) Merge IPv4 and IPv6 masquerading infrastructure into one single module.
From Florian Westphal.
5) Patchset to remove nf_nat_l3proto structure to get rid of
indirections, from Florian Westphal.
6) Skip unnecessary conntrack timeout updates in case the value is
still the same, also from Florian Westphal.
7) Remove unnecessary 'fall through' comments in empty switch cases,
from Li RongQing.
8) Fix lookup to fixed size hashtable sets on big endian with 32-bit keys.
9) Incorrect logic to deactivate path of fixed size hashtable sets,
element was being tested to self.
10) Remove nft_hash_key(), the bitmap set is always selected for 16-bit
keys.
11) Use boolean whenever possible in IPVS codebase, from Andrea Claudi.
12) Enter close state in conntrack if RST matches exact sequence number,
from Florian Westphal.
13) Initialize dst_cache in tunnel extension, from wenxu.
14) Pass protocol as u16 to xt_check_match and xt_check_target, from
Li RongQing.
15) SCTP header is granted to be in a linear area from IPVS NAT handler,
from Xin Long.
16) Don't steal packets coming from slave VRF device from the
ip_sabotage_in() path, from David Ahern.
17) Fix unsafe update of basechain stats, from Li RongQing.
18) Make sure CONNTRACK_LOCKS is power of 2 to let compiler optimize
modulo operation as bitwise AND, from Li RongQing.
19) Use device_attribute instead of internal definition in the IDLETIMER
target, from Sami Tolvanen.
20) Merge redir, masq and IPv4/IPv6 NAT chain types, from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2019-03-02
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for the 5.1 kernel:
- Added support for MediaTek MT7663U and MT7668U UART devices
- Cleanups & fixes to the hci_qca driver
- Fixed wakeup pin behavior for QCA6174A controller
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no more in tree users of the
switchdev_trans_item_{dequeue,enqueue} or switchdev_trans_item structure
in the kernel since commit 00fc0c51e3 ("rocker: Change world_ops API
and implementation to be switchdev independant").
Remove this unused code and update the documentation accordingly since.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ip rules, we need to use 'ipproto ipv6-icmp' to match ICMPv6 headers.
But for ip -6 route, currently we only support tcp, udp and icmp.
Add ICMPv6 support so we can match ipv6-icmp rules for route lookup.
v2: As David Ahern and Sabrina Dubroca suggested, Add an argument to
rtm_getroute_parse_ip_proto() to handle ICMP/ICMPv6 with different family.
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Fixes: eacb9384a3 ("ipv6: support sport, dport and ip_proto in RTM_GETROUTE")
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The family specific masq modules are way too small to warrant
an extra module, just place all of them in nft_masq.
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
1001 832 0 1833 729 nft_masq.ko
766 896 0 1662 67e nft_masq_ipv4.ko
764 896 0 1660 67c nft_masq_ipv6.ko
after:
2010 960 0 2970 b9a nft_masq.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
990 832 0 1822 71e nft_redir.ko
697 896 0 1593 639 nft_redir_ipv4.ko
713 896 0 1609 649 nft_redir_ipv6.ko
after:
text data bss dec hex filename
1910 960 0 2870 b36 nft_redir.ko
size is reduced, all helpers from nft_redir.ko can be made static.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We need this functionality for the io_uring file registration, but
we cannot rely on it since CONFIG_UNIX can be modular. Move the helpers
to a separate file, that's always builtin to the kernel if CONFIG_UNIX is
m/y.
No functional changes in this patch, just moving code around.
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Current fib_multipath_hash_policy can make hash based on the L3 or
L4. But it only work on the outer IP. So a specific tunnel always
has the same hash value. But a specific tunnel may contain so many
inner connections.
This patch provide a generic multipath_hash in floi_common. It can
make a user-define hash which can mix with L3 or L4 hash.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have converted all possible callers to using a switchdev
notifier for attributes we do not have a need for implementing
switchdev_ops anymore, and this can be removed from all drivers the
net_device structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing switchdev enabled drivers to veto specific
attribute settings from within the context of the caller, introduce a
new switchdev notifier type for port attributes.
Suggested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to dirty a cache line if timeout is unchanged.
Also, WARN() is useless here: we crash on 'skb->len' access
if skb is NULL.
Last, ct->timeout is u32, not 'unsigned long' so adapt the
function prototype accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The l3proto name is gone, its header file is the last trace.
While at it, also remove nf_nat_core.h, its very small and all users
include nf_nat.h too.
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
22948 1612 4136 28696 7018 nf_nat.ko
after removal of l3proto register/unregister functions:
text data bss dec hex filename
22196 1516 4136 27848 6cc8 nf_nat.ko
checkpatch complains about overly long lines, but line breaks
do not make things more readable and the line length gets smaller
here, not larger.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
after ipv4/6 nat tracker merge, there are no external callers, so
make last function static and remove the header.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
None of these functions calls any external functions, moving them allows
to avoid both the indirection and a need to export these symbols.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add .release_ops, that is called in case of error at a later stage in
the expression initialization path, ie. .select_ops() has been already
set up operations and that needs to be undone. This allows us to unwind
.select_ops from the error path, ie. release the dynamic operations for
this extension.
Moreover, allocate one single operation instead of recycling them, this
comes at the cost of consuming a bit more memory per rule, but it
simplifies the infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We prefer static_branch_unlikely() over static_key_false() these days.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helper is only used from tcp_add_write_queue_tail(), and does
not make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helper is used only once, and its name is no longer relevant.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack coverage in vxlan link
create and changelink paths. Introduces a new helper
vxlan_nl2flags to consolidate flag attribute validation.
thanks to Johannes Berg for some tips to construct the
generic vxlan flag extack strings.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of iterating over all devlink ports add a NDO which
will return the devlink instance from the driver.
v2: add the netdev_to_devlink() helper (Michal)
v3: check that devlink has ops (Florian)
v4: hold devlink_mutex (Jiri)
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Being able to build devlink as a module causes growing pains.
First all drivers had to add a meta dependency to make sure
they are not built in when devlink is built as a module. Now
we are struggling to invoke ethtool compat code reliably.
Make devlink code built-in, users can still not build it at
all but the dynamically loadable module option is removed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all users of struct inet_frag_queue have been converted
to use 'rb_fragments', remove the unused 'fragments' field.
Build with `make allyesconfig` succeeded. ip_defrag selftest passed.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add HCI_QUIRK_USE_BDADDR_PROPERTY to allow controllers to retrieve
the public Bluetooth address from the firmware node property
'local-bd-address'. If quirk is set and the property does not exist
or is invalid the controller is marked as unconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Balakrishna Godavarthi <bgodavar@codeaurora.org>
Tested-by: Balakrishna Godavarthi <bgodavar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Extract IP options in cipso_v4_error and use __icmp_send.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Nazarov <s-nazarov@yandex.ru>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __icmp_send function having ip_options struct parameter
Signed-off-by: Sergey Nazarov <s-nazarov@yandex.ru>
Reviewed-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using tcf_walker->stop flag to determine when tcf_walker->fn() was called
at least once is unreliable. Some classifiers set 'stop' flag on error
before calling walker callback, other classifiers used to call it with NULL
filter pointer when empty. In order to prevent further regressions, extend
tcf_walker structure with dedicated 'nonempty' flag. Set this flag in
tcf_walker->fn() implementation that is used to check if classifier has
filters configured.
Fixes: 8b64678e0a ("net: sched: refactor tp insert/delete for concurrent execution")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have no more in tree users of switchdev_port_attr_get() after
d0e698d57a ("Merge branch 'net-Get-rid-of-switchdev_port_attr_get'")
so completely remove the function signature and body.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No current DSA driver makes use of the phydev parameter passed to the
disable_port call. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 5.1 kernel.
- Fixes & improvements to mediatek, hci_qca, btrtl, and btmrvl HCI drivers
- Fixes to parsing invalid L2CAP config option sizes
- Locking fix to bt_accept_enqueue()
- Add support for new Marvel sd8977 chipset
- Various other smaller fixes & cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch enables returning 'type' in msghdr for records that are
retrieved with MSG_PEEK in recvmsg. Further it prevents records peeked
from socket from getting clubbed with any other record of different
type when records are subsequently dequeued from strparser.
For each record, we now retain its type in sk_buff's control buffer
cb[]. Inside control buffer, record's full length and offset are already
stored by strparser in 'struct strp_msg'. We store record type after
'struct strp_msg' inside 'struct tls_msg'. For tls1.2, the type is
stored just after record dequeue. For tls1.3, the type is stored after
record has been decrypted.
Inside process_rx_list(), before processing a non-data record, we check
that we must be able to return back the record type to the user
application. If not, the decrypted records in tls context's rx_list is
left there without consuming any data.
Fixes: 692d7b5d1f ("tls: Fix recvmsg() to be able to peek across multiple records")
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use percpu allocation for the ipv6.icmp_sk.
Signed-off-by: Kefeng Wang <wangkefeng.wang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three conflicts, one of which, for marvell10g.c is non-trivial and
requires some follow-up from Heiner or someone else.
The issue is that Heiner converted the marvell10g driver over to
use the generic c45 code as much as possible.
However, in 'net' a bug fix appeared which makes sure that a new
local mask (MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV_NBT_MASK) with value 0x01e0
is cleared.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For tcindex filter, it is too late to initialize the
net pointer in tcf_exts_validate(), as tcf_exts_get_net()
requires a non-NULL net pointer. We can just move its
initialization into tcf_exts_init(), which just requires
an additional parameter.
This makes the code in tcindex_alloc_perfect_hash()
prettier.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most likely the last set of patches for 5.1. WPA3 support to ath10k
and qtnfmac. FTM support to iwlwifi and ath10k. And of course other
new features and bugfixes.
wireless-drivers was merged due to dependency in mt76.
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* HE radiotap
* FTM (Fine Timing Measurement) initiator and responder implementation
* bump supported firmware API to 46
* VHT extended NSS support
* new PCI IDs for 9260 and 22000 series
ath10k
* change QMI interface to support the new (and backwards incompatible)
interface from HL3.1 and used in recent HL2.0 branch firmware
releases
* support WPA3 with WCN3990
* support for mac80211 airtime fairness based on transmit rate
estimation, the firmware needs to support WMI_SERVICE_PEER_STATS to
enable this
* report transmit airtime to mac80211 with firmwares having
WMI_SERVICE_REPORT_AIRTIME feature, this to have more accurate
airtime fairness based on real transmit time (instead of just
estimated from transmit rate)
* support Fine Timing Measurement (FTM) responder role
* add dynamic VLAN support with firmware having WMI_SERVICE_PER_PACKET_SW_ENCRYPT
* switch to use SPDX license identifiers
ath
* add new country codes for US
brcmfmac
* support monitor frames with the hardware/ucode header
qtnfmac
* enable WPA3 SAE and OWE support
mt76
* beacon support for USB devices (mesh+ad-hoc only)
rtlwifi
* convert to use SPDX license identifiers
libertas_tf
* get the MAC address before registering the device
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJccAnlAAoJEG4XJFUm622bxxMH/2cz2GEuDQXOwfYLnCUwFES8
vqTdMWnlfqGQvsTyvtSp91KqsL3hE2FB1Cu3n6/vzND3C7afT0V2/QlU7Pmgr8sR
1gnJnu0NJT5SZfzcTsqwt8rFw9lQZ3HcvEcfNo6T5KUyyY7FGCNGR5H27nvoKOP3
ea1h7U80loPV40sGTI8jj963wa9LNHUrjHTK4wY+KMWECgZuD/fHeE9YPB9MTdff
lJ5bWCoQmuJddvTtC+X0tOAsCkxgdbbw6ieKqzep8H4gtUjerZD+V8uUdbtpr7IL
sWPoaqrrADMv9cZtDVj+pEtNIJ3mpfuHYFKSON9jy/uxygeFTfVzLu43RFreDp8=
=D15/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2019-02-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers-next patches for 5.1
Most likely the last set of patches for 5.1. WPA3 support to ath10k
and qtnfmac. FTM support to iwlwifi and ath10k. And of course other
new features and bugfixes.
wireless-drivers was merged due to dependency in mt76.
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* HE radiotap
* FTM (Fine Timing Measurement) initiator and responder implementation
* bump supported firmware API to 46
* VHT extended NSS support
* new PCI IDs for 9260 and 22000 series
ath10k
* change QMI interface to support the new (and backwards incompatible)
interface from HL3.1 and used in recent HL2.0 branch firmware
releases
* support WPA3 with WCN3990
* support for mac80211 airtime fairness based on transmit rate
estimation, the firmware needs to support WMI_SERVICE_PEER_STATS to
enable this
* report transmit airtime to mac80211 with firmwares having
WMI_SERVICE_REPORT_AIRTIME feature, this to have more accurate
airtime fairness based on real transmit time (instead of just
estimated from transmit rate)
* support Fine Timing Measurement (FTM) responder role
* add dynamic VLAN support with firmware having WMI_SERVICE_PER_PACKET_SW_ENCRYPT
* switch to use SPDX license identifiers
ath
* add new country codes for US
brcmfmac
* support monitor frames with the hardware/ucode header
qtnfmac
* enable WPA3 SAE and OWE support
mt76
* beacon support for USB devices (mesh+ad-hoc only)
rtlwifi
* convert to use SPDX license identifiers
libertas_tf
* get the MAC address before registering the device
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge net-next to resolve a conflict and to get the mac80211
rhashtable fixes so further patches can be applied on top.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes, we may want to transport higher bandwidth data
through vendor events, and in that case sending it multicast
is a bad idea. Allow vendor events to be unicast.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may want to track further the CSA beacons, for example
to compensate for buggy APs that change the beacon count or quiet
mode during CSA flow.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case we receive a beacon without CSA IE while we are in
the middle of channel switch - abort the operation.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018 REVmd of the spec introduces the max channel switch time
element which is optionally included in beacons/probes when there
is a channel switch / extended channel switch element.
The value represents the maximum delay between the time the AP
transmitted the last beacon in current channel and the expected
time of the first beacon in the new channel, in TU.
Parse the value and pass it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This extends the NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE event case to report
NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE similarly to what is already done with the
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT events if the driver provides this information. In
practice, this adds (Re)Association Request frame information element
reporting to mac80211 drivers for the cases where user space SME is
used.
This provides more information for user space to figure out which
capabilities were negotiated for the association. For example, this can
be used to determine whether HT, VHT, or HE is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
